Skip to main content

Full text of "To Cuba and back, a vacation voyage"

See other formats


i 


TO  CUBA  AND  B  iCK. 


A  VACATION  VOYa 


BY 

RICHARD  HENRY  DANA,  Jr., 

AXJTHOR  OF   "two  YEARS  BEFORE  THE   MAST,"   ETC.,   ETC. 


BOSTON: 
TICKNOR     AND     FIELDS 

M  DCCC  LIX. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1859,  by 

Richard  Hexry  Dana,  Jr., 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Massachusetts. 


RIVERSIDE,   CAMBRIDGE: 

STEREOTTPED     AND    PRINTED    BY 

H.    0.   HOUGHTON  AND   COMPANY. 


To  the  Gentlemen  of  the  Saturday  Club, 
this  narrative  of  a  short  absence  from  home  and 
from  their  society,  is  dedicated. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

Departure  from  New  York.  Steamship  Cahawba.  First 
day 9 

CHAPTER  II. 

Hatteras.  Gulf  Stream.  Coast  of  Florida.  Routine  of 
Steamer 16 

CHAPTER  III. 

The  passengers.  Warm  weather.  Coast  of  Cuba.  Pan 
of  Matanzas.  First  view  of  Havana,  from  the  sea. 
Night  off  Havana 24 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Enter  Havana,  at  sunrise.  Harbor.  Shipping.  Land- 
ing.    Drive  through  streets  of  Havana.     Hotel         29 

CHAPTER  V. 

Cuban  hotel,  and  its  landlord,  rooms,  servants,  and  guests. 
Breakfast.  Fresh  fruits.  Houses  and  counting-rooms 
of  merchants  and  bankers.  Dr.  Howe  and  Mr.  Parker. 
Dinner.  Opera  troupe.  Speech  of  the  Cubans.  After- 
noon on  the  Paseo.  Retreta  at  the  Plaza  de  Armas. 
Havana  by  night 39 

CHAPTER  VI. 

Early  morning  in  the  city.  The  Chain-Gang.  Soldiers. 
Banos  de  Mar.  The  Cathedral.  Mass.  Tomb  of  Co- 
lumbus          51 

CHAPTER  VII. 
Gold  and  silver.     Coinage.     Family  breakfasts.     Coolies. 


VI  CONTENTS. 

Jesus  del  Monte.  View  of  city  and  harbor  from  Je- 
sus del  Monte.  Taste  for  proper  names  of  towns, 
shops,  &c.  Opera  at  the  Villanueva,  the  boxes,  ladies, 
Captain-General,  soldiers 60 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

A  mascara.  Spanish  troops.  Sunday  in  Havana.  Din- 
ner at  the  Bishop's.  Interest  in  the  Thirty  Millions 
Bill.     Visits  at  evejiing 74 

CHAPTER  IX. 

The  Belen.  The  Jesuit  college,  brethren,  and  pupils. 
The  Order  of  Jesuits 82 

CHAPTER  X. 

Steamer  for  Matanzas.  Harbor  and  water  by  night.  Ma- 
tanzais.     Coolies.     Gabriel  de  la  Concepcion  Valdez.  94 

CHAPTER  XL 

Railroad  from  Matanzas.  Views  of  interior  of  Cuba. 
Trees,  flowers,  fruits,  and  cane-fields.  Sugar  estates. 
Slaves  laboring.     Ingenio,  La  Ariadne.        .         .       102 

CHAPTER  XII. 

First  day  on  a  sugar  estate.  The  coffee  estates.  Change 
from  coffee  estates  to  sugar  estates.  Causes  and  effects 
of  this  change.  Cultivation  of  sugar-cane.  Making  of 
sugar.  Profits  of  sugar-making.  Process  of  sugar-mak- 
ing, in  the  fields  and  mill.  Division  of  labor.  Engi- 
neer from  the  United  States.  Tr^xtment  and  labor  of 
negroes.  Officers  of  a  plantation,  and  their  duties : 
mayoral,  mayordomo,  contra-mayorales,  boyero.  Duties 
and  cares  of  the  master.     Visit  to  negro  quarters      112 

CHAPTER  XIII. 

Trees  and  flowers.  Chameleon.  Fruits.  Red  ant. 
Meals  and  routine  of  life  on  plantation.  Penitentiary, 
lying-in  room,  &c.  Sefior  Bourgoise.  Third  day  at 
La  Ariadne.  Effects  of  foreign  education  on  plant- 
ers        142 


CONTENTS.  VU 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

Life  of  a  planter  and  his  family.  Coffee  estate  of  St.  Ca- 
talina.  Afternoon  ride.  Departure  from  La  Ariadne. 
Keturn  to  Matanzas 153 


CHAPTER  XV. 

Matanzas.     The  Cumbre.     The  Yurnuri.     The  family  of 
Mr.  C .     Ensor's 161 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

Railroad  from  Matanzas  to  Havana.  Stations,  views  of 
interior,  from  railroad  train.  Short  sketch  of  the  posi- 
tion of  Cuba ;  its  productions,  resources,  civil  and  politi- 
cal rights,  religion,  professions,  sciences,  and  literature. 
Return  to  Havana 166 

CHAPTER  XVII. 

At  Havana.  Dr.  Howe.  Trial  of  Senor  Maestri.  Mu- 
sic of  the  contradanza  .         .         .         .         .174 

CHAPTER  XVIII. 

Mass  at  the  Belen.  Worship  in  Cuban  churches.  Casa 
de  Beneficencia.  Hospital  Militar.  Sisters  of  Charity. 
Worship  of  the  Sisters  in  their  chapel.    Sick  soldiers  1 78 

CHAPTER  XIX. 

Drive  over  the  Paseo  de  Tacon.  Count  de  la  Fernandina. 
Cuban  nobility.  Hospital  of  San  Juan  de  Dios.  The 
Presidio  and  grand  prison  ;  its  inmates,  discipline,  &c.  190 

CHAPTER  XX. 
A  bull-fight 197 

CHAPTER  XXI. 

Habits  of  the  Cubans,  beckoning,  smoking,  &c.  Visit  to 
the  Bishop,  at  Jesus  del  Monte.  Coolie  mart,  in  the 
Cerro.  The  condition  and  prospects  of  the  Coolies ; 
their  importation,  contracts,  and  treatment  .         .       208 


vm  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  XXII. 

A  sale  of  slaves.     Cuban  preserves.     Breakfast  with  Mr. 

.      The   census,   and   the   probable   number  of 

slaves,    free    blacks,    Creoles,    and   whites.      Lotteries. 
Cock-light.     The  Lopez  expedition      .         .         .216 

CHAPTER  XXIII. 

Condition  of  Cuba.  Different  classes  of  whites,  Span- 
iards, other  foreigners,  and  Cubans.  Political  condition, 
before  1825,  and  since  1825.  Powers  of  the  Captain- 
General.  Diminution  of  freedom,  and  growth  of  cen- 
tral power.     Army  and  navy.     Taxes  and  revenue. 

Religion,  past  and  present.  Past  and  present  position  of 
the  Roman  Catholic  Church. 

Free  Blacks ;  their  numbers,  condition,  rights,  and  pros- 
pects.    Laws  favoring  emancipation. 

Slaves.  Their  condition.  Laws  for  their  protection.  Ex- 
ecution of  these  laws.  Compulsory  sale.  Purchase  of 
freedom.  Bright  side.  Dark  side.  Marriage,  increase, 
and  importation  of  negroes.  Different  views  of  the 
problem  of  negro-labor. 

Material  resources.  Soils,  productions,  trees,  mineral 
wealth,  coal.  Chmate.  The  sugar  crop,  and  other  sta- 
ples. 

Education.     Schools  and  colleges. 

Reflections  and  suggestions  as  to  the  future  of  Cuba.  In- 
dependence. Annexation.  Protectorate.  Effects  of 
her  geographical  position 225 

CHAPTER  XXIV. 

The  Cahawba.  Her  arrival.  Last  night  in  Havana. 
Leave-takings.  On  board  the  Cahawba.  Getting  un- 
der way.     Last  views  of  Cuba.     Night  at  sea      .       271 

CHAPTER  XXV. 

A  day  at  sea.  Beautiful  night  at  sea.  Coast  of  United 
States.  Death  of  Mr.  G .  Off  the  outer  har- 
bor of  New  York.  Pilot,  news,  fishing-boats.  Sights 
on  entering  the  harbor.  The  wharf  New  York  hack- 
men.  Leave-takings,  and  separation  of  passengers. 
End  of  the  voyage 280 


TO  CUBA  AND  BACK. 


CHAPTER  I. 


Saturday,  the  twelfth  day  of  February,  1859, 
is  a  dull,  dark  day  in  New  York,  with  visita- 
tions of  snow-squalls,  as  the  United  States 
Mail  Steamer  Cahawba  swings  at  her  pier,  at 
the  foot  of  Robinson-street — a  pier  crowded 
with  drays  and  drivers,  and  a  street  of  mud, 
snow  and  ice,  and  poor  habitations.  The 
steamer  is  to  sail  at  one  p.  m.  ;  and,  by  half-past 
twelve,  her  decks  are  full,  and  the  mud  and 
snow  of  the  pier  are  well  trodden  by  men  and 
horses.  Coaches  drive  down  furiously,  and 
nervous  passengers  put  their  heads  out  to  see 
if  the  steamer  is  off  before  her  time ;  and  on 
the  decks,  and  in  the  gangways,  inexperienced 
passengers  run  against  everybody,  and  mistake 


10  TO   CUBA   AND    BACK. 

the  engineer  for  the  steward,  and  come  up  the 
same  stairs  they  go  down,  without  knowing 
it.  In  the  dreary  snow,  the  newspaper  vend- 
ers cry  the  papers,  and  the  book  venders  thrust 
yellow  covers  into  your  face — "  Reading  for 
the  voyage,  sir — five  hundred  pages,  close 
print !  "  And  that  being  rejected,  they  reverse 
the  process  of  the  Sibyl, — with  "  Here's  anoth- 
er, sir,  one  thousand  pages,  double  columns." 
The  great  beam  of  the  engine  moves  slowly 
up  and  down,  and  the  black  hull  sways  at  its 
fasts.  A  motley  group  are  the  passengers. 
Shivering  Cubans,  exotics  that  have  taken 
slight  root  in  the  hot-houses  of  the  Fifth  Ave- 
nue, are  to  brave  a  few  days  of  sleet  and 
cold  at  sea,  for  the  palm-trees  and  mangoes, 
the  cocoas  and  orange-trees,  they  will  be  sit- 
ting under  in  six  days,  at  farthest.  There  are 
Yankee  shipmasters  going  out  to  join  their 
"cotton  wagons"  at  New  Orleans  and  Mobile 
merchants  pursuing  a  commerce  that  knows 
no  rest  and  no  locality ;  confirmed  invalids 
advised  to  go  to  Cuba  to  die  under  mosquito- 
nets  and  be  buried  in  a  Potter's  Field;  and 
other    invalids   wisely   enough    avoiding    our 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  11 

March  winds ;  and  here  and  there  a  mere 
vacation-maker,  like  myself. 

Captain  Bullock  is  sure  to  sail  at  the  hour; 
and  at  the  hour  he  is  on  the  paddle-box,  the 
fasts  are  loosed,  the  warp  run  out,  the  crew 
pull  in  on  the  warp  on  the  port  quarter,  and  the 
head  swings  off.  No  word  is  spoken,  but  all 
is  done  by  signs;  or,  if  a  word  is  necessary,  a 
low  clear  tone  carries  it  to  the  listener.  There 
is  no  tearing  and  rending  escape  of  steam, 
deafening  and  distracting  all,  and  giving  a 
kind  of  terror  to  a  peaceful  scene ;  but  our 
ship  swings  off,  gathers  way,  and  enters  upon 
ner  voyage,  in  a  quiet  like  that  of  a  bank  or 
counting-room,  almost  under  a  spell  of  si- 
lence. 

The  house-tops  and  piers  and  hill-tops  are 
lined  with  snow,  the  masts  and  decks  are 
white  with  it,  a  dreary  cold  haze  lies  over 
the  water,  and  we  work  down  the  bay,  where 
few  sails  venture  out,  and  but  few  are  com- 
ing in ;  and  only  a  strong  monster  of  a  Cu- 
nard  screw-steamer,  the  Kangaroo,  comes 
down  by  our  side. 

We     leave     city    and     suburbs,    Brooklyn 


12  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

Heights,  and  the  foggy  outline  of  Staten  Is- 
land, far  behind  us,  and  hurry  through  the 
Narrows,  for  the  open  sea.  The  Kangaroo 
crossed  our  hawse  in  a  strange  way.  Is  she 
steering  wild,  or  what  is  it  ?  Seeing  two  old 
unmistakable  Yankee  shipmasters,  sitting  con- 
fidentially together  on  two  chairs,  in  affection- 
ate proximity  to  the  binnacle,  I  address  my- 
self to  them,  and  my  question,  being  put  in 
proper  nautical  phrase,  secures  a  respectful  at- 
tention. I  find  they  agree  with  me  that  the 
Kangaroo  is  a  little  wilful,  and  crosses  our 
hawse  on  purpose,  in  some  manoeuvre  to  dis- 
charge her  pilot  before  we  do  ours ;  and  so 
thinks  the  quartermaster,  who  comes  aft  to  right 
the  colors.  This  manoeuvering  of  the  steamer 
and  pilot  vessel  makes  an  incident  for  a  few 
minutes'  talk,  and  an  opening  for  several  ac- 
quaintances which  will  be  voyage-long.  The 
pilots  are  dropped  into  their  little  cock-boats, 
and  their  boats  drop  astern,  and  go  bobbing 
over  the  seas,  to  the  pilot  schooner  that  lies 
to  for  them.  The  Kangaroo,  with  her  mys- 
terious submarine  art  of  swimming  without 
fins,  stands  due   east  for  Liverpool,  and  we 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  13 

stand  down  the  coast,  southerly,  for  the  re- 
gions of  the  Sun. 

The  Heights  of  Neversink  are  passed.  The 
night  closes  in  upon  the  sea,  dreary,  cold,  and 
snowing ;  our  signal  lanterns,  the  red,  the 
white,  and  the  green,  gleam  out  into  the  mist ; 
the  furnace  fires  throw  a  lurid  light  from  the 
doors  below,  cheerful  or  fearful  as  may  be  the 
temper  of  mind  of  the  looker-on ;  the  long 
swell  lifts  and  drops  the  bow  and  stern,  and 
rolls  the  ship  from  side  to  side ;  the  sea-bells 
begin  to  strike  their  strange  reckoning  of  the 
half-hours ;  the  wet  and  the  darkness  drive  all 
below  but  the  experts  and  the  desperate,  and 
our  first  night  at  sea  has  begun. 

At  six  bells,  tea  is  announced;  and  the 
bright  lights  of  the  long  cabin  table,  shining 
on  plates  and  cups  and  gleaming  knives  and 
hurrying  waiters,  make  a  cheerful  and  lively 
contrast  with  the  dark,  cold,  deserted  deck. 

By  night,  I  walk  deck  for  a  couple  of  hours 
with  the  young  captain.  After  due  inquiries 
about  his  family  in  Georgia,  and  due  remem- 
brance of  those  of  his  mother's  line  whom 
we  loved,  and  the  public  honored,  before  the 


14  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

grave  or  the  sea  closed  over  them,  the  fas- 
cinating topic  of  the  navy,  the  frigates  and  the 
line-of-battle  ships  and  little  sloops,  the  storms, 
the  wrecks,  and  the  sea-fights,  fill  up  the  time. 
He  loves  the  navy  still,  and  has  left  it  with 
regret;  but  the  navy  does  not  love  her  sons 
as  they  love  her.  On  the  quarter-deck  at  fif- 
teen, the  first  in  rank  of  his  year,  favored  by 
his  commanders,  with  service  in  the  best  ves- 
sels, making  the  great  fleet  cruise  under  Mor- 
ris, taking  part  in  the  actions  of  the  Naval 
Brigade  on  shore  in  California,  serving  on  the 
Coast  Survey,  a  man  of  science  as  well  as  a 
sailor, — yet  what  is  there  before  him,  or  those 
like  him,  in  our  navy?  The  best  must  con- 
tinue a  subaltern,  a  lieutenant,  until  he  is  gray. 
At  fifty,  he  may  be  entitled  to  his  first  com- 
mand, and  that  of  a  class  below  a  frigate ;  and 
if  he  survives  the  African  fevers  and  the  Isth- 
mus fevers,  and  the  perils  of  the  sea,  he  may 
totter  on  the  quarter-deck  of  a  line-of-battle 
ship  when  his  skill  is  out  of  date  and  his  ca- 
pacity for  further  command  problematical.  And 
whatever  may  be  the  gallantry  or  the  merit  of 
his  service,  though  he  may  cut  off  his  right 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  15 

hand  or  pluck  out  his  eye  for  the  country's 
honor,  the  navy  can  give  him  no  promotion, 
not  even  a  barren  title  of  brevet,  nor  a  badge 
of  recognition  of  merit,  though  it  be  but  a 
star,  or  a  half  yard  of  blue  ribbon.  The  most 
meritorious  officers  receive  large  offers  from 
civil  life ;  and  then,  it  is  home,  family,  soci- 
ety, education  of  children,  and  pecuniary 
competency  on  the  one  side,  and  on  the 
other,  only  the  navy,  less  and  less  attractive 
as  middle  life  draws  on. 

The  state-rooms  of  the  Cahawba,  like  those 
of  most  American  sea-going  steamers,  are 
built  so  high  above  the  water  that  the  windows 
may  be  open  in  all  but  the  worst  of  weather, 
and  good  ventilation  be  ensured.  I  have  a  very 
nice  fellow  for  my  room-mate,  in  the  berth  un- 
der me ;  but,  in  a  state-room,  no  room-mate  is 
better  than  the  best ;  so  I  change  my  quarters 
to  a  state-room  further  forward,  nearer  "  the 
eyes  of  her,"  which  the  passengers  generally 
shun,  and  get  one  to  myself,  free  from  the  rattle 
of  the  steering  gear,  while  the  delightful  rise 
and  fall  of  the  bows,  and  leisurely  weather  roll 
and  lee  roll,  cradle  and  nurse  one  to  sleep. 


16  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 


CHAPTER  II. 

Sunday^  February  13. — It  is  cold  and  rough, 
though  not  at  all  stormy,  and  those  who  are 
on  deck  wear  thick  coats  and  caps.  There  is 
no  clergyman  on  board,  and  we  have  no  relig- 
ious service.  Capt.  Bullock  used  to  read  the 
Liturgy  himself,  but  in  these  West  India  and 
New  Orleans  voyages  there  are  many  Roman 
Catholics,  and  those  who  are  not  Romanists 
are  of  so  many  denominations,  that  he  received 
little  encouragement  in  maintaining  an  official 
worship  ;  and  it  is  no  longer  held,  unless  there 
is  a  clergyman  on  board  and  a  request  is  made 
by  the  passengers. 

All  day  there  has  been  no  sail  in  sight,  ex- 
cept the  steamer  Columbia,  for  Charleston, 
S.  C. ;  and  she  soon  disappeared  below  the 
horizon. 

We  are  near  Cape  Hatteras.     It   is   night, 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  17 

and  soon  the  Light  of  Hatteras  throws  its 
bright,  cheerful  beam  for  thirty  miles  over  a 
huge  burial-ground  of  sailors.  How  many 
struggles  with  death,  how  many  last  efforts  of 
the  last  resources  of  skill  and  courage,  what 
floating  wrecks  of  ships,  what  waste  of  life, 
has  that  light  shone  over!  Under  that  reef, 
perished  Bache,  flying  for  harbor  before  the 
gale,  in  his  little  surveying  brig.  Every  league 
has  been  and  will  be  a  field  where  lives  and 
treasures  are  sown  thick  from  the  hand  of 
Destruction, — one  of  those  points  on  the  earth's 
surface  where,  in  the  universal  and  endless 
struggle  between  life  and  death,  preservation 
and  destruction,  the  destroyers  have  the  ad- 
vantage. 

Soon  after  9  p.  m.  we  stand  out  direct,  to 
cross  the  Gulf  Stream.  A  bucket  is  thrown 
over  the  side,  and  water  drawn.  Its  tem- 
perature is  at  42°.  In  fifteen  minutes  more, 
it  is  thrown  again,  and  the  water  is  at  72°  30'. 
We  are  in  the  Gulf  Stream. 

Monday^  February  14. — Sea  rather  rough, 
and  a  good  deal  of  sea-sickness.  Several 
passengers  have  not  been  seen   since  we   left 


18  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 

the  dock,  and  only  about  half  appear  at  table. 
We  are  to  the  eastward  of  the  Gulf  Stream. 
The  weather  is  clear,  and  no  longer  cold.  At 
noon,  we  are  in  about  the  latitude  of  Charles- 
ton, S.  C.  No  vessels  in  sight,  all  day.  It 
is  strange,  and  always  excites  the  surprise 
and  comment  of  sea-faring  men,  that  in  the 
great  highway  of  nations,  with  the  immense 
commerce  that  is  perpetually  running  East 
and  West,  North  and  South,  a  steamer  may 
make  her  three  hundred  miles  a  day,  for  day 
after  day,  and  see  no  sails. 

This  is  a  truly  glorious  moonlight  night. 
The  seas  and  floods  "in  wavering  morrice 
move ; "  the  air  is  pure  and  not  cold,  the 
sky  a  deep  blue,  the  sea  a  deep  blue,  the 
stars  glisten,  and  the  moon  bathes  all  in  a 
serene  glory.  It  is  hard  to  leave  the  deck 
and  such  a  scene,  for  the  small  state-room 
and  its  sleeping-shelf.  But  there  must  be 
sleep  for  infirm  human  nature, — a  nature  that 
has  even  less  self-sustaining  power  than  a 
locomotive  engine,  and  must  not  only  be 
supplied  with  fuel  and  water  at  every  stop- 
ping  place,  but   must   lie   by,  in  a  dark  cor- 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  19 

ner,  in  absolute  repose  and  mere  oblivion, 
for  one  quarter  of  its  time,  or  it  will  wear 
out  in  a  few  days. 

Tuesday,  February  15. — A  bright,  sunny, 
cheerful  day.  Passengers  have  laid  aside 
their  thick  coats  and  fur  caps,  the  snow  and 
ice  are  gone  from  the  rigging  and  spars,  the 
decks  are  dry,  the  sea  is  calm,  and  the  steady- 
going  engine  alone,  v/ith  easy  exercise  of 
power,  drives  the  great  hull,  with  its  freight  of 
cargo  and  provisions  and  human  beings,  over 
the  placid  sea,  as  fast  as  a  furious  gale  could 
drive  it,  and  leaves  her  long  wake  of  foam 
on  the  sea,  and  her  long  wake  of  dark  smoke 
in  the  sky. 

The  passengers  are  recovering  from  sea-sick- 
ness. The  women  sit  on  deck  and  sew  and 
read,  and  the  children  play.  That  family  of 
Creole  children, — how  sallow,  how  frail,  what 
delicate  limbs,  yet  not  without  life,  and  with 
no  little  grace !  But  they  are  petted,  and  the 
girls  complain,  and  the  boys  are  disposed  to 
tyrannize  over  the  other  boys  and  the  dogs 
It  is  interesting  to  see,  or  to  fancy  we  see 
the  effect  not  only  of  climate,  but  of  slavery, 


20  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

and  of  despotic  institutions,  on  the  characters 
of  children.  "What  career  is  therefor  Cuban 
youth  of  ambition  or  merit?  and  what  must 
be  their  life  without  one  ? 

I  am  feeling  very  much  at  home  in  the 
Cahawba.  She  is  an  excellent  sea  boat,  and 
under  the  best  of  discipline.  I  hardly  believed 
that  her  commander  could, — that  any  com- 
mander could, — fully  come  up  to  all  the  praise 
that  had  been  bestowed  on  him ;  but  I  think 
he  weathers  it  all.  The  rule  of  quietness  pre- 
vails, almost  to  the  point  of  an  English  dinner- 
party. No  order  is  given  unless  it  be  neces- 
sary, and  none  louder  than  is  necessary  for  it 
to  be  heard.  The  reports  are  made  in  low 
voices,  and  the  passengers  are  to  see  and  hear 
as  little  as  possible  of  the  discipline  of  the 
ship.  They  do  not  know  the  quiet  but  certain 
means  for  ensuring  the  performance  of  every 
duty.  They  do  not  know  that  reports  are 
made  of  the  state  of  every  part  of  the  ship, 
and  that,  through  the  night,  the  cabins  and 
passage  ways  and  every  place  where  fire  can 
take,  are  watched,  and  that  the  watch  reports 
every  half  hour.     They  have  not  learned  the 


k 


A   VACATION    VOYAGE.  21 

merits  of  sturdy,  faithful  Miller,  the  chief  mate, 
or  quick,  plucky  Porter,  the  second  mate,  who 
can  hardly  keep  down  his  "  Liner  "  training  to 
the  tone  of  the  Mail  Steamer,  nor  the  thorough 
excellence  of  the  Engineer.  But  they  do  know 
the  capital  qualities  of  Mr.  Rodgers,  the  Purser, 
a  grandson  of  the  old  Commodore,  a  nephew 
of  Perry,  and  connected  by  blood  or  marriage 
with  half  the  navy, — for  his  station  and  duties 
are  among  the  passengers,  and  all  become  his 
personal  friends. 

The  routine  of  the  ship,  as  regards  passen- 
gers, is  this  :  a  cup  of  coffee,  if  you  desire  it, 
when  you  turn  out;  breakfast  at  eight,  lunch 
at  twelve,  dinner  at  three,  tea  at  seven,  and 
lights  put  out  at  ten. 

Wednesday^  February  16. — Beautiful,  serene, 
summer  sea !  The  thermometer  is  at  70°, 
awnings  are  spread,  the  ladies  have  their  books 
and  sewing  on  deck,  the  men  read  and  play 
chess  and  smoke,  and  the  children  play.  We 
have  crossed  the  Gulf  Stream  again,  and  are 
skirting  along  the  Coast  of  Florida,  as  near  to 
shore  as  safety  permits  ;  and  here  the  deep  sea 
runs  close  to  the  land.    All  objects  on  shore  are 


22  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

plainly  discernible  by  the  naked  eye,  from  the 
deck.  We  are  below  St.  Augustine,  about 
half-way  between  that  and  Key  West.  The 
coast  is  an  interminable  reach  of  sand  beach, 
with  coral  reefs  before  it  and  the  Everglades 
behind  it.  There  are  three  small  white  tents, 
on  the  green  sward,  close  upon  the  beach, 
backed  by  a  grove  of  trees,  with  signals  flying. 
That  is  the  station  of  the  United  States  Coast 
Survey.  Towards  evening,  we  pass  a  rough 
camp  which  was  one  of  the  camps  of  "  Billy 
Bowlegs,"  the  famous  Seminole  warrior.  There 
is  the  wreck  of  a  bark,  her  lower-masts  still 
standing,  while  the  beach  is  strewn  with  casks 
and  boxes.  It  is  an  old  wreck,  and  they  make 
no  signal  for  aid. 

After  dark,  a  light  is  made  on  our  starboard 
bow.  It  is  Cape  Florida  Light.  At  11  p.  m. 
we  make  the  light  on  Carysfort  Reef,  the  outer- 
most and  southernmost  of  the  Florida  lights ; 
and,  having  given  a  good  berth  to  the  reef, 
stand  out  to  sea  again,  to  cross  the  Gulf 
Stream  the  third  time. 

What  can  exceed  the  beauty  of  these  nights 
at  sea — these   moonlight  nights,  the  stiU  sea. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  23 

those  bright  stars,  the  light,  soft  trade-wind 
clouds  floating  under  them,  the  gentle  air,  and 
a  feeling  of  tropical  romance  stealing  over  the 
exile  from  the  snow  and  ice  of  New  England ! 
There  is  something  in  the  clear  blue  warm  sea 
of  the  tropics,  which  gives  to  the  stranger  a 
feeling  of  unreality.  Where  do  those  vessels 
come  from,  that  rise  out  of  the  sea,  in  the 
horizon  ?  Where  do  they  go  to,  as  they  sink 
in  the  sea  again  ?  Are  those  blue  spots  really 
fast  anchored  islands,  with  men  and  children, 
and  horses,  and  machinery,  and  schools,  pol- 
itics and  newspapers  on  them,  or  are  they 
afloat,  and  visited  by  beings  of  the  air  ? 


24  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 


^      CHAPTER  UI. 

Thursday,  February  17. — Again  a  beauti- 
ful, warm  day.  I  wake,  and  the  first  glance 
out  of  my  state-room  window  shows  the  sea 
and  sky  flushed  with  the  red  of  a  bright  sun- 
rise. Awnings  are  spread;  straw-hats  and 
linen  coats  are  worn ;  sewing,  reading,  and 
chess-playing  is  going  on  among  the  elders, 
and  the  children  are  romping  about  the  decks, 
beginning  to  feel  entirely  at  home.  There  are 
boys  from  the  Northern  States,  with  fair  skins 
and  light  hair,  strong,  loud-voiced,  plainly 
dressed,  in  stout  shoes,  honest  and  awkward ; 
and  there  are  Cuban  boys,  with  a  mixed  air 
of  the  passionate  and  the  timorous,  sallow, 
slender,  small- voiced,  graceful,  but  with  the 
grace  rather  of  girls  than  of  boys,  wearing 
slippers,  ornamented  waistcoats  and  jackets, 
and   hats  with  broad  bands   of  cord.     What 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  25 

preternaturally  black  eyes  those  little  Creole 
girls  have!  Are  they  really  eyes,  so  out  of 
proportion  in  size  and  effect  to  their  small 
thin  faces  ?  Their  mother  is  hale  and  full- 
fleshed,  and  probably  they  will  come  to  the 
same  favour  at  last. 

Throughout  the  day,  sailing  down  the  outer 
edge  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  we  see  vessels  of  all 
forms  and  sizes,  coming  in  sight  and  passing 
away,  as  in  a  dioramic  show.  There  is  a 
heavy  cotton  droger  from  the  Gulf,  of  1200 
tons  burden,  under  a  cloud  of  sail,  pressing  on 
to  the  northern  seas  of  New  England  or  Old 
England.  Here  comes  a  saucy  little  Baltimore 
brig,  close-hauled  and  leaning  over  to  it ;  and 
there,  half  down  in  the  horizon,  is  a  pile  of 
white  canvas,  which  the  experienced  eyes 
of  my  two  friends,  the  passenger  shipmasters, 
pronounce  to  be  a  bark,  outward  bound. 
Every  passenger  says  to  every  other,  how 
beautiful !  how  exquisite  I  That  pale  thin 
girl  who  is  going  to  Cuba  for  her  health, 
her  brother  travelling  with  her,  sits  on  the 
settee,  propped  by  a  pillow,  and  tries  to 
smile   and  to  think  she  feels  stronger  in   this 


26  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

air.  She  says  she  shall  stay  in  Cuba  until 
she  gets  well ! 

After  dinner,  Capt.  Bullock  tells  us  that 
we  shall  soon  see  the  high  lands  of  Cuba, 
off  Matanzas ;  the  first  and  highest  being  the 
Pan  of  Matanzas.  It  is  clear  over  head,  but 
a  mist  lies  along  the  southern  horizon,  in  the 
latter  part  of  the  day.  The  sharpest  eyes 
detect  the  land,  about  4  p.  m.,  and  soon  it  is 
visible  to  all.  It  is  an  undulating  country 
on  the  coast,  with  high  hills  and  mountains 
in  the  interior,  and  has  a  rich  and  fertile  look. 
That  height  is  the  Pan,  though  we  see  no 
special  resemblance,  in  its  outline,  to  a  loaf 
of  bread.  We  are  still  sixty  miles  from  Ha- 
vana. We  cannot  reach  it  before  dark,  and 
no  vessels  are  allowed  to  pass  the  Morro 
after  the  signals  are  dropped  at  sunset. 

We  coast  the  northern  shore  of  Cuba,  from 
Matanzas  westward.  There  is  no  waste  of 
sand  and  low  flats,  as  in  most  of  our  southern 
states ;  but  the  fertile,  undulating  land  comes 
to  the  sea,  and  rises  into  high  hills  as  it 
recedes.  "  There  is  the  Morro  !  and  right 
ahead !  "     "  Why,  there   is   the   city  too  !     Is 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  27 

the  city  on  the  sea  ?  We  thought  it  was 
on  a  harbor  or  bay."  There,  indeed,  is  the 
Morro,  a  stately  hill  of  tawny  rock,  rising 
perpendicularly  from  the  sea,  and  jutting  into 
it,  with  walls  and  parapets  and  towers  on 
its  top,  and  flags  and  signals  flying,  and  the 
tall  lighthouse  just  in  front  of  its  outer  wall. 
It  is  not  very  high,  yet  commands  the  sea 
about  it.  And  there  is  the  city,  on  the  sea- 
coast,  indeed — the  houses  running  down  to 
the  coral  edge  of  the  ocean.  Where  is  the 
harbor,  and  where  the  shipping?  Ah,  there 
they  are !  We  open  an  entrance,  narrow  and 
deep,  between  the  beetling  Morro  and  the 
Punta ;  and  through  the  entrance,  we  see  the 
spreading  harbor  and  the  innumerable  masts. 
But  the  darkness  is  gathering,  the  sunset 
gun  has  been  fired,  we  can  just  catch  the 
dying  notes  of  trumpets  from  the  fortifications, 
and  the  Morro  Lighthouse  throws  its  gleam 
over  the  still  sea.  The  little  lights  emerge 
and  twinkle  from  the  city.  We  are  too  late 
to  enter  the  port,  and  slowly  and  reluctantly 
the  ship  turns  her  head  off"  to  seaward.  The 
engine  breathes  heavily,  and  throws   its   one 


28  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

arm  leisurely  up  and  down ;  we  rise  and  fall 
on  the  moonlit  sea;  the  stars  are  near  to  us, 
or  we  are  raised  nearer  to  them ;  the  South- 
ern Cross  is  just  above  the  horizon ;  and  all 
night  long,  two  streams  of  light  lie  upon  the 
water,  one  of  gold  from  the  Morro,  and  one 
of  silver  from  the  moon.  It  is  enchantment. 
Who  can  regret  our  delay,  or  wish  to  ex- 
change this  scene  for  the  common,  close  an- 
chorage of  a  harbor? 


A  VACATION  VOYAGE.  29 


CHAPTER  IV. 

Friday^  February  18. — We  are  to  go  in  at 
sunrise,  and  few,  if  any,  are  the  passengers 
that  are  not  on  deck  at  the  first  glow  of 
dawn.  Before  us  lie  the  novel  and  exciting 
objects  of  the  night  before.  The  steep  Morro, 
with  its  tall  sentinel  lighthouse,  and  its  tow- 
ers and  signal  staffs  and  teeth  of  guns,  is 
coming  out  into  clear  daylight;  the  red  and 
yellow  striped  flag  of  Spain — blood  and  gold 
— floats  over  it.  Point  after  point  in  the 
city  becomes  visible ;  the  blue  and  white 
and  yCilow  houses,  with  their  roofs  of  dull 
red  tiles,  the  quaint  old  Cathedral  towers, 
and  the  almost  endless  lines  of  fortifica- 
tions. The  masts  of  the  immense  shipping 
rise  over  the  headland,  the  signal  for  leave 
to  enter  is  run  up,  and  we  steer  in  under 
full  head,  the  morning  gun   thundering   from 


30  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

the  Morro,  the  trumpets  braying  and  drums 
beating  from  all  the  fortifications,  the  Morro, 
the  Punta,  the  long  Cabana,  the  Casa  Blanca 
and  the  city  walls,  while  the  broad  sun  is 
fast  rising  over  this  magnificent  spectacle. 

What  a  world  of  shipping  !  The  masts 
make  a  belt  of  dense  forest  along  the  edge  of 
the  city,  all  the  ships  lying  head  in  to  the  street, 
like  horses  at  their  mangers ;  while  the  vessels 
at  anchor  nearly  choke  up  the  passage  ways  to 
the  deeper  bays  beyond.  There  are  the  red 
and  yellow  stripes  of  decayed  Spain ;  the 
blue,  white  and  red — blood  to  the  fingers'  end 
— of  La  Grande  Nation;  the  Union  crosses 
of  the  Royal  Commonwealth;  the  stars  and 
stripes  of  the  Great  Republic,  and  a  few  flags 
of  Holland  and  Portugal,  of  the  states  of 
Northern  Italy,  of  Brazil,  and  of  the  republics 
of  the  Spanish  Main.  We  thread  our  slow 
and  careful  way  among  these,  pass  under  the 
broadside  of  a  ship-of-the-line,  and  under  the 
stern  of  a  screw  frigate,  both  bearing  the  Span- 
ish flag,  and  cast  our  anchor  in  the  Regla  Bay, 
by  the  side  of  the  steamer  Karnac,  which  sailed 
from  New  York  a  few  days  before  us. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  31 

Instantly  we  are  besieged  by  boats,  some 
loaded  with  oranges  and  bananas,  and  others 
coming  for  passengers  and  their  luggage,  all 
with  awnings  spread  over  their  sterns,  rowed 
by  swarthy,  attenuated  men,  in  blue  and  white 
checks  and  straw  hats,  with  here  and  there 
the  familiar  lips  and  teeth,  and  vacant,  easily- 
pleased  face  of  the  negro.  Among  these  boats 
comes  oiie,  from  the  stern  of  which  floats  the 
red  and  yellow  flag  with  the  crown  in  its  field, 
and  under  whose  awning  reclines  a  man  in 
a  full  suit  of  white  linen,  with  straw  hat  and 
red  cockade  and  a  cigar.  This  is  the  Health 
Officer.  Until  he  is  satisfied,  no  one  can  come 
on  board,  or  leave  the  vessel.  Capt.  Bullock 
salutes,  steps  down  the  ladder  to  the  boat, 
hands  his  papers,  reports  all  well, — and  we  are 
pronounced  safe.  Then  comes  another  boat  of 
similar  style,  another  man  reclining  under  the 
awning  with  a  cigar,  who  comes  on  board,  is 
closeted  with  the  purser,  compares  the  passen- 
ger list  with  the  passports,  and  we  are  declared 
fully  passed,  and  general  leave  is  given  to  land 
with  our  luggage  at  the  custom-house  wharf. 

Now  comes  the  war  of  cries  and  gestures 


32  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

and  grimaces  among  the  boatmen,  in  their 
struggle  for  passengers,  increased  manifold  by 
the  fact  that  there  is  but  little  language  in 
common  between  the  parties  to  the  bargains, 
and  by  the  boatmen  being  required  to  remain 
in  their  boats.  How  thin  these  boatmen  look! 
You  cannot  get  it  out  of  your  mind  that  they 
must  all  have  had  the  yellow  fever  last  sum- 
mer, and  are  not  yet  fully  recovered.  Not  only 
their  faces,  but  their  hands  and  arms  and  legs 
are  thin,  and  their  low-quartered  slippers  only 
half  cover  their  thin  yellow  feet. 

In  the  hurry,  I  have  to  hunt  after  the  pas- 
sengers I  am  to  take  leave  of  w^ho  go  on 
to  New  Orleans  : — Mr.  and  Mrs.  Benchley,  on 
their  way  to  their  intended  new  home  in  West- 
ern Texas,  my  two  sea-captains,  and  the  little 
son  of  my  friend,  who  is  the  guest,  on  this 
voyage,  of  our  common  friend  the  captain , 
and  after  all,  I  miss  the  hearty  hand-shake  of 
Bullock  and  Rodgers.  Seated  under  an  awn- 
ing, in  the  stern  of  a  boat,  with  my  trunk  and 
carpet-bag  and  an  unseasonable  bundle  of 
Arctic  overcoat  and  fur  cap  in  the  bow,  I 
am  pulled  by  a  man  with  an  oar  in  each  hand 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  33 

and  a  cigar  in  mouth,  to  the  custom-house 
pier.  Here  is  a  busy  scene  of  trunks,  carpet- 
bags, and  bundles  ;  and  up  and  down  the 
pier,  marches  a  military  grandee  of  about  the 
rank  of  a  sergeant  or  sub-lieutenant,  with  a 
preposterous  strut,  so  out  of  keeping  with  the 
depressed  military  character  of  his  country, 
and  not  possible  to  be  appreciated  without 
seeing  it.  If  he  would  give  that  strut  on  the 
boards,  in  New  York,  he  would  draw  full 
houses  nightly. 

Our  passports  are  kept,  and  we  receive  a 
license  to  remain  and  travel  in  the  island,  good 
for  three  months  only,  for  which  a  large  fee  is 
paid.  These  officers  of  the  customs  are  civil 
and  reasonably  rapid ;  and  in  a  short  time  my 
luggage  is  on  a  dray  driven  by  a  negro,  and  I 
am  in  a  volante,  managed  by  a  negro  postilion, 
and  am  driving  through  the  narrow  streets  of 
this  surprising  city. 

The  streets  are  so  narrow  and  the  houses 
built  so  close  upon  them,  that  they  seem  to 
be  rather  spaces  between  the  walls  of  houses 
than  highways  for  travel.    It  appears  impossible 

that  two  vehicles  should  pass  abreast ;  yet  they 

2* 


34  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

do  SO.  There  are  constant  blockings  of  the 
way.  In  some  places  awnings  are  stretched 
over  the  entire  street,  from  house  to  house,  and 
we  are  riding  under  a  long  tent.  What  strange 
vehicles  these  volantes  are! — A  pair  of  very 
long,  limber  shafts,  at  one  end  of  which  is  a 
pair  of  huge  wheels,  and  at  the  other  end  a  horse 
with  his  tail  braided  and  brought  forward  and 
tied  to  the  saddle,  an  open  chaise  body  rest- 
ing on  the  shafts,  about  one  third  of  the  way 
from  the  axle  to  the  horse ;  and  on  the  horse  is 
a  negro,  in  large  postilion  boots,  long  spurs, 
and  a  bright  jacket.  It  is  an  easy  vehicle  to 
ride  in ;  but  it  must  be  a  sore  burden  to  the 
beast.  Here  and  there  we  pass  a  private  vo- 
lante,  distinguished  by  rich  silver  mountings 
and  postilions  in  livery.  Some  have  two 
horses,  and  with  the  silver  and  the  livery  and 
the  long  dangling  traces  and  a  look  of  super- 
fluity, have  rather  an  air  of  high  life.  In  most, 
a  gentleman  is  reclining,  cigar  in  mouth;  while 
in  others,  is  a  great  puff  of  blue  or  pink  muslin 
or  calico,  extending  over  the  sides  to  the  shafts, 
topped  off  by  a  fan,  with  signs  of  a  face  behind 
it.  «  Calle  de  los  Officios,"  "  Calle  del  Obispo," 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  35 

"  Calle  de  San  Ignacio,"  "  Calle  de  Merca- 
deres,"  are  on  the  little  corner  boards.  Every 
little  shop  and  every  big  shop  has  its  title ;  but 
nowhere  does  the  name  of  a  keeper  appear. 
Almost  every  shop  advertises  "  por  mayor  y 
menor,"  wholesale  and  retail.  What  a  Gil 
Bias,  Don  Quixote  feeling  the  names  of  "  po- 
sada,"  "  tienda,"  and  "  cantina  "  give  you ! 

There  are  no  women  walking  in  the  streets, 
except  negresses.  Those  suits  of  seersucker, 
with  straw  hats  and  red  cockades,  are  soldiers. 
It  is  a  sensible  dress  for  the  climate.  Every 
third  man,  perhaps  more,  and  not  a  few 
women,  are  smoking  cigars  or  cigarritos.  Here 
are  things  moving  along,  looking  like  cocks  of 
new  mown  grass,  under  way.  But  presently 
you  see  the  head  of  a  horse  or  mule  peering 
out  from  under  the  mass,  and  a  tail  is  visible 
at  the  other  end,  and  feet  are  picking  their 
slow  way  over  the  stones.  These  are  the  car- 
riers of  green  fodder,  the  fresh  cut  stalks  and 
blades  of  corn ;  and  my  chance  companion  in 
the  carriage,  a  fellow  passenger  by  the  Ca- 
hawba,  a  Frenchman,  who  has  been  here  be- 
fore, tells  me  that  they  supply  all  the  horses 


36  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

and  mules  in  the  city  with  their  daily  feed,  as 
no  hay  is  used.  There  are  also  mules,  asses, 
and  horses  with  bananas,  plantains,  oranges 
and  other  fruits  in  panniers  reaching  almost 
to  the  ground. 

Here  is  the  Plaza  de  Armas,  with  its  garden 
of  rich,  fragrant  flowers  in  full  bloom,  in  front 
of  the  Governor's  Palace.  At  the  corner,  is 
the  chapel  erected  over  the  spot  where,  under 
the  auspices  of  Columbus,  mass  was  first 
celebrated  on  the  island.  We  are  driven  by 
a  gloomy  convent,  by  innumerable  shops,  by 
drinking  places,  billiard  rooms,  and  the  thick, 
dead  walls  of  houses,  with  large  windows, 
grated  like  dungeons,  and  large  gates,  showing 
glimpses  of  interior  court-yards,  sometimes 
with  trees  and  flowers.  But  horses  and  car- 
riages and  gentlemen  and  ladies  and  slaves, 
all  seem  to  use  the  same  entrance.  The  win- 
dows come  to  the  ground,  and,  being  flush  with 
the  street,  and  mostly  without  glass,  nothing 
but  the  grating  prevents  a  passenger  from 
walking  into  the  rooms.  And  there  the  ladies 
and  children  sit  sewing,  or  lounging,  or  play- 
ing.    This  is  all  ver}^  strange.     There  is  evi- 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  37 

dently  enough   for  me  to   see  in   the   ten   or 
twelve  days  of  my  stay. 

But  there  are  no  costumes  among  the  men, 
no  Spanish  hats,  or  Spanish  cloaks,  or  bright 
jackets,  or  waistcoats,  or  open,  slashed  trow- 
sers,  that  are  so  picturesque  in  other  Spanish 
countries.  The  men  wear  black  dress  coats, 
long  pantaloons,  black  cravats,  and  many  of 
them  even  submit,  in  this  hot  sun,  to  black 
French  hats.  The  tyranny  of  systematic,  sci- 
entific, capable,  unpicturesque,  unimaginative 
France,  evidently  rules  over  the  realm  of  man's 
dress.  The  houses,  the  vehicles,  the  vegeta- 
tion, the  animals,  are  picturesque  ;  to  the  eye 
of  taste 

"  Every  prospect  pleases,  and  only  man  is  vile." 

We  drove  through  the  Puerta  de  Mon ser- 
rate, a  heavy  gateway  of  the  prevailing  yellow 
or  tawny  color,  where  soldiers  are  on  guard, 
across  the  moat,  out  upon  the  "  Paseo  de  Ysa- 
bel  Segunda,"  and  are  now  "  estramuros," 
without  the  walls.  The  Paseo  is  a  grand  ave- 
nue running  across  the  city  from  sea  to  bay, 
with  two  carriage-drives  abreast,  and  two 
malls  for  foot  passengers,  and  all  lined  with 


38'  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

trees  in  full  foliage.  Here  you  catch  a  glimpse 
of  the  Mono,  and  there  of  the  Presidio.  This 
is  the  Teatro  de  Tacon ;  and,  in  front  of  this 
line  of  tall  houses,  in  contrast  with  the  almost 
uniform  one-story  buildings  of  the  city,  the 
volante  stops.     This  is  Le  Grand's  hotel. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  39 


CHAPTER  V. 

To  a  person  unaccustomed  to  the  tropics  or 
the  south  of  Europe,  I  know  of  nothing  more 
discouraging  than  the  arrival  at  the  inn  or 
hotel.  It  is  nobody's  business  to  attend  to 
you.  The  landlord  is  strangely  indifferent, 
and  if  there  is  a  way  to  get  a  thing  done,  you 
have  not  learned  it,  and  there  is  no  one  to 
teach  you.  Le  Grand  is  a  Frenchman.  His 
house  is  a  restaurant,  with  rooms  for  lodgers. 
The  restaurant  is  paramount.  .  The  lodging  is 
secondary,  and  is  left  to  servants.  Monsieur 
does  not  condescend  to  show  a  room,  even  to 
families ;  and  the  servants,  who  are  whites,  but 
mere  lads,  have  all  the  interior  in  their  charge, 
and  there  are  no  women  employed  about  the 
chambers.  Antonio,  a  swarthy  Spanish  lad, 
in  shirt  sleeves,  looking  very  much  as  if  he 
never  washed,  has   my  part  of  the  house  in 


40  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

charge,  and  shows  me  my  room.  It  has  but 
one  window,  a  door  opening  upon  the  veran- 
da, and  a  brick  floor,  and  is  very  bare  of 
furniture,  and  the  furniture  has  long  ceased  to 
be  strong.  A  small  stand  barely  holds  up  a 
basin  and  ewer  which  have  not  been  washed 
since  Antonio  was  washed,  and  the  bedstead, 
covered  by  a  canvas  sacking,  without  mat- 
tress or  bed,  looks  as  if  it  would  hardly  bear 
the  weight  of  a  man.  It  is  plain  there  is  a 
good  deal  to  be  learned  here.  Antonio  is  com- 
municative, on  a  suggestion  of  several  days' 
stay  and  good  pay.  Things  which  we  cannot 
do  without,  we  must  go  out  of  the  house  to 
find,  and  those  which  we  caji  do  without,  we 
must  dispense  with.  This  is  odd,  and  strange, 
but  not  uninteresting,  and  affords  scope  for 
contrivance  and  the  exercise  of  influence  and 
other  administrative  powers.  The  Grand 
Seigneur  does  not  mean  to  be  troubled  with 
anything;  so  there  are  no  bells,  and  no  office, 
and  no  clerks.  He  is  the  only  source,  and  if 
he  is  approached,  he  shrugs  his  shoulders  and 
gives  you  to  understand  that  you  have  your 
chambers  for  your  money  and   must  look   to 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  41 

the  servants.  Antonio  starts  off  on  an  expedi- 
tion for  a  pitcher  of  water  and  a  towel,  with  a 
faint  hope  of  two  towels ;  for  each  demand 
involves  an  expedition  to  remote  parts  of  the 
house.  Then  Antonio  has  so  many  rooms  de- 
pendent on  him,  that  every  door  is  a  Scylla, 
and  every  window  a  Charybdis,  as  he  passes. 
A  shrill,  female  voice,  from  the  next  room  but 
one,  calls  "  Antonio  I  Antonio  !  "  and  that 
starts  the  parrot  in  the  court  yard,  who  cries 
"  Antonio  I  Antonio  !  "  for  several  minutes.  A 
deep, bass  voice  mutters  "Antonio!"  in  a  more 
confidential  tone ;  and  last  of  all,  an  unmis- 
takably Northern  voice  attempts  it,  but  ends 
in  something  between  Antonio  and  Anthony. 
He  is  gone  a  good  while,  and  has  evidently 
had  several  episodes  to  his  journey.  But  he  is 
a  good-natured  fellow,  speaks  a  little  French, 
very  little  English,  and  seems  anxious  to  do 
his  best. 

I  see  the  faces  of  my  New  York  fellow-pas- 
sengers from  the  west  gallery,  and  we  come 
together  and  throw  our  acquisitions  of  informa- 
tion into  a  common  stock,  and  help  one  an- 
other.    Mr.  Miller's  servant,  who  has  been  here 


42  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

before,  says  there  are  baths  and  other  conven- 
iences round  the  corner  of  the  street;  and, 
sending  our  bundles  of  thin  clothes  there,  we 
take  advantage  of  the  baths,  with  comfort.  To 
be  sure,  we  must  go  through  a  billiard-room, 
where  the  Creoles  are  playing  at  the  tables, 
and  the  cockroaches  playing  under  them,  and 
through  a  drinking-room,  and  a  bowling-alley ; 
but  the  baths  are  built  in  the  open  yard,  pro- 
tected by  blinds,  well  ventilated,  and  well  sup- 
plied with  water  and  toilet  apparatus. 

With  the  comfort  of  a  bath,  and  clothed  in 
linen,  with  straw  hats,  we  walk  back  to  Le 
Grand's,  and  enter  the  restaurant,  for  break- 
fast,— the  breakfast  of  the  country,  at  10 
o'clock.  Here  is  a  scene  so  pretty  as  quite  to 
make  up  for  the  defects  of  the  chambers.  The 
restaurant  with  cool  marble  floor,  walls  twenty- 
four  feet  high,  open  rafters  painted  blue,  great 
windows  open  to  the  floor  and  looking  into  the 
Paseo,  and  the  floor  nearly  on  a  level  with  the 
street,  a  light  breeze  fanning  the  thin  curtains, 
the  little  tables,  for  two  or  four,  with  clean, 
white  cloths,  each  with  its  pyramid  of  great  red 
oranges  and  its  fragrant  bouquet, — the  gentle- 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  43 

men  in  white  pantaloons  and  jackets  and  white 
stockings,  and  the  ladies  in  fly-away  muslins, 
and  hair  in  the  sweet  neglect  of  the  morning 
toilet,  taking  their  leisurely  breakfasts  of  fruit 
and  claret,  and  omelette  and  Spanish  mixed 
dishes,  (ollas,)  and  cafe  noir.  How  airy  and 
ethereal  it  seems  !  They  are  birds,  not  substan- 
tial men  and  women.  They  eat  ambrosia  and 
drink  nectar.  It  must  be  that  they  fly,  and 
live  in  nests,  in  the  tamarind  trees.  Who  can 
eat  a  hot,  greasy  breakfast  of  cakes  and  gravied 
meats,  and  in  a  close  room,  after  this  ? 

I  can  truly  say  that  I  ate,  this  morning,  my 
first  orange ;  for.  I  had  never  before  eaten  one 
newly  gathered,  which  had  ripened  in  the  sun, 
hanging  on  the  tree.  We  call  for  the  usual 
breakfast,  leaving  the  selection  to  the  waiter ; 
and  he  brings  us  fruits,  claret,  omelette,  fish 
fresh  from  the  sea,  rice  excellently  cooked, 
fried  plantains,  a  mixed  dish  of  meat  and  veg- 
etables (oUa),  and  coffee.  The  fish,  I  do  not 
remember  its  name,  is  boiled,  and  has  the  colors 
of  the  rainbow,  as  it  lies  on  the  plate.  Havana 
is  a  good  fish-market ;  for  it  is  as  open  to  the 
ocean  as  Nahant,  or  the  beach  at  Newport ;  its 


44  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

streets  running  to  the  blue  sea,  outside  the  har- 
bor, so  that  a  man  may  almost  throw  his  line 
from  the  curb-stone  into  the  Gulf  Stream. 

After  breakfast,  I  take  a  volante  and  ride 
into  the  town,  to  deliver  my  letters.  Three 
merchants  whom  I  call  upon,  have  palaces  for 
their  business.  The  entrances  are  wide,  the 
staircases  almost  as  stately  as  that  of  Staf- 
ford House,  the  floors  of  marble,  the  panels  of 
porcelain  tiles,  the  rails  of  iron,  and  the  rooms 
over  twenty  feet  high,  with  open  rafters,  the 
doors  and  windows  colossal,  the  furniture  rich 
and  heavy ;  and  there  sits  the  merchant  or 
banker,  in  white  pantaloons  and  thin  shoes  and 
loose  white  coat  and  narrow  neck-tie,  smoking 
a  succession  of  cigars,  surrounded  by  tropical 
luxuries  and  tropical  defences.  In  the  lower 
story  of  one  of  these  buildings  is  an  exposition 
of  silks,  cotton  and  linens,  in  a  room  so  large 
that  it  looked  like  a  part  of  the  Great  Exhibi- 
tion in  Hyde  Park.  At  one  of  these  counting- 
palaces,  I  met  Mr.  Theodore  Parker  and  Dr. 
S.  G.  Howe,  of  Boston,  who  preceded  me,  in 
the  Karnac.  Mr.  Parker  is  here  for  his  health, 
which  has  caused  anxiety  to  his  friends  lest  his 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  45 

weakened  frame  should  no  longer  support  the 
strong  intellectual  machinery,  as  before.  He 
finds  Havana  too  hot,  and  will  leave  for  Santa 
Cruz  by  the  first  opportunity.  Dr.  Howe  likes 
the  warm  weather.  It  is  a  comfort  to  see 
him, — a  benefactor  of  his  race,  and  one  of  the 
few  heroes  we  have  left  to  us,  since  Kane 
died. 

The  Bishop  of  Havana  has  been  in  delicate 
health,  and  is  out  of  town,  at  Jesus  del  Monte ; 

and   Miss   M is  not  at  home,  and  the 

Senoras  F I  failed  to  see  this  morning ; 

but  I  find  a  Boston  young  lady,  whose  friends 
were  desirous  I  should  see  her,  and  who  was 
glad  enough  to  meet  one  so  lately  firom  her 
home.  A  clergyman  to  whom,  also,  I  had 
letters,  is  gone  into  the  country,  without  much 
hope  of  improving  his  health.  Stepping  into  a 
little  shop  to  buy  a  plan  of  Havana,  my  name 
is  called,  and  there  is  my  hero's  wife,  the  dis- 
tinguished author  and  conversationist,  whom 
it  is  an  exhilaration  to  meet  anywhere,  much 
more  in  a  land  of  strangers.  Dr.  and  Mrs. 
Howe  and  Mr.  Parker  are  at  the  Cerro,  a 
pretty  and  cool  place  in  the  suburbs,  but  are 


46  TO    CUBA  AND   BACK. 

coming  in  to  Mrs.  Almy's  boarding-house,  for 
the  convenience  of  being  in  the  city,  and  for 
nearness  to  friends,  and  the  comforts  of  some- 
thing like  American  or  English  housekeeping. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  afternoon,  from 
three  o'clock,  our  parties  are  taking  dinner  at 
Le  Grand's.  The  little  tables  are  again  full, 
with  a  fair  complement  of  ladies.  The  after- 
noon breeze  is  so  strong  that  the  draught  of 
air,  though  it  is  hot  air,  is  to  be  avoided.  The 
passers-by  almost  put  their  faces  into  the 
room,  and  the  women  and  children  of  the 
poorer  order  look  wistfully  in  upon  the  luxuri- 
ous guests,  the  colored  glasses,  the  red  wines, 
and  the  golden  fruits.  The  Opera  troupe  is 
here,  both  the  singers  and  the  ballet ;  and  we 
have  Gazzaniga,  Lamoureux,  Max  Maret- 
zek  and  his  sister,  and  others,  in  this  house, 
and  Miss  Ada  Phillips  at  the  next  door,  and 
the  benefit  of  a  rehearsal,  at  nearly  all  hours 
of  the  day,  of  operas  that  the  Habaneros  are 
to  rave  over  at  night. 

I  yield  to  no  one  in  my  admiration  of  the 
Spanish  as  a  spoken  language,  whether  in  its 
rich,  sonorous,  musical,  and  lofty  style,  in  the 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  47 

mouth  of  a  man  who  knows  its  uses,  or  in  the 
soft,  indolent,  languid  tones  of  a  woman, 
broken  by  an  occasional  birdlike  trill — 

"  With  wanton  heed,  and  giddy  cunning, 
The  melting  voice  through  mazes  running" — 

but  I  do  not  like  it  as  spoken  by  the  common 
people  of  Cuba,  in  the  streets.  Their  voices 
and  intonations  are  thin  and  eager,  very  rapid, 
too  much  in  the  lips,  and,  withal,  giving  an 
impression  of  the  passionate  and  the  childish 
combined  ;  and  it  strikes  me  that  the  ten- 
dency here  is  to  enfeeble  the  language,  and 
take  from  it  the  openness  of  the  vowels  and 
the  strength  of  the  harder  consonants.  This  is 
the  criticism  of  a  few  hours'  observation,  and 
may  not  be  just ;  but  I  have  heard  the  same 
from  persons  who  have  been  longer  acquainted 
with  it.  Among  the  well  educated  Cubans, 
the  standard  of  Castilian  is  said  to  be  kept 
high,  and  there  is  a  good  deal  of  ambition  to 
reach  it. 

After  dinner,  walked  along  the  Paseo  de 
Ysabel  Segunda,  to  see  the  pleasure-driving, 
which  begins  at  about  five  o'clock,  and  lasts 
until  dark.     The  most  common  carriage  is  the 


48  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 

volante,  but  there  are  some  carriages  in  the 
English  style,  with  servants  in  livery  on  the 
box.  I  have  taken  a  fancy  for  the  strange- 
looking  two-horse  volante.  The  postilion,  the 
long,  dangling  traces,  the  superfluousness  of  a 
horse  to  be  ridden  by  the  man  that  guides  the 
other,  and  the  prodigality  of  silver,  give  the 
whole  a  look  of  style  that  eclipses  the  neat, 
appropriate  English  equipage.  The  ladies 
ride  in  full  dress,  decollete es,  without  hats. 
The  servants  on  the  carriages  are  not  all  ne- 
groes. Many  of  the  drivers  are  whites.  The 
drives  are  along  the  Paseo  de  Ysabel,  across 
the  Campo  del  Marte,  and  then  along  the 
Paseo  de  Tacon,  a  beautiful  double  avenue, 
lined  with  trees,  which  leads  two  or  three  miles, 
in  a  straight  line,  into  the  country. 

At  8  o'clock,  drove  to  the  Plaza  de  Armas, 
a  square  in  front  of  the  governor's  house,  to 
hear  the  Retreta,  at  which  a  military  band 
plays  for  an  hour,  every  evening.  There  is  a 
clear  moon  above,  and  a  blue  field  of  glitter- 
ing stars  ;  the  air  is  pure  and  balmy  ;  the  band 
of  fifty  or  sixty  instruments  discourses  most 
eloquent  music  under  the  shade  of  palm-trees 


A   VACATION    VOYAGE.  49 

and  mangoes ;  the  walks  are  filled  with  pronme- 
naders,  and  the  streets  around  the  square  lined 
with  carriages,  in  which  the  ladies  recline,  and 
receive  the  salutations  and  visits  of  the  gentle- 
men. Very  few  ladies  walk  in  the  square,  and 
those  probably  are  strangers.  It  is  against  the 
etiquette  for  ladies  to  walk  in  public  in  Ha- 
vana. 

I  walk  leisurely  home,  in  order  to  see  Ha- 
vana by  night.  The  evening  is  the  busiest 
season  for  the  shops.  Much  of  the  business 
of  shopping  is  done  after  gas  lighting.  Vo- 
lantes  and  coaches  are  driving  to  and  fro, 
and  stopping  at  the  shop  doors,  and  attend- 
ants take  their  goods  to  the  doors  of  the  car- 
riages. The  watchmen  stand  at  the  corners 
of  the  streets,  each  carrying  a  long  pike  and  a 
lantern.  Billiard -rooms  and  cafds  are  filled, 
and  all  who  can  walk  for  pleasure  will  walk 
now.  This  is  also  the  principal  time  for  pay- 
ing visits. 

There  is  one  strange  custom  observed  here 
in  all  the  houses.  In  the  chief  room,  rows 
of  chairs  are  placed,  facing  each  other,  three 
or  four  or  five  in  each  line,  and  always  run- 


50  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

ning  at  right  angles  with  the  street  wall  of 
the  house.  As  you  pass  along  the  street, 
you  look  up  this  row  of  chairs.  In  these, 
the  family  and  the  visitors  take  their  seats, 
in  formal  order.  As  the  windows  are  open, 
deep,  and  large,  with  wide  gratings  and 
no  glass,  one  has  the  inspection  of  the  inte- 
rior arrangement  of  all  the  front  parlors  of 
Havana,  and  can  see  what  every  lady  wears, 
and  who  is  visiting  her. 

To-bed   early,   after   so   exciting   a   day  as 
one's  first  day  in  the  tropics. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  51 


CHAPTER  VI. 

If  mosquito  nets  were  invented  for  the  pur- 
pose of  shutting  mosquitoes  in  with  you,  they 
answer  their  purpose  very  well.  The  beds 
have  no  mattresses,  and  you  lie  on  the  hard 
sacking.  This  favors  coolness  and  neatness. 
I  should  fear  a  mattress,  in  the  economy  of 
our  hotel,  at  least.  Where  there  is  nothing 
but  an  iron  frame,  canvas  stretched  over  it, 
and  sheets  and  a  blanket,  you  may  know 
what  you  are  dealing  with. 

The  clocks  of  the  churches  and  castles  strike 
the  quarter  hours,  and  at  each  stroke  the 
watchmen  blow  a  kind  of  boatswain's  whis- 
tle, and  cry  the  time  and  the  state  of  the 
weather,  which,  from  their  name  (serenos), 
should  be  always  pleasant. 

I  have  been  advised  to  close  the  shutters 
at  night,  whatever  the  heat,  as  the  change  of 


52  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

air  that  often  takes  place  before  dawn  is  in- 
jurious ;  and  I  notice  that  many  of  the  bed- 
rooms in  the  hotel  are  closed,  both  doors  and 
shutters,  at  night.  This  is  too  much  for  my 
endurance,  and  I  venture  to  leave  the  air  to  its 
course,  not  being  in  the  draught.  One  is  also 
cautioned  not  to  step  with  bare  feet  on  the 
floor,  for  fear  of  the  nigua  (or  chigua),  a  very 
small  insect,  that  is  said  to  enter  the  skin  and 
build  tiny  nests,  and  lay  little  eggs  that  can 
only  be  seen  by  the  microscope,  but  are  tor- 
menting and  sometimes  dangerous.  This  may 
be  excessive  caution,  but  it  is  so  easy  to  ob- 
serve, that  it  is  not  worth  while  to  test  the 
question. 

Saturday^  February  19. — There  are  streaks 
of  a  clear  dawn  ;  it  is  nearly  six  o'clock,  the 
cocks  are  crowing,  and  the  drums  and  trum- 
pets sounding.  We  have  been  told  of  sea- 
baths,  cut  in  the  rock,  near  the  Punta,  at  the 
foot  of  our  Paseo.  I  walk  down,  under  the 
trees,  towards  the  Presidio.  What  is  this 
clanking  sound?  Can  it  be  cavalry,  march- 
ing on  foot,  their  sabres  rattling  on  the  pave- 
ment ?     No,  it  comes  from  that  crowd  of  poor 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  53 

looking  creatures  that  are  forming  in  files  in 
front  of  the  Presidio.  It  is  the  chain-gang! 
Poor  wretches !  I  come  nearer  to  them,  and 
wait  until  they  are  formed  and  numbered  and 
marched  off.  Each  man  has  an  iron  band 
riveted  round  his  ankle,  and  another  round 
his  waist,  and  the  chain  is  fastened,  one  end 
into  each  of  these  bands,  and  dangles  between 
them,  clanking  with  every  movement.  This 
leaves  the  wearers  free  to  use  their  arms,  and, 
indeed,  their  whole  body,  it  being  only  a 
weight  and  a  badge  and  a  note  for  discovery, 
from  which  they  cannot  rid  themselves.  It  is 
kept  on  them  day  and  night,  working,  eating, 
or  sleeping.  In  some  cases,  two  are  chained 
together.  They  have  passed  their  night  in  the 
Presidio  (the  great  prison  and  garrison),  and 
are  marshalled  for  their  day's  toil  in  the  public 
streets  and  on  the  public  works,  in  the  heat 
of  the  sun.  They  look  thoroughly  wretched. 
Can  any  of  these  be  political  offenders?  It 
is  said  that  Carlists,  from  Old  Spain,  worked 
in  this  gang.  Sentence  to  the  chain-gang  in 
summer,  in  the  case  of  a  foreigner,  must  be 
nearly  certain  death. 


54  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

Farther  on,  between  the  Presidio  and  the 
Punta,  the  soldiers  are  drilling;  and  the  drum- 
mers and  trumpeters  are  practising  on  the 
rampart  of  the  city  w^lls. 

A  little  to  the  left,  in  the  Calzado  de  San 
Lazaro,  are  the  Banos  de  Mar.  These  are 
boxes,  each  about  twelve  feet  square  and  six 
or  eight  feet  deep,  cut  directly  into  the  rock 
which  here  forms  the  sea-line,  with  steps  of 
rock,  and  each  box  having  a  couple  of  port- 
holes through  which  the  waves  of  this  tide- 
less  shore  wash  in  and  out.  This  arrangement 
is  necessary,  as  sharks  are  so  abundant  that 
bathing  in  the  open  sea  is  dangerous.  The 
pure  rock,  and  the  flow  and  reflow,  make 
these  bathing-boxes  very  agreeable,  and  the 
water,  which  is  that  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  is 
at  a  temperature  of  72^.  The  baths  are 
roofed  over,  and  partially  screened  on  the  in- 
side, but  open  for  a  view  out,  on  the  side  to- 
wards the  sea ;  and  as  you  bathe,  you  see  the 
big  ships  floating  up  the  Gulf  Stream,  that 
great  highway  of  the  Equinoctial  world.  The 
water  stands  at  depths  of  from  three  to  five 
feet  in  the  baths ;  and  they  are  large  enough 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  56 

for  short  swimming.  The  bottom  is  white 
with  sand  and  shells.  These  baths  are 
made  at  the  public  expense,  and  are  free. 
Some  are  marked  for  women,  some  for 
men,  and  some  "  por  la  gente  de  color." 
A  little  further  down  the  Calzado,  is  an- 
other set  of  baths,  and  further  out  in  the 
suburbs,  opposite  the  Beneficencia,  are  still 
others. 

After  bath,  took  two  or  three  fresh  oranges, 
and  a  cup  of  coffee,  without  milk;  for  the 
little  milk  one  uses  with  coffee,  must  not  be 
taken  with  fruit  here,  even  in  winter. 

To  the  Cathedral,  at  8  o'clock,  to  hear  mass. 
The  Cathedral,  in  its  exterior,  is  a  plain  and 
quaint  old  structure,  with  a  tower  at  each  angle 
of  the  front ;  but  within,  it  is  sumptuous. 
There  is  a  floor  of  variegated  marble,  obstructed 
by  no  seats  or  screens,  tall  pillars  and  rich 
frescoed  walls,  and  delicate  masonry  of  various 
colored  stone,  the  prevailing  tint  being  yellow, 
and  a  high  altar  of  porphyry.  There  is  a  look 
of  the  great  days  of  Old  Spain  about  it; 
and  you  think  that  knights  and  nobles  wor- 
shipped here  and  enriched  it  from  their  spoils 


56  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

and  conquests.  Every  new  eye  turns  first  to 
the  place  within  the  choir,  under  that  alto- 
relief,  behind  that  short  inscription,  where,  in 
the  wall  of  the  chancel,  rest  the  remains  of 
Christopher  Columbus.  Borne  from  Valla- 
dolid  to  Seville,  from  Seville  to  San  Domingo, 
and  from  San  Domingo  to  Havana,  they  at  last 
rest  here,  by  the  altar  side,  in  the  emporium 
of  the  Spanish  Islands.  "  What  is  man  that 
thou  art  mindful  of  him ! "  truly  and  hum- 
bly says  the  Psalmist ;  but  what  is  man,  in- 
deed, if  his  fellow  men  are  not  mindful  of 
such  a  man  as  this !  The  creator  of  a  hem- 
isphere! It  is  not  often  we  feel  that  mon- 
uments are  surely  deserved,  in  their  degree 
and  to  the  extent  of  their  utterance.  But 
when,  in  the  New  World,  on  an  island  of 
that  group  which  he  gave  to  civilized  man,  you 
stand  before  this  simple  monumental  slab,  and 
know  that  all  of  him  that  man  can  gather  up, 
lies  behind  it,  so  overpowering  is  the  sense 
of  the  greatness  of  his  deeds,  that  you  feel  re- 
lieved that  no  attempt  has  been  made  to 
measure  it  by  any  work  of  man's  hands.  The 
little  there  is,  is  so  inadequate,  that  you  make 


t^ijnr     r- 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  57 

no  comparison.     It  is  a  mere  finger-point,  the 
hie  jacetj  the  sic  itur. 

The  priests  in  the  chancel  are  numerous, 
perhaps  twenty  or  more.  The  service  is 
chanted  with  no  aid  of  instruments,  except 
once  the  accompaniment  of  a  small  and  rather 
disordered  organ,  and  chanted  in  very  loud  and 
often  harsh  and  blatant  tones,  which  rever- 
berate from  the  marble  walls,  with  a  tiresome 
monotony  of  cadence.  There  is  a  degree  of 
ceremony  in  the  placing,  replacing,  and  carry- 
ing to  and  fro  of  candles  and  crucifixes,  and 
swinging  of  censers,  which  the  Roman  service 
as  practised  in  the  United  States  does  not 
give.  The  priests  seem  duly  attentive  and 
reverent  in  their  manner,  but  I  cannot  say 
as  much  for  the  boys,  of  whom  there  were 
three  or  four,  gentlemen-fike  looking  lads,  from 
the  college,  doing  service  as  altar  boys.  One 
of  these,  who  seemed  to  have  the  lead,  was 
strikingly  careless  and  irreverent  in  his  man- 
ner; and  when  he  went  about  the  chancel, 
fo  incense  all  who  were  there,  and  to  give 
to  each  the  small  golden  vessel  to  kiss,  (con- 
taining, I  suppose,  a  relic,)  he  seemed  as  if  he 
3* 


58  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

were  counting  his  playmates  out  for  a  game, 
and  flinging  the  censer  at  them  and  snubbing 
their  noses  with  the  golden  vessel. 

There  were  only  about  half  a  dozen  persons 
at  mass,  beside  those  in  the  chancel;  and  all 
but  one  of  these  were  women,  and  of  the 
women  two  were  negroes.  The  women  walk 
in,  veiled,  drop  down  on  the  bare  pavement, 
kneeling  or  sitting,  as  the  service  requires  or 
permits.  A  negro  woman,  with  devout  and 
even  distressed  countenance,  knelt  at  the  altar 
rail,  and  one  pale-eyed  priest,  in  cassock,  who 
looked  like  an  American  or  Englishman,  knelt 
close  by  a  pillar.  A  file  of  visitors,  American 
or  English  women,  with  an  escort  of  gentle- 
men, came  in  and  sat  on  the  only  benches,  next 
the  columns ;  and  when  the  Host  was  ele- 
vated, and  a  priest  said  to  them,  very  civilly, 
in  English,  "  Please  to  kneel  down,"  they 
neither  knelt  nor  stood,  nor  went  away,  but 
kept  their  seats. 

After  service,  the  old  sacristan,  in  blue 
woollen  dress,  showed  all  the  visitors  the  little 
chapel  and  the  cloisters,  and  took  us  beyond 
the  altar  to  the  mural  tomb  of  Columbus,  and 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  59 

though  he  was  liberally  paid,  haggled  for  two 
reals  more. 

In  the  rear  of  the  Cathedral  is  the  Seminario, 
or  college  for  boys,  where  also  men  are  trained 
for  the  priesthood.  There  are  cloisters  and  a 
pleasant  garden  within  them. 


60  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 


CHAPTER  VIL 

Breakfast,  and  again  the  cool  marble  floor, 
white-robed  tables,  the  fruits  and  flowers,  and 
curtains  gently  swaying,  and  women  in  morn- 
ing toilets.  Besides  the  openness  to  view, 
these  rooms  are  strangely  open  to  ingress. 
Lottery-ticket  venders  go  the  rounds  of  the 
tables  at  every  meal,  and  so  do  the  girls 
with  tambourines  for  alms  for  the  music  in  the 
street.  As  there  is  no  coin  in  Cuba  less  than 
the  medio,  6|  cents,  the  musicians  get  a  good 
deal  or  nothing.  The  absence  of  any  smaller 
coin  must  be  an  inconvenience  to  the  poor,  as 
they  must  often  buy  more  than  they  want,  or 
go  without.  I  find  silver  very  scarce  here. 
It  is  difficult  to  get  change  for  gold,  and  at 
public  places  notices  are  put  up  that  gold  will 
not  be  received  for  small  payments.  I  find 
the  only  course  is  to  go  to  one  of  the  Cambios 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  61 

de  Moneda,  whose  signs  are  frequent  in  the 
streets,  and  get  a  half  doubloon  changed  into 
reals  and  pesetas,  at  four  per  cent,  discount, 
and  fill  my  pockets  with  small  silver. 

Spent  the  morning,  from  eleven  o'clock  to 
dinner-time,  in  my  room,  writing  and  reading. 
It  is  too  hot  to  be  out  with  comfort.  It  is  not 
such  a  morning  as  one  would  spend  at  the  St. 
Nicholas,  or  the  Tremont,  or  at  Morley's  or 
Meurice's.  The  rooms  all  open  into  the  court- 
yard, and  the  doors  and  windows,  if  open  at 
all,  are  open  to  the  view  of  all  passers-by.  As 
there  are  no  bells,  every  call  is  made  from  the 
veranda  rail,  down  into  the  court-yard,  and 
repeated  until  the  servant  answers,  or  the  caller 
gives  up  in  despair.  Antonio  has  a  compeer 
and  rival  in  Domingo,  and  the  sharp  voice  of 
the  woman  in  the  next  room  but  one,  who 
proves  to  be  a  subordinate  of  the  opera  troupe, 
is  calling  out,  "  Do-meen-go !  Do-meen-go ! " 
and  the  rogue  is  in  full  sight  from  our  side, 
making  significant  faces,  until  she  changes  her 
tune  to  "Antonio !  Antonio !  adonde  esta  Do- 
mingo ?  "  But  as  she  speaks  very  little  Span- 
ish, and  Antonio  very  little  French,  it  is  not 


62  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

difficult  for  him  to  get  up  a  misapprehension, 
especially  at  the  distance  of  two  stories ;  and 
she  is  obliged  to  subside  for  a  while,  and  her 
place  is  supplied  by  the  parrot.  She  is  usually 
unsuccessful,  being  either  unreasonable,  or  bad 
pay.  The  opera  troupe  are  rehearsing  in  the 
second  flight,  with  doors  and  windows  open.* 
And  throughout  the  hot  middle  day,  we  hear 
the  singing,  the  piano,  the  parrot,  and  the  calls 
and  parleys  with  the  servants  below.  But  we 
can  see  the  illimitable  sea  from  the  end  of  the 
piazza,  blue  as  indigo ;  and  the  strange  city  is 
lying  under  our  eye,  with  its  strange  blue  and 
white  and  yellow  houses,  with  their  roofs  of 
dull  red  tiles,  its  strange  tropical  shade-trees, 
and  its  strange  vehicles  and  motley  popula- 
tion, and  the  clangor  of  its  bells,  and  the  high 
pitched  cries  of  the  venders  in  its  streets. 

Going  down  stairs  at  about  eleven  o'clock, 
I  find  a  table  set  in  the  front  hall,  at  the  foot 
of  the  great  staircase,  and  there,  in  full  view 
of  all  who  come  or  go,  the  landlord  and  his 
entire  establishment,  except  the  slaves  and 
coolies,  are  at  breakfast.  This  is  done  every 
day.     At  the  caf<^  round  the  corner,  the  family, 


A   VACATION    VOYAGE.  63 

with  their  white,  hired  servants,  breakfast  and 
dine  in  the  hall,  through  which  all  the  custom- 
ers of  the  place  must  go  to  the  baths,  the  bil- 
liard rooms,  and  the  bowling-alleys.  Fancy 
the  manager  of  the  Astor  or  Revere,  spreading 
a  table  for  breakfast  and  dinner  in  the  great 
entry,  between  the  office  and  the  front  door, 
for  himself  and  family  and  servants  ! 

Yesterday  and  to-day  I  noticed  in  the  streets 
and  at  work  in  houses,  men  of  an  Indian  com- 
plexion, with  coarse  black  hair.  I  asked  if 
they  were  native  Indians,  or  of  mixed  blood. 
No,  they  are  the  Coolies!  Their  hair,  full 
grown,  and  the  usual  dress  of  the  country 
which  they  wore,  had  not  suggested  to  me  the 
Chinese ;  but  the  shape  and  expression  of  the 
eye  make  it  plain.  These  are  the  victims  of 
the  trade,  of  which  we  hear  so  much.  I  am 
told  there  are  200,000  of  them  in  Cuba,  or,  that 
so  many  have  been  imported,  and  all  within 
seven  years.  I  have  met  them  everywhere, 
the  newly  arrived,  in  Chinese  costume,  with 
shaved  heads,  but  the  greater  number  in  panta- 
loons and  jackets  and  straw  hats,  with  hair  full 
grown.     Two   of  the   cooks  at  our  hotel  are 


64  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

Coolies.  I  must  inform  myself  on  the  subject 
of  this  strange  development  of  the  domination 
of  capital  over  labor.  I  am  told  there  is  a  mart 
of  Coolies  in  the  Cerro.  This  I  must  see,  if  it 
is  to  be  seen. 

After  dinner  drove  out  to  the  Jesus  del 
Monte,  to  deliver  my  letter  of  introduction  to 
the  Bishop.  The  drive,  by  way  of  the  Cal- 
zada  de  Jesus  del  Monte,  takes  one  through 
a  wretched  portion,  I  hope  the  most  wretched 
portion,  of  Havana,  by  long  lines  of  one  story 
wood  and  mud  hovels,  hardly  habitable  even 
for  negroes,  and  interspersed  with  an  abun- 
dance of  drinking  shops.  The  horses,  mules, 
asses,  chickens,  children,  and  grown  people  use 
the  same  door;  and  the  back  yards  disclose 
heaps  of  rubbish.  The  looks  of  the  men,  the 
horses  tied  to  the  door-posts,  the  mules  with 
their  panniers  of  fruits  and  leaves  reaching 
to  the  ground,  all  speak  of  Gil  Bias,  and  of 
what  we  have  read  of  humble  life  in  Spain. 
The  little  negro  children  go  stark  naked,  as  in- 
nocent of  clothing  as  the  puppies.  But  this  is 
so  all  over  the  city.  In  the  front  hall  of  Le 
Grand's,  this  morning,  a  lady,  standing  in  a  full 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  65 

dress  of  spotless  white,  held  by  the  hand  a 
naked  little  negro  boy,  of  two  or  three  years 
old,  nestling  in  black  relief  against  the  folds 
of  her  dress. 

Now  we  rise  to  the  higher  grounds  of  Jesus 
del  Monte.  The  houses  improve  in  character. 
They  are  still  of  one  story,  but  high  and  of 
stone,  with  marble  floors  and  tiled  roofs,  with 
court-yards  of  grass  and  trees,  and  through  the 
gratings  of  the  wide,  long,  open  windows,  I  see 
the  decent  furniture,  the  double,  formal  row  of 
chairs,  prints  on  the  walls,  and  well-dressed 
women  manoeuvering  their  fans. 

As  a  carriage  with  a  pair  of  cream-colored 
horses  passed,  having  two  men  within,  in  the 
dress  of  ecclesiastics,  my  driver  pulled  up  and 
said  that  was  the  Bishop's  carriage,  and  that  he 
was  going  out  for  an  evening  drive.  Still,  I 
must  go  on  ;  and  we  drive  to  his  house.  As 
you  go  up  the  hill,  a  glorious  view  lies  upon 
the  left.  Havana,  both  city  and  suburbs,  the 
Morro  with  its  batteries  and  lighthouse,  the 
ridge  of  fortifications  called  the  Cabana  and 
Casa  Blanca,  the  Castle  of  Atares,  near  at 
hand,  a  perfect  truncated  cone,  fortified  at  the 


6Q  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

top, — ^the   higher  and  most  distant  Castle  of 
Principe, 

"  And,  poured  round  all, 
Old  Ocean's  gray  and  melancholy  waste  " — 

No  I  Not  so !  Young  Ocean,  the  Ocean  of 
to-day !  The  blue,  bright,  healthful,  glittering, 
gladdening,  inspiring  Ocean !  Have  I  ever  seen 
a  city  viev^  so  grand  ?  The  view  of  Quebec  from 
the  foot  of  the  Montmorenci  Falls,  may  rival, 
but  does  not  excel  it.  My  preference  is  for 
this  ;  for  nothing,  not  even  the  St.  Lawrence, 
broad  and  affluent  as  it  is,  will  make  up  for  the 
living  sea,  the  boundless  horizon,  the  dioramic 
vision  of  gliding,  distant  sails,  and  the  open 
arms  and  motherly  bosom  of  the  harbor,  "  with 
handmaid  lamp  attending  "  :  —  our  Mother 
Earth,  forgetting  never  the  perils  of  that  gay 
and  treacherous  world  of  waters,  its  change  of 
moods,  its  "strumpet  winds," — ready  is  she 
at  all  times,  by  day  or  by  night,  to  fold  back 
to  her  bosom  her  returning  sons,  knowing 
that  the  sea  can  give  them  no  drink,  no  food, 
no  path,  no  light,  nor  bear  up  their  foot  for  an 
instant,  if  they  are  sinking  in  its  depths. 

The  regular  episcopal  residence  is  in  town. 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  67 

This  is  only  a  house  which  the  Bishop  occu- 
pies temporarily,  for  the  sake  of  his  health.  It 
is  a  modest  house  of  one  story,  standing 
very  high,  with  a  commanding  view  of  city, 
harbor,  sea,  and  suburbs.  The  floors  are  mar- 
ble, and  the  roof  is  of  open  rafters,  painted 
blue,  and  above  twenty  feet  in  height;  the 
windows  are  as  large  as  doors,  and  the  doors 
as  large  as  gates.  The  mayor-domo  shows  me 
the  parlor,  in  which  are  portraits  in  oil  of  dis- 
tinguished scholars  and  missionaries  and  mar- 
tyrs. 

On  my  way  back  to  the  city,  I  direct  the 
driver  to  avoid  the  disagreeable  road  by  which 
we  came  out,  and  we  drive  by  a  cross  road, 
and  strike  the  Paseo  de  Tacon  at  its  outer 
end,  where  is  a  fountain  and  statue,  and  a 
public  garden  of  the  most  exquisite  flowers, 
shrubs,  and  trees  ;  and  around  them  are 
standing,  though  it  is  nearly  dark,  files  of  car- 
riages waiting  for  the  promenaders,  who  are 
enjoying  a  walk  in  the  garden.  I  am  able 
to  take  the  entire  drive  of  the  Paseo.  It  is 
straight,  very  wide,  with  two  carriage  ways 
and  two  foot  ways,  with  rows  of  trees  between. 


68  TO    CUBA    AND   BACK. 

and  at  three  points  has  a  statue  and  a  foun- 
tain. One  of  these  statues,  if  I  recollect 
aright,  is  of  Tacon  ;  one  of  a  Queen  of  Spain; 
and  one  is  an  allegorical  figure.  The  Paseo 
is  two  or  three  miles  in  length ;  reaching  from 
the  Campo  de  Marte,  just  outside  the  walls,  to 
the  last  statue  and  public  garden,  on  gradu- 
ally ascending  ground,  and  lined  with  beautiful 
villas,  and  rich  gardens  full  of  tropical  trees 
and  plants.  No  city  in  America  has  such  an 
avenue  as  the  Paseo  de  Tacon.  This,  like 
most  of  the  glories  of  Havana,  they  tell  you 
they  owe  to  the  energy  and  genius  of  the  man 
whose  name  it  bears. — I  must  guard  myself, 
by  the  way,  while  here,  against  using  the  words 
America  and  American,  when  I  mean  the 
United  States  and  the  people  of  our  Republic ; 
for  this  is  America  also ;  and  they  here  use  the 
word  America  as  including  the  entire  continent 
and  islands,  and  distinguish  between  Spanish 
and  English  America,  the  islands  and  the 
main. 

The  Cubans  have  a  taste  for  prodigality  in 
grandiloquent  or  pretty  names.  Every  shop, 
the  most  humble,  has  its  name.     They  name 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  69 

the  shops  after  the  sun  and  moon  and  stars; 
after  gods  and  goddesses,  demi-gods  and  he- 
roes; after  fruits  and  flowers,  gems  and  pre- 
cious stones ;  after  favorite  names  of  women, 
with  pretty,  fanciful  additions ;  and  after  all 
alluring  qualities,  all  delights  of  the  senses, 
and  all  pleasing  affections  of  the  mind.  The 
wards  of  jails  and  hospitals  are  each  known 
by  some  religious  or  patriotic  designation  ; 
and  twelve  guns  in  the  Morro  are  named  for 
the  Apostles.  Every  town  has  the  name  of 
an  apostle  or  saint,  or  of  some  sacred  subject. 
The  full  name  of  Havana,  in  honor  of  Colum- 
bus, is  San  Cristobal  de  la  Habana ;  and  that  of 
Matanzas  is  San  Carlos  Alcazar  de  Matanzas. 
It  is  strange  that  the  island  itself  has  defied 
all  the  Spanish  attempts  to  name  it.  It  has 
been  solemnly  named  Juana,  after  the  daugh- 
ter of  Ferdinand  and  Isabella ;  then  Ferdi- 
nandina.  after  Ferdinand  himself;  then  Santi- 
ago, and,  lastly,  Ave  Maria ;  but  it  has  always 
fallen  back  upon  the  original  Indian  name  of 
Cuba.  And  the  only  compensation  to  the 
hyperbolical  taste  of  the  race  is  that  they  dec- 
orate it,  on  state  and  ceremonious  occasions, 


70  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

with  the  musical  prefix  of  "  La  siempre  fide- 
lisima  Isla  de  Cuba." 

At  7.30  p.  M.  went  with  my  New  York  fel- 
low-passengers to  hear  an  opera,  or,  more  cor- 
rectly, to  see  the  people  of  Havana  at  an 
opera.  The  Teatro  de  Tacon  is  closed  for 
repairs.  This  is  unfortunate,  as  it  is  said  by 
some  to  be  the  finest  theatre,  and  by  all  to  be 
one  of  the  three  finest  theatres  in  the  world. 
This,  too,  is  attributed  to  Tacon ;  although  it 
is  said  to  have  been  a  speculation  of  a  clever 
pirate,  turned  fish-dealer,  who  made  a  fortune 
by  it.  But  I  like  well  enough  the  Teatro  de 
Villanueva.  The  stage  is  deep  and  wide,  the 
pit  high  and  comfortable,  and  the  boxes  light 
and  airy  and  open  in  front,  with  only  a  light 
tracery  of  iron  to  support  the  rails,  leaving 
you  a  full  view  of  the  costumes  of  the  ladies, 
even  to  their  slippers.  The  boxes  are  also 
separated  from  the  passage  ways  in  the  rear, 
only  by  wide  lattice  work ;  so  that  the  prom- 
enaders  between  the  acts  can  see  the  en- 
tire contents  of  the  boxes  at  one  view;  and 
the  ladies  dress  and  sit  and  talk  and  use  the 
fan   with   a   full   sense    that   they    are    under 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  71 

the  inspection  of  a  "committee  of  the  whole 
house."  They  are  all  in  full  dress,  d^collet^es, 
without  hats.  It  seemed,  to  my  fancy,  that 
the  mature  women  were  divisible  into  two 
classes,  distinctly  marked  and  with  few  inter- 
mediates,— ^the  obese  and  the  shrivelled.  I 
suspect  that  the  effect  of  time  in  this  climate  is 
to  produce  a  decided  result  in  the  one  direction 
or  the  other.  But  a  single  night's  view  at  an 
opera  is  very  imperfect  material  for  an  induc- 
tion, I  know.  The  young  ladies  had,  gen- 
erally, full  figures,  with  tapering  fingers  and 
well  rounded  arms ;  yet  there  were  some  in 
the  extreme  contrast  of  sallow,  bilious,  sharp 
countenances,  with  glassy  eyes.  There  is  evi- 
dently great  attention  to  manner,  to  the  mode 
of  sitting  and  moving,  to  the  music  of  the 
voice  in  speaking,  the  use  of  the  hands  and 
arms,  and,  perhaps  it  may  be  ungallant  to 
add,  of  the  eyes. 

The  Governor-General,  Concha,  (whose  title 
is,  strictly,  Capitan- General,)  with  his  wife 
and  two  daughters,  and  two  aides-de-camp,  is 
in  the  Vice-regal  box,  hung  with  red  curtains, 
and   surmounted    by  the   royal   arms.     I   can 


72  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

form  no  opinion  of  him  from  his  physiognomy, 
as  that  is  rather  heavy,  and  gives  not  much 
indication. 

Between  the  acts,  I  make,  as  all  the  gentle- 
men do,  the  promenade  of  the  house.  AU  parts 
of  it  are  respectable,  and  the  regulations  are 
good.  I  notice  one  curious  custom,  which  I 
am  told  prevails  in  all  Spanish  theatres.  As 
no  women  sit  in  the  pit,  and  the  boxes  are 
often  hired  for  the  season,  and  are  high-priced, 
a  portion  of  an  upper  tier  is  set  apart  for  those 
women  and  children  who  cannot  or  do  not 
choose  to  get  seats  in  the  boxes.  Their  quar- 
ter is  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  house  by 
gates,  and  is  attended  by  two  or  three  old 
women,  with  a  man  to  guard  the  entrance. 
No  men  are  admitted  among  them,  and  their 
parents,  brothers,  cousins  and  beaux  are  al- 
lowed only  to  come  to  the  door,  and  must 
send  in  refreshments,  and  even  a  cup  of 
water,  by  the  hands  of  the  duenas. 

Military,  on  duty,  abound  at  the  doors  and 
in  the  passage  ways.  The  men  to-night  are 
of  the  regiment  of  Guards,  dressed  in  white. 
There  are   enough  of  them   to   put   down   a 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  73 

small  insurrection,  on  the  spot.  The  singers 
screamed  well  enough,  and  the  play  was  a 
poor  one,  Maria  de  Rohan,  but  the  prima 
donna,  Gazzaniga,  is  a  favorite,  and  the  ex- 
citable Cubans  shout  and  scream,  and  throw 
bouquets,  and  jump  on  the  benches,  and,  at 
last,  present  her  with  a  crown,  wreathed  with 
flowers,  and  with  jewels  of  value  attached  to 
it.  Miss  Adelaide  Phillips  is  here,  too,  and 
a  favorite,  and  has  been  crowned,  they  say; 
but  she  does  not  sing  to-night. 


74  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

To-morrow,  I  am  to  go,  at  eight  o'clock, 
either  to  the  church  of  San  Domingo,  to  hear 
the  military  mass,  or  to  the  Jesuit  church  of 
Belen ;  for  the  service  of  my  own  church  is  not 
publicly  celebrated,  even  at  the  British  Con- 
sulate ;  no  service  but  the  Roman  Catholic 
being  tolerated  on  the  island. 

To-night  there  is  a  public  mascara  (mask 
ball)  at  the  great  hall,  next  door  to  Le  Grand's. 
My  only  window  is  by  the  side  of  the  numer- 
ous windows  of  the  great  hall,  and  all  these 
are  wide  open ;  and  I  should  be  stifled  if  I 
were  to  close  mine.  The  music  is  loud  and 
violent,  from  a  very  large  band,  with  kettle 
drums  and  bass  drums  and  trumpets ;  and  be- 
cause these  do  not  make  noise  and  uproar 
enough,  pistols  are  discharged,  at  the  turns  in 
the  tunes.     For  sleeping,  I  might  as  well  have 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  75 

been  stretched  on  the  bass  drum.  This  tumult 
of  noises,  and  the  heat  are  wearing  and  oppres- 
sive beyond  endurance,  as  it  draws  on  past 
midnight,  to  the  small  hours ;  and  the  servants 
in  the  court  of  the  hall  seem  to  be  tending  at 
tables  of  quarrelling  men,  and  to  be  intermin- 
ably washing  and  breaking  dishes.  After  sev- 
eral feverish  hours,  I  light  a  match  and  look 
at  my  watch.  It  is  nearly  five  o'clock  in  the 
morning.  There  is  an  hour  to  daylight, — and 
will  this  noise  stop  before  then  ?  The  city 
clocks  struck  five;  the  music  ceased;  and  the 
bells  of  the  convents  and  monasteries  tolled 
their  matins,  to  call  the  nuns  and  monks  to 
their  prayers  and  to  the  bedsides  of  the  sick 
and  dying  in  the  hospitals,  as  the  maskers  go 
home  from  their  revels  at  this  hideous  hour 
of  Sunday  morning.  The  servants  ceased  their 
noises,  the  cocks  began  to  crow  and  the  bells 
to  chime,  the  trumpets  began  to  bray,  and  the 
cries  of  the  streets  broke  in  before  dawn,  and 
I  dropped  asleep  just  as  I  was  thinking  sleep 
past  hoping  for ;  when  I  am  awaked  by  a 
knocking  at  the  door,  and  Antonio  calling, 
"  Usted !    Usted !      Un    caballero    quiere   ver 


76  TO   CUBA   AND    BACK. 

listed !  "  to  find  it  half-past  nine,  the  middle 
of  the  forenoon,  and  an  ecclesiastic  in  black 
dress  and  shovel  hat,  waiting  in  the  passage 
way,  with  a  message  from  the  bishop. 

His  Excellency  regrets  not  having  seen  me 
the  day  before,  and  invites  me  to  dinner  at 
three  o'clock,  to  meet  three  or  four  gentlemen ; 
an  invitation  which  I  accept  with  pleasure. 

I  am  too  late  for  the  mass,  or  any  other 
religious  service,  as  all  the  churches  close  at  ten 
o'clock.  A  tepid,  soothing  bath,  at  "  Los  banos 
publicos,"  round  the  corner,  and  I  spend  the 
morning  in  my  chamber.  As  we  are  at  break- 
fast, the  troops  pass  by  the  Paseo,  from  the 
mass  service.  Their  gait  is  quick  and  easy, 
with  swinging  arms,  after  the  French  fashion. 
Their  dress  is  seersucker,  with  straw  hats  and 
red  cockades :  the  regiments  being  distinguished 
by  the  color  of  the  cloth  on  the  cuffs  of  the 
coat,  some  being  yellow,  some  green,  and  some 
blue. 

Soon  after  two  o'clock,  I  take  a  carriage  for 
the  bishop's.  On  my  way  out  I  see  that  the 
streets  are  full  of  Spanish  sailors  from  the  men- 
of-war,  ashore  for   a   holiday,  dressed  in  the 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  77 

style  of  English  sailors,  with  wide  duck  trow- 
sers,  blue  jackets,  and  straw  hats,  with  the 
nanne  of  their  ship  on  the  front  of  the  hat. 
All  business  is  going  on  as  usual,  and  labor- 
ers are  at  work  in  the  streets  and  on  the 
houses. 

The  company  consists  of  the  bishop  him- 
self, the  Bishop  of  Puebla  de  los  Angelos  in 
Mexico,  Father  Luch,  the  rector  of  the  Jesuit 
College,  who  has  a  high  reputation  as  a  man 
of  intellect,  and  two  young  ecclesiastics.  Our 
dinner  is  well  cooked,  and  in  the  Spanish  style, 
consisting  of  fish,  vegetables,  fruits,  and  of 
stewed  light  dishes,  made  up  of  vegetables, 
fowls  and  other  meats,  a  style  of  cooking  well 
adapted  to  a  climate  in  which  one  is  very  will- 
ing to  dispense  with  the  solid,  heavy  cuts  of 
an  English  dinner. 

The  Bishop  of  Puebla  wore  the  purple,  the 
Bishop  of  Havana  a  black  robe  with  a  broad 
cape,  lined  with  red,  and  each  wore  the  Epis- 
copal cross  and  ring.  The  others  were  in 
simple  black  cassocks.  The  conversation  was 
in  French ;  for,  to  my  surprise,  none  of  the 
company    could    speak    English ;    and    being 


78  TO    CUBA    AND   BACK. 

allowed  my  election  between  French  and 
Spanish,  I  chose  the  former,  as  the  lighter  in- 
fliction on  my  associates. 

I  am  surprised  to  see  what  an  impression  is 
made  on  all  classes  in  this  country  by  the 
pending  «  Thirty  Millions  Bill"  of  Mr.  Slidell. 
It  is  known  to  be  an  Administration  measure, 
and  is  thought  to  be  the  first  step  in  a  series 
which  is  to  end  in  an  attempt  to  seize  the  is- 
land. Our  steamer  brought  verbal  intelligence 
that  it  had  passed  the  Senate,  and  it  was  so 
announced  in  the  Diario  of  the  day  after  our 
arrival,  although  no  newspaper  that  we  brought 
so  stated  it.  Not  only  with  these  clergymen,  but 
with  the  merchants  and  others  whom  I  have 
met  since  our  arrival,  foreigners  as  well  as 
Cubans,  this  is  the  absorbing  topic.  Their 
future  seems  to  be  hanging  in  doubt,  de- 
pending on  the  action  of  our  government, 
which  is  thought  to  have  a  settled  purpose  to 
acquire  the  island.  I  suggested  that  it  had  not 
passed  the  Senate,  and  would  not  pass  the 
House  ;  and,  at  most,  was  only  an  authority  to 
the  President  to  make  an  offer  that  would  cer- 
tainly be  refused.    But  they  looked  beyond  the 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  79 

form  of  the  act,  and  regarded  it  as  the  first 
move  in  a  plan,  of  which,  although  they  could 
not  entirely  know  the  details,  they  thought 
they  understood  the  motive. 

These  clergymen  were  well  informed  as  to 
the  state  of  religion  in  the  United  States,  the 
relative  numbers  and  force  of  the  various  de- 
nominations, and  their  doctrinal  differences ; 
the  reputations  of  Brownson,  Parker,  Beecher, 
and  others;  and  most  minutely  acquainted  with 
the  condition  of  their  own  church  in  the  Uni- 
ted States,  and  with  the  chief  of  its  clergy. 
This  acquaintance  is  not  attributable  solely  to 
their  unity  of  organization,  and  to  the  con- 
sequent interchange  of  communication,  but 
largely  also  to  the  tie  of  a  common  education 
at  the  Propaganda  or  St.  Sulpice,  the  cata- 
logues of  whose  alumni  are  familiar  to  the 
educated  Catholic  clergy  throughout  the  world. 

The  subject  of  slavery,  and  the  condition 
and  prospects  of  the  negro  race  in  Cuba,  the 
probable  results  of  the  Coolie  system,  and  the 
relations  between  Church  and  State  in  Cuba, 
and  the  manner  in  which  Sunday  is  treated 
in  Havana,  the  public  school  system  in  Amer- 


80  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

ica,  the  fate  of  Mormonism,  and  how  our  gov- 
ernment will  treat  it,  were  freely  discussed. 
It  is  not  because  I  have  any  reason  to  suppose 
that  these  gentlemen  would  object  to  all  they 
said  being  printed  in  these  pages,  and  read 
by  all  who  may  choose  to  read  it  in  Cuba, 
or  the  United  States,  that  I  do  not  report 
their  interesting  and  instructive  conversation  ; 
but  because  it  would  be,  in  my  opinion,  a  vio- 
lation of  the  universal  understanding  among 
gentlemen. 

After  dinner,  we  walked  on  the  piazza,  with 
the  noble  sunset  view  of  the  unsurpassed 
panorama  lying  before  us ;  and  I  took  my 
leave  of  my  host,  a  kind  and  courteous 
gentleman  of  Old  Spain,  as  well  as  a  prel- 
ate, just  as  a  few  lights  w^ere  beginning  to 
sprinkle  over  the  fading  city,  and  the  Morro 
Xiight  to  gleam  on  the  untroubled  air. 

Made  two  visits  in  the  city  this  evening. 
In  each  house,  I  found  the  double  row  of 
chairs,  facing  each  other,  always  with  about 
four  or  five  feet  of  space  between  the  rows. 
The  etiquette  is  that  the  gentlemen  sit  on  the 
row  opposite  to    the  ladies,  if   there    be    but 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  81 

two  or  three  present.  If  a  lady,  on  entering, 
go  to  the  side  of  a  gentleman,  when  the  other 
row  is  open  to  her,  it  indicates  either  familiar 
acquaintance  or  boldness.  There  is  no  peo- 
ple so  observant  of  outguards,  as  the  Spanish 
race. 

I  notice,  and  my  observation  is  supported  by 
what  I  am  told  by  the  residents  here,  that  there 
is  no  street-walking,  in  the  technical  sense,  in 
Havana,  Whether  this  is  from  the  fact  that 
no  ladies  walk  in  the  streets, — which  are  too 
narrow  for  comfortable  or  even  safe  walking, 
— or  by  reason  of  police  regulations,  I  do  not 
know.  From  what  one  meets  with  in  the 
streets,  if  he  does  not  look  farther,  one  would 
not  know  that  there  was  a  vice  in  Havana, 
not  even  drunkenness. 


4* 


82  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 


CHAPTER    IX. 

Monday^  February  2. — Rose  before  six,  and 
walked  as  usual,  down  the  Paseo,  to  the  sea 
baths.  How  refreshing  is  this  bath,  after  the 
hot  night  and  close  rooms !  At  your  side, 
the  wide  blue  sea  with  its  distant  sails,  the 
bath  cut  into  the  clean  rock,  the  gentle  wash- 
ing in  and  out  of  the  tideless  sea,  at  the  Gulf 
Stream  temperature,  in  the  cool  of  the  morn- 
ing! As  I  pass  down,  I  meet  a  file  of  Coolies, 
in  Chinese  costume,  marching,  under  over- 
seers, to  their  work  or  their  jail.  And  there 
is  the  chain-gang!  clank,  clank,  as  they  go, 
headed  by  officers  with  pistols  and  swords, 
and  flanked  by  drivers  with  whips.  This  is 
simple  wretchedness! 

While  at  breakfast,  a  gentleman  in  the 
dress  of  the  regular  clergy,  speaking  English, 
called  upon  me,  bringing  me,  from  the  bishop, 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  b3 

an  open  letter  of  introduction  and  admission 
to  all  the  religious,  charitable,  and  educational 
institutions  of  the  city,  and  offering  to  con- 
duct me  to  the  Belen  (Bethlehem).  He  is 
Father  B.  of  Charleston,  S.  C,  temporarily  in 
Havana,  with  whom  I  find  I  have  some  ac- 
quaintances in  common,  both  in  America  and 
abroad.  We  drive  together  to  the  Belen.  I 
say  drive ;  for  few  persons  walk  far  in  Havana, 
after  ten  o'clock  in  the  morning.  The  volantes 
are  the  public  carriages  of  Havana ;  and  are 
as  abundant  as  cabs  in  London.  You  never 
need  stand  long  at  a  street  door  without 
finding  one.  The  postilions  are  always  ne- 
groes ;  and  I  am  told  that  they  pay  the  owner 
a  certain  sum  per  day  for  the  horse  and  vo- 
lante,  and  make  what  they  can  above  that. 

The  Belen  is  a  group  of  buildings,  of  the 
usual  yellow  or  tawny  color,  covering  a  good 
deal  of  ground,  and  of  a  thoroughly  monastic 
character.  It  was  first  a  Franciscan  monas- 
tery, then  a  barrack,  and  now  has  been  given 
by  the  Government  to  the  Jesuits.  The  com- 
pany of  Jesuits  here  is  composed  of  a  rector 
and  about  forty  clerical  and  twenty  lay  brethren. 


84  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

These  perform  every  office,  from  the  highest 
scientific  investigations  and  instruction,  down 
to  the  lowest  menial  offices,  in  the  care  of  the 
children  ;  some  serving  in  costly  vestments  at 
the  high  altar,  and  others  in  coarse  black 
garb  at  the  gates.  It  is  only  three  years 
since  they  established  themselves  in  Havana, 
but  in  that  time  they  have  formed  a  school 
of  two  hundred  boarders  and  one  hundred 
day  scholars,  built  dormitories  for  the  boarders, 
and  a  common  hall,  restored  the  church  and 
made  it  the  most  fully  attended  in  the  city; 
established  a  missionary  work  in  all  parts  of 
the  town,  recalled  a  great  number  to  the  dis- 
cipline of  the  Church,  and  not  only  created 
something  like  an  enthusiasm  of  devotion 
among  the  women,  who  are  said  to  have 
monopolized  the  religion  of  Cuba  in  times 
past,  but  have  introduced  among  the  men, 
and  among  many  influential  men,  the  prac- 
tices of  confession  and  communion,  to  which 
they  had  been  almost  entirely  strangers.  I  do 
not  take  this  account  from  the  Jesuits  them- 
selves, but  from  the  regular  clergy  of  other 
orders,  and  from  Protestants  who  are  opposed 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  85 

to  them  and  their  influence.     All  agree  that 
they  are  at  work  with  zeal  and  success. 

1  met  my  distinguished  acquaintance  of  yes- 
terday, the  rector,  who  took  me  to  the  hoys* 
chapel,  and  introduced  me  to  Father  Antonio 
Cabre,  a  very  young  man  of  a  spare  frame 
and  intellectual  countenance,  with  hands  so 
white  and  so  thin,  and  eyes  so  bright,  and 
cheek  so  pale !  He  is  at  the  head  of  the  de- 
partment of  mathematics  and  astronomy,  and 
looks  indeed  as  if  he  had  outwatched  the 
stars,  in  vigils  of  science  or  of  devotion.  He 
took  me  to  his  laboratory,  his  observatory, 
and  his  apparatus  of  philosophic  instruments. 
These  I  am  told  are  according  to  the  latest 
inventions,  and  in  the  best  style  of  French  and 
German  workmanship.  I  was  also  shown  a 
collection  of  coins  and  medals,  a  cabinet  of 
shells,  the  commencement  of  a  museum  of 
natural  history,  already  enriched  with  most  of 
the  birds  of  Cuba,  and  an  interesting  cabinet 
of  the  woods  of  the  island,  in  small  blocks,  each 
piece  being  polished  on  one  side,  and  rough  on 
the  other.  Among  the  woods  were  the  ma- 
hoganies, the  iron-wood,  the  ebony,  the  lignum 


86  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

vitae,  the  cedar,  and  many  others,  of  names 
unfamiliar  to  me,  which  admit  of  the  most  ex- 
quisite polish.  Some  of  the  most  curious  were 
from  the  Isla  de  Pinos,  an  island  belonging  to 
Cuba,  and  on  its  southern  shore. 

The  sleeping  arrangement  for  the  boys  here 
seemed  to  me  to  be  new,  and  to  be  well 
adapted  to  the  climate.  There  is  a  large  hall, 
with  a  roof  about  thirty  feet  from  the  floor, 
and  windows  near  the  top,  to  give  light  and 
ventilation  above,  and  small  port-holes,  near 
the  ground,  to  let  air  into  the  passages.  In 
this  hall  are  double  rows  of  compartments, 
like  high  pews,  or,  more  profanely,  like  the 
large  boxes  in  restaurants  and  chop-houses, 
open  at  the  top,  with  curtains  instead  of  doors, 
and  each  large  enough  to  contain  a  single  bed, 
a  chair,  and  a  toilet  table.  This  ensures  both 
privacy  and  the  light  and  air  of  the  great  hall. 
The  bedsteads  are  of  iron  ;  and  nothing  can 
exceed  the  neatness  and  order  of  the  apart- 
ments. The  boys'  clothes  are  kept  in  another 
part  of  the  house,  and  they  take  to  their  dormi- 
tories only  the  clothes  that  they  are  using. 
Each  boy  sleeps  alone.     Several  of  the  Fath- 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  87 

ers  sleep  in  the  hall,  in  curtained  rooms  at  the 
ends  of  the  passage-ways,  and  a  watchman 
walks  the  rounds  all  night,  to  guard  against 
fire,  and  to  give  notice  of  sickness. 

The  boys  have  a  playground,  a  gymna- 
sium, and  a  riding-school.  But  although  they 
like  riding  and  fencing,  they  do  not  take  to  the 
robust  exercises  and  sports  of  English  school- 
boys. An  American  whom  I  met  here,  who 
had  spent  several  months  at  the  school,  told 
me  that  in  their  recreations  they  were  more 
like  girls,  and  liked  to  sit  a  good  deal,  play- 
ing or  working  with  their  hands.  He  pointed 
out  to  me  a  boy,  the  son  of  an  American 
mother,  a  lady  to  whom  I  brought  letters  and 
kind  wishes  from  her  many  friends  at  the 
North,  and  told  me  that  he  had  more  pluck 
than  any  boy  in  the  school. 

The  roof  of  the  Belen  is  flat,  and  gives  a 
pleasant  promenade,  in  the  open  air,  after  the 
sun  is  gone  down,  which  is  much  needed,  as 
the  buildings  are  in  the  dense  part  of  the  city. 

The  brethren  of  this  order  wear  short  hair, 
with  the  tonsure,  and  dress  in  coarse  cassocks 
of  plain  black,  coming  to  the   feet,  and    but- 


88  TO   CUBA    AND   BACK. 

toned  close  to  the  neck,  with  a  cape,  but  with 
.  no  white  of  collar  above ;  and  in  these,  they 
sweep  like  black  spectres,  about  the  passage- 
ways, and  across  the  halls  and  court-yards. 
There  are  so  many  of  them  that  they  are  able 
to  give  thorough  and  minute  attention  to  the 
boys,  not  only  in  instruction,  both  secular  and 
religious,  but  in  their  entire  training  and  de- 
velopment. 

From  the  scholastic  part  of  the  institution, 
I  passed  to  the  church.  It  is  not  very  large, 
has  an  open  marble  floor,  a  gallery  newly 
erected  for  the  use  of  the  brethren  and  other 
men,  a  sumptuous  high  altar,  a  sacristy 
and  vestry  behind,  and  a  small  altar,  by  which 
burned  the  undying  lamp,  indicating  the  pres- 
ence of  the  Sacrament.  In  the  vestry,  I  was 
shown  the  vestments  for  the  service  of  the  high 
altar,  some  of  which  are  costly  and  gorgeous  in 
the  extreme,  not  probably  exceeded  by  those 
of  the  Temple  at  Jerusalem  in  the  palmiest 
days  of  the  Jewish  hierarchy.  All  are  presents 
from  wealthy  devotees.  One,  an  alb,  had  a 
circle  of  precious  stones  ;  and  the  lace  alone  on 
another,  a  present  from  a  lady  of  rank,  is  said 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  89 

to  have  cost  three  thousand  dollars.  Whatever 
may  be  thought  of  the  rightfulness  of  this  ex- 
penditure, turning  upon  the  old  question  as  to 
which  the  alabaster  box  of  ointment  and  the 
ordained  costliness  of  the  Jewish  ritual  "  must 
give  us  pause,"  it  cannot  be  said  of  the  Jesuits 
that  they  live  in  cedar,  while  the  ark  of  God 
rests  in  curtains ;  for  the  actual  life  of  the 
streets  hardly  presents  any  greater  contrast, 
than  that  between  the  sumptuousness  of  their 
apparel  at  the  altar,  and  the  coarseness  and 
cheapness  of  their  ordinary  dress,  the  bareness, 
of  their  rooms,  and  the  apparent  severity  of 
their  life. 

The  Cubans  have  a  childish  taste  for  exces- 
sive decoration.  Their  altars  look  like  toy- 
shops. A  priest,  not  a  Cuban,  told  me  that 
he  went  to  the  high  altar  of  the  cathedral 
once,  on  a  Christmas  day,  to  officiate,  and 
when  his  eye  fell  on  the  childish  and  almost 
profane  attempts  at  symbolism, — a  kind  of  doll 
millinery, — if  he  had  not  got  so  far  that  he 
could  not  retire  without  scandal,  he  would 
have  left  the  duties  of  the  day  to  others.  At 
the  Belen  there  is  less  of  this ;  but  the  Jesuits 


90  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

find  or  think  it  necessary  to  conform  a  good 
deal  to  the  popular  taste. 

In  the  sacristy,  near  the  side  altar,  is  a  dis- 
tressing image  of  the  Virgin,  not  in  youth,  but 
the  mother  of  the  mature  man,  with  a  sword 
pierced  through  her  heart, — referring  to  the 
figurative  prediction,  "  a  sword  shall  pierce 
through  thine  own  soul  also."  The  handle  and 
a  part  of  the  blade  remain  without,  while  the 
marks  of  the  deep  wound  are  seen,  and  the 
countenance  expresses  the  sorest  agony  of 
mind  and  body.  It  is  painful,  and  beyond 
all  legitimate  scope  of  art,  and  haunts  one, 
like  a  vision  of  actual  misery.  It  is  almost 
the  only  thing  in  the  church  of'  which  I  have 
brought  away  a  distinct  image  in  my  memory. 

A  strange,  eventful  history,  is  that  of  the 
Society  of  Jesus  !  Ignatius  Loyola,  a  soldier 
and  noble  of  Spain,  renouncing  arms  and 
knighthood,  hangs  his  trophies  of  war  upon 
the  altar  of  Monserrate.  After  intense  studies 
and  barefoot  pilgrimages,  persecuted  by  relig- 
ious orders  whose  excesses  he  sought  to  re- 
strain, and  frowned  upon  by  the  Inquisition, 
he  organizes,  with  Xavier  and  Faber,  at  Mont- 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  91 

martre,  a  society  of  three.  From  this  small 
beginning,  spreading  upwards  and  outwards, 
it  overshadows  the  earth.  Now,  at  the  top  of 
success,  it  is  supposed  to  control  half  Christen- 
dom. Now,  his  order  proscribed  by  State  and 
Church  alike  and  suppressed  by  the  Pope  him- 
self, there  is  not  a  spot  of  earth  in  Catholic 
Christendom  where  the  Jesuit  can  place  the 
sole  of  his  foot.  In  this  hour  of  distress,  he 
finds  refuge  in  Russia,  and  in  Protestant  Prus- 
sia. Then,  restored  and  tolerated,  the  order 
revives  here  and  there  in  Europe,  with  a  fitful 
life ;  and,  at  length,  blazes  out  into  a  glory  of 
missionary  triumphs  and  martyrdoms  in  China, 
in  India,  in  Africa,  and  in  North  America; 
and  now,  in  these  later  days,  we  see  it  ad- 
vancing everywhere  to  a  new  epoch  of  labor 
and  influence.  Thorough  in  education,  per- 
fect in  discipline,  absolute  in  obedience, — as 
yielding,  as  indestructible,  as  all-pervading  as 
water  or  as  air  ! 

The  Jesuits  make  strong  friends  and  strong 
enemies.  Many,  who  are  neither  the  one  nor 
the  other,  say  of  them  that  their  ethics  are  ar- 
tificial, and  their  system  unnatural ;   that  they 


92  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

do  not  reform  nature,  but  destroy  it;  that,  aim- 
ing to  use  the  world  without  abusing  it,  they 
reduce  it  to  subjection  and  tutelage;  that  they 
are  always  either  in  dangerous  power,  or  in 
disgrace  ;  and  although  they  may  labor  with 
more  enthusiasm  and  self-consecration  than 
any  other  order,  and  meet  with  astonishing 
successes  for  a  time,  yet  such  is  the  char- 
acter of  their  system  that  these  successes  are 
never  permanent,  but  result  in  opposition,  not 
only  from  Protestants,  and  moderate  Catholics, 
and  from  the  civil  power,  but  from  other  relig- 
ious orders  and  from  the  regular  clergy  in  their 
own  Church, — an  opposition  to  which  they 
are  invariably  compelled  to  yield,  at  last.  In 
fine,  they  declare,  that,  allowing  them  all  zeal, 
and  all  ability,  and  all  devotedness,  their  sys- 
tem is  too  severe  and  too  unnatural  for  per- 
manent usefulness  anywhere, — medicine  and 
not  food,  lightning  and  not  light,  flame  and  not 
warmth. 

Not  satisfied  with  this  moderated  judgment, 
their  opponents  have  met  them,  always  and 
everywhere,  with  uniform  and  vehement  repro- 
bation.     They  say  to  them — the  opinion  of 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  93 

mankind  has  condemned  you !  The  just  and 
irreversible  sentence  of  time  has  made  you  a 
by-word  and  a  hissing,  and  reduced  your  very 
name,  the  most  sacred  in  its  origin,  to  a  syno- 
nyme  for  ambition  and  deceit ! 

Others,  again,  esteem  them  the  nearest  ap- 
proach in  modern  times  to  that  type  of  men 
portrayed  by  one  of  the  chiefest,  in  his  epis- 
tle :  "  In  much  patience,  in  afflictions,  in  ne- 
cessities, in  distresses,  in  stripes,  in  imprison- 
ments, in  tumults,  in  labors,  in  watchings,  in 
fastings ;  by  pureness,  by  knowledge,  by  long- 
suffering  ;  ...  by  honor  and  dishonor  ;  by  evil 
report  and  good  report;  as  deceivers  and  yet 
true ;  as  unknown,  and  yet  well  known ;  as 
dying,  and  behold  we  live  ;  as  chastened,  and 
not  killed;  as  sorrowful,  and  yet  always  re- 
joicing ;  as  poor,  yet  making  many  rich  ;  as 
having  nothing,  and  yet  possessing  all  things." 


94  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 


CHAPTER  X. 

As  there  are  no  plantations  to  be  seen  near 
Havana,  I  determine  to  go  down  to  Matanzas, 
near  which  the  sugar  plantations  are  in  full 
tide  of  operation  at  this  season.  A  steamer 
leaves  here  every  night  at  ten  o'clock,  reaching 
Matanzas  before  daylight,  the  distance  by  sea 
being  between  fifty  and  sixty  miles. 

Took  this  steamer  to-night.  She  got  under 
way  punctually  at  ten  o'clock,  and  steamed 
down  the  harbor.  The  dark  waters  are  alive 
with  phosphorescent  light.  From  each  ship 
that  lies  moored,  the  cable  from  the  bows, 
tautened  to  its  anchor,  makes  a  run  of  silver 
light.  Each  boat,  gliding  silently  from  ship  to 
ship,  and  shore  to  shore,  turns  up  a  silver  rip- 
ple at  its  stem,  and  trails  a  wake  of  silver  be- 
hind ;  while  the  dip  of  the  oar-blades  brings 
up   liquid   silver,   dripping,  from   the   opaque 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  95 

deep.  We  pass  along  the  side  of  the  two- 
decker,  and  see  through  her  ports  the  lanterns 
and  men ;  under  the  stern  of  one  frigate,  and 
across  the  bows  of  another  (for  Havana  is  w^ell 
supplied  w^ith  men-of-war) ;  and  drop  leisurely 
down  by  the  Cabana,  where  we  are  hailed  from 
the  rocks  ;  and  bend  round  the  Morro,  and  are 
out  on  the  salt,  rolling  sea.  Having  a  day 
of  work  before  me,  I  went  early  to  my  berth, 
and  was  waked  up  by  the  letting  off  of  steam, 
in  the  lower  harbor  of  Matanzas,  at  three 
o'clock  in  the  morning.  My  fellow-passengers, 
who  sat  up,  said  the  little  steamer  tore  and 
plunged,  and  jumped  through  the  water  like 
a  thing  that  had  lost  its  wits.  They  seemed  to 
think  that  the  Cuban  engineer  had  got  a  ma- 
chine that  would  some  day  run  away  with 
him.  It  was,  certainly,  a  very  short  passage. 
We  passed  a  good  many  vessels  lying  at 
anchor  in  the  lower  harbor  of  Matanzas,  and 
came  to  anchor  about  a  mile  from  the  pier.  It 
was  clear,  bright  moonlight.  The  small  boats 
came  off  to  us,  and  took  us  and  our  luggage 
ashore.  I  was  landed  alone  on  a  quay,  carpet- 
bag in  hand,  and  had  to  guess  my  way  to  the 


96  TO    CUBA    AND   BACK, 

inn,  which  was  near  the  water-side.  I  beat  on 
the  big,  close-barred  door ;  and  a  sleepy  negro, 
in  time,  opened  it.  Mine  host  was  up,  expect- 
ing passengers,  and  after  waiting  on  the  very- 
tardy  movements  of  the  negro,  who  made  a 
separate  journey  to  the  yard  for  each  thing  the 
room  needed,  I  got  to  bed  by  four  o'clock,  on 
the  usual  piece  of  canvas  stretched  over  an 
iron  frame,  in  a  room  having  a  brick  floor,  and 
windows  without  glass  closed  with  big-bolted 
shutters. 

Tuesday^  February  22. — After  coffee,  walked 
out  to  deliver  my  letters  to'  Mr. ,  an  Amer- 
ican merchant,  who  has  married  the  daughter 
of  a  planter,  a  gentleman  of  wealth  and  char- 
acter. He  is  much  more  agreeable  and  pains- 
taking than  we  have  any  right  to  expect  of  one 
who  is  served  so  frequently  with  notice  that 
his  attentions  are  desired  for  the  entertainment 
of  a  stranger.  Knowing  that  it  is  my  wish 
to  visit  a  plantation,  he  gives  me  a  letter  to 

Don  Juan  C ,  who  has  an  ingenio  (sugar 

plantation),  called  La  Ariadne,  near  Limo- 
nar,  and  about  twenty-five  miles  back  in  the 
country  from  Matanzas.     The  train  leaves  at 


A  -VACATION   VOYAGE.  97 

2.30  p.  M.,  which  gives  me  several  hours  for 
the  city. 

Although  it  is  not  yet  nine  o'clock,  it  is  very 
hot,  and  one  is  glad  to  keep  on  the  shady  side 
of  the  broad  streets  of  Matanzas.  This  city 
was  built  later  and  more  under  foreign  direc- 
tion than  Havana,  and  I  have  been  told,  not  by 
persons  here  however,  that  for  many  years  the 
controlling  influences  of  society  were  French, 
English,  and  American  ;  but  that  lately  the  pol- 
icy of  the  government  has  been  to  discourage 
foreign  influence,  and  now  Spanish  customs 
prevail — bull-fights  have  been  introduced,  and 
other  usages  and  entertainments  which  had 
had  no  place  here  before.  Whatever  may  be 
the  reason,  this  city  differs  from  Havana  in 
buildings,  vehicles,  and  dress,  and  in  the  width 
of  its  streets,  and  has  less  of  the  peculiar  air 
of  a  tropical  city.  It  has  about  25,000  inhabi- 
tants, and  stands  where  two  small  rivers,  the 
Yumuri  and  the  San  Juan,  crossed  by  hand- 
some stone  bridges,  run  into  the  sea,  dividing 
the  city  into  three  parts.  The  vessels  lie  at 
anchor  from  one  to  three  miles  below  the 
city,  and  lighters,  with  masts  and  sails,  line 
5 


98  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

the  stone  quays  of  the  little  rivers.  The  city 
is  flat  and  hot,  but  the  country  around  is  pic- 
turesque, hilly,  and  fertile.  To  the  westward 
of  the  town,  rises  a  ridge,  bordering  on  the  sea, 
called  the  Cumbre,  which  is  a  place  of  resort 
for  the  beauty  of  its  views  ;  and  in  front  of  the 
Cumbre,  on  the  inland  side,  is  the  deep  rich 
valley  of  the  Yumuri,  with  its  celebrated 
cavern.  These  I  must  see,  if  I  can,  on  my 
return  from  the  plantation. 

In  my  morning  walk,  I  see  a  company  of 
Coolies,  in  the  hot  sun,  carrying  stones  to 
build  a  house,  under  the  eye  of  a  taskmaster 
who  sits  in  the  shade.  The  stones  have  been 
dropped  in  a  pile,  from  carts,  and  the  Coolies, 
carry  them,  in  files,  to  the  cellar  of  the  house. 
They  are  naked  to  the  waist,  with  short-legged 
cotton  trowsers  coming  to  the  knees.  Some 
of  these  men  were  strongly,  one  or  two  of  them 
powerfully  built,  but  many  seemed  very  thin 
and  frail.  While  looking  on,  I  saw  an  Ameri- 
can face  standing  near  me,  and  getting  into 
conversation  with  the  man,  found  him  an  in- 
telligent shipmaster  from  New  York,  who  had 
lived  in  Matanzas,  for  a  year  or  two  engaged 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  99 

in  business.  He  told  me,  as  I  had  heard  in 
Havana,  that  the  importer  of  the  Coolies  gets 
$400  a  head  for  them  from  the  purchaser,  and 
that  the  Coolies  are  entitled  from  the  purchaser 
to  four  dollars  a  month,  which  they  may  de- 
mand monthly  if  they  choose,  and  are  bound  to 
eight  years'  service,  during  which  time  they 
may  be  held  to  all  the  service  that  a  slave  is 
subject  to.  They  are  more  intelligent,  and  are 
put  to  higher  labor  than  the  negro.  He  said, 
too,  it  would  not  do  to  flog  a  Coolie.  Idolaters 
as  they  are,  they  have  a  notion  of  the  dignity 
of  the  human  body,  at  least  as  against  stran- 
gers, which  does  not  allow  them  to  submit  to 
the  indignity  of  corporal  chastisement.  If  a 
Coolie  is  flogged,  somebody  must  die  ;  either 
the  Coolie  himself,  for  they  are  fearfully  giv^n 
to  suicide,  or  the  perpetrator  of  the  indignity, 
or  some  one  else,  according  to  their  strange 
principles  of  vicarious  punishment.  Yet  such 
is  the  value  of  labor  in  Cuba,  that  a  citizen 
will  give  $400,  in  cash,  for  the  chance  of 
enforcing  eight  years'  labor,  at  $4  per  month, 
from  a  man  speaking  a  strange  language,  wor- 
shipping strange  gods  or  none,  thinking  sui- 


100  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

cide  a  virtue,  and  governed  by  no  moral  laws 
in  common  with  his  master, — his  value  being 
yet  further  diminished  by  the  chances  of  nat- 
ural death,  of  sickness,  accident,  escape,  and 
of  forfeiting  his  services  to  the  government, 
for  any  crime  he  may  commit  against  laws  he 
does  not  understand. 

The  Plaza  is  in  the  usual  style, — an  enclosed 
garden,  with  walks  ;  and  in  front  is  the  Gov- 
ernment House.  In  this  spot,  so  fair  and  so 
still  in  the  noon-day  sun,  some  fourteen  years 
ago,  under  the  fire  of  the  platoons  of  Spanish 
soldiers,  fell  the  patriot  and  poet,  one  of  the 
few  popular  poets  of  Cuba,  Gabriel  de  la  Con- 
cepcion  Valdez.  Charged  with  being  the  head 
of  that  concerted  movement  of  the  slaves  for 
their  freedom  which  struck  such  terror  into 
Cuba,  in  1844,  he  was  convicted  and  ordered 
to  be  shot.  At  the  first  volley,  as  the  story 
is  told,  he  was  only  wounded.  "  Aim  here  !  " 
said  he,  pointing  to  his  head.  Another  volley, 
and  it  was  all  over. 

The  name  and  story  of  Gabriel  de  la  Con-^ 
ception  Valdez  are  preserved  by  the  historians 
and   tourists   of   Cuba.       He   is  best   known, 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  101 

however,  by  the  name  of  Placido,  that  under 
which  he  wrote  and  published,  than  by  his 
proper  name.  He  was  a  man  of  genius  and 
a  man  of  valor,  but — he  was  a  mulatto ! 


102  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 


CHAPTER  XL 

Took  the  train  for  Limonar,  at  2.30  p.  m. 
There  are  three  classes  of  cars,  all  after  the 
American  model,  the  first  of  about  the  con- 
dition of  our  first-class  cars  when  on  the  point 
of  being  condemned  as  worn  out ;  the  second, 
a  little  plainer;  and  the  third,  only  covered 
wagons  with  benches.  The  car  I  entered  had 
"  Davenport  &  Co.,  makers,  Cambridgeport, 
Mass.,"  familiarly  on  its  front,  and  the  next 
had  "  Eaton,  Gilbert  &  Co.,  Troy,  N.  York." 
The  brakemen  on  the  train  are  Coolies,  one  of 
them  a  handsome  lad,  with  coarse,  black  hair, 
that  lay  gracefully  about  his  head,  and  eyes 
handsome,  though  of  the  Chinese  pattern. 
They  were  all  dressed  in  the  common  shirt, 
trowsers  and  hat,  and,  but  for  their  eyes,  might 
be  taken  for  men  of  any  of  the  Oriental  races. 

As  we  leave  Matanzas,  we  rise   on   an  as- 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  103 

cending  grade,  and  the  bay  and  city  lie  open 
before  us.  The  bay  is  deep  on  the  western 
shore,  under  the  ridge  of  the  Cumbre,  and  there 
the  vessels  lie  at  anchor ;  while  the  rest  of  the 
bay  is  shallow,  and  its  water,  in  this  state  of 
the  sky  and  light,  is  of  a  pale  green  color. 
The  lighters,  with  sail  and  oar,  are  plying  be- 
tween the  quays  and  the  vessels  below.  All  is 
pretty  and  quiet  and  warm,  but  the  scene  has 
none  of  those  regal  points,  that  so  impress 
themselves  on  the  imagination  and  memory 
in  the  surroundings  of  Havana. 

I  am  now  to  get  my  first  view  of  the  interior 
of  Cuba.  I  could  not  have  a  more  favorable 
day.  The  air  is  clear,  and  not  excessively 
hot.  The  soft  clouds  float  midway  in  the 
serene  sky,  the  sun  shines  fair  and  bright, 
and  the  luxuriance  of  a  perpetual  summer 
covers  the  face  of  nature.  These  strange 
palm-trees  everywhere !  I  cannot  yet  feel  at 
home  among  them.  Many  of  the  other  trees 
are  like  our  own,  and  though,  tropical  in 
fact,  look  to  the  eye  as  if  they  might  grow  as 
well  in  New  England  as  here.  But  the  royal 
palm  looks  so  intensely  and  exclusively  trop- 


104  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

ical !  It  cannot  grow  beyond  this  narrow  belt 
of  the  earth's  surface.  Its  long,  thin  body,  so 
straight  and  so  smooth,  swathed  from  the  foot 
— in  a  tight  bandage  of  gray  canvas,  leaving 
only  its  deep-green  neck,  and  over  that  its  crest 
and  plumage  of  deep-green  leaves!  It  gives 
no  shade,  and  bears  no  fruit  that  is  valued  by 
men.  And  it  has  no  beauty  to  atone  for  those 
wants.  Yet  it  has  more  than  beauty,  —  a 
strange  fascination  over  the  eye  and  the  fancy, 
that  will  never  allow  it  to  be  overlooked  or 
forgotten.  The  palm-tree  seems  a  kind  of 
lusus  naturce  to  the  northern  eye — an  exotic 
wherever  you  meet  it.  It  seems  to  be  con- 
scious of  its  want  of  usefulness  for  food  or 
shade,  yet  has  a  dignity  of  its  own,  a  pride 
of  unmixed  blood  and  royal  descent,  —  the 
hidalgo  of  the  soil. 

What  are  those  groves  and  clusters  of 
small  growth,  looking  like  Indian  corn  in  a 
state  of  transmigration  into  trees,  the  stalk 
turning  into  a  trunk,  a  thin  soft  coating  half 
changed  to  bark,  and  the  ears  of  corn  turning 
into  melons?  Those  are  the  bananas  and 
plantains,    as    their    bunches    of    green    and 


A   VACATION    VOYAGE.  105 

yellow  fruits  plainly  enough  indicate,  when 
you  come  nearer.  But,  that  sad,  weeping 
tree,  its  long  yellow-green  leaves  drooping 
to  the  ground!  What  can  that  be?  It  has 
a  green  fruit  like  a  melon.  There  it  is 
again,  in  groves !  I  interrupt  my  neigh- 
bor's tenth  cigarrito,  to  ask  him  the  name 
of  the  tree.  It  is  the  cocoa!  And  that  soft 
green  melon  becomes  the  hard  shell  we  break 
with  a  hammer.  Other  trees  there  are,  in 
abundance,  of  various  forms  and  foliage,  but 
they  might  have  grown  in  New  England  or 
New  York,  so  far  as  the  eye  can  teach  us; 
but  the  palm,  the  cocoa,  the  banana  and  plan- 
tain are  the  characteristic  trees  you  could  not 
possibly  meet  with  in  any  other  zone. 

Thickets, — jungles  I  might  call  them — 
abound.  It  seems  as  if  a  bird  could  hardly 
get  through  them ;  yet  they  are  rich  with  wild 
flowers  of  all  forms  and  colors,  the  white,  the 
purple,  the  pink,  and  the  blue.  The  trees  are 
full  of  birds  of  all  plumage.  There  is  one 
like  our  brilliant  oriole.  I  cannot  hear  their 
notes,  for  the  clatter  of  the  train.  Stone 
fences,  neatly  laid  up,  run  across  the  lands  ; 
5* 


106  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

— not  of  our  cold  bluish -gray  granite,  the 
color,  as  a  friend  once  said,  of  a  miser's  eye, 
but  of  soft,  warm  brown  and  russet,  and 
well  overgrown  with  creepers,  and  fringed  with 
flowers.  There  are  avenues,  and  here  are 
clumps  of  the  prim  orange-tree,  with  its 
dense  and  deep-green  polished  foliage  gleam- 
ing with  golden  fruit.  Now  we  come  to 
acres  upon  acres  of  the  sugar-cane,  looking 
at  a  distance  like  fields  of  overgrown  broom- 
corn.  It  grows  to  the  height  of  eight  or  ten 
feet,  and  very  thick.  An  army  could  be  hid- 
den in  it.  This  soil  must  be  deeply  and 
intensely  fertile. 

There,  at  the  end  of  an  avenue  of  palms, 
in  a  nest  of  shade-trees,  is  a  group  of  white 
buildings,  with  a  sea  of  cane-fields  about 
it,  with  one  high  furnace-chimney,  pouring 
out  its  volume  of  black  smoke.  This  is  a 
sugar  plantation, — my  first  sight  of  an  in- 
genio;  and  the  chimney  is  for  the  steam 
works  of  the  sugar-house.  It  is  the  height 
of  the  sugar  season,  and  the  untiring  engine 
toils  and  smokes  day  and  night.  Ox  carts, 
loaded  with  cane,  are  moving   slowly  to   the 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  107 

sugar-house  from  the  fields  ;  and  about  the 
house,  and  in  the  fields,  in  various  atti- 
tudes and  motions  of  labor,  are  the  negroes, 
men  and  women  and  children,  some  cutting 
the  cane,  some  loading  the  carts,  and  some 
tending  the  mill  and  the  furnace.  It  is  a 
busy  scene  of  distant  industry,  in  the  after- 
noon sun  of  a  languid  Cuban  day. 

Now  these  groups  of  white  one -story  build- 
ings become  more  frequent,  sometimes  very 
near  each  other,  all  having  the  same  character, 
— the  group  of  white  buildings,  the  mill,  with 
its  tall  furnace-chimney,  and  the  look  of  a  dis- 
tillery, and  all  differing  from  each  other  only 
in  the  number  and  extent  of  the  buildings,  or 
in  the  ornament  and  comfort  of  shade-trees  and 
avenues  about  them.  Some  are  approached 
by  broad  alleys  of  the  palm,  or  mango,  or 
orange,  and  have  gardens  around  them,  and 
stand  under  clusters  of  shade-trees  ;  while 
others  glitter  in  the  hot  sun,  on  the  flat  sea  of 
cane-fields,  with  only  a  little  oasis  of  shade- 
trees  and  fruit-trees  immediately  about  the 
houses. 

I  now  begin  to  feel   that    I   am   in   Cuba ; 


108  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

in  the  tropical,  rich,  sugar-growing,  slave- 
tilled  Cuba.  Heretofore,  I  have  seen  only 
the  cities  and  their  environs,  in  which  there 
are  more  things  that  are  common  to  the 
rest  of  the  world.  The  country  life  tells  the 
story  of  any  people  that  have  a  country  life. 
The  New  England  farm-house  shows  the  heart 
of  New  England.  The  mansion-house  and 
cottage  show  the  heart  of  Old  England.  The 
plantation  life  that  I  am  seeing  and  about  to 
see,  tells  the  story  of  Cuba,  the  Cuba  that 
has  been  and  that  is. 

As  we  stop  at  one  station,  which  seems 
to  be  in  the  middle  of  a  cane-field,  the  ne- 
groes and  Coolies  go  to  the  cane,  slash  off 
a  piece  with  their  knives,  cut  off  the  rind, 
and  chew  the  stick  of  soft,  saccharine  pulp, 
the  juice  running  out  of  their  mouths  as  they 
eat.  They  seem  to  enjoy  it  so  highly,  that  I 
am  tempted  to  try  the  taste  of  it,  myself.  But 
I  shall  have  time  for  all  this  at  La  Ariadne. 

These  stations  consist  merely  of  one  or  two 
buildings,  where  the  produce  of  the  neighbor- 
hood is  collected  for  transportation,  and  at 
which   there    are   very  few   passengers.      The 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  109 

railroad  is  intended  for  the  carriage  of  sugar 
and  other  produce,  and  gets  its  support  almost 
entirely  in  that  way ;  for  it  runs  through  a 
sparse,  rural  population,  where  there  are  no 
towns ;  yet  so  large  and  valuable  is  the  sugar 
crop  that  I  believe  the  road  is  well  supported. 
At  each  station,  are  its  hangers-on  of  free  ne- 
groes, a  few  slaves  on  duty  as  carriers,  a  few 
low  whites,  and  now  and  then  some  one  who 
looks  as  if  he  might  be  an  overseer  or  mayoral 
of  a  plantation. 

Limonar,  appears  in  large  letters  on  the 
small  building  where  we  next  stop,  and  I  get 
out  and  inquire  of  a  squad  of  idlers  for  the 

plantation   of   Senor  C .     They  point 

to  a  group  of  white  buildings,  about  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  distant,  standing  prettily  under 
high  shade-trees,  and  approached  by  an  ave- 
nue of  orange-trees.  Getting  a  tall  negro  to 
shoulder  my  bag,  for  a  real,  I  walk  to  the 
house.  It  is  an  afternoon  of  exquisite  beauty. 
How  can  any  one  have  a  weather  sensation, 
in  such  an  air  as  this?  There  is  no  current 
of  the  slightest  chill  anywhere,  neither  is  it 
oppressively  hot.     The  air  is  serene  and  pure 


110  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

and  light.  The  sky  gives  its  mild  assur- 
ance of  settled  fair  weather.  All  about  me 
is  rich  verdure,  over  a  gently  undulating  sur- 
face of  deeply  fertile  country,  with  here  and 
there  a  high  hill  in  the  horizon,  and,  on  one 
side,  a  ridge  that  may  be  called  mountains. 
There  is  no  sound  but  that  of  the  birds,  and  in 
the  next  tree  they  may  be  counted  by  hun- 
dreds. Wild  flowers,  of  all  colors  and  scents, 
cover  the  ground  and  the  thickets.  This  is 
the  famous  red  earth,  too.  The  avenue  looks 
as  if  it  had  been  laid  down  with  pulverized 
brick,  and  all  the  dust  on  any  object  you  see  is 
red.  Now  we  turn  into  the  straight  avenue  of 
orange-trees, — prim,  deep-green  trees,  glitter- 
ing with  golden  fruit.  Here  is  the  one-story, 
high-roofed  house,  with  long,  high  piazzas. 
There  is  a  high  wall,  carefully  whitewashed, 
enclosing  a  square  with  one  gate,  looking  like 
a  garrisoned  spot.  That  must  be  the  negroes' 
quarters ;  for  there  is  a  group  of  little  negroes 
at  the  gate,  looking  earnestly  at  the  approach- 
ing stranger.  Beyond  is  the  sugar-house,  and 
the  smoking  chimney,  and  the  ox  carts,  and  the 
field  hands.  *  Through  the  wide,  open  door  of 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  Ill 

the  mansion,  I  see  two  gentlemen  at  dinner,  an 
older  and  a  younger, — ^the  head  of  gray,  and 
the  head  of  black,  and  two  negro  women,  one 
serving,  and  the  other  swinging  her  brush  to 
disperse  the  flies.  Two  big,  deep-mouthed 
hounds  come  out  and  bark ;  and  the  younger 
gentleman  looks  at  us,  comes  out,  and  calls 
off  the  dogs.  My  negro  stops  at  the  path  and 
touches  his  hat,  waiting  permission  to  go  to 
the  piazza  with  the  luggage;  for  negroes  do 
not  go  to  the  house  door  without  previous 
leave,  in  strictly  ordered  plantations.  I  deliver 
my  letter,  and  in  a  moment  am  received  with 
such  cordial  welcome  that  I  am  made  to  feel 
as  if  I  had  conferred  a  favor  by  coming  out 
to  see  them.* 

*  I  have  no  right  to  introduce  the  pubHc  to  the  house 

of  Mr.  C .    But  that  has  already  been  done.  Many 

tourists,  and  last  and  most  unreservedly  of  all,  Miss  Bremer, 
in  her  Homes  of  the  New  World,  have  already  given  it 
such  publicity,  that  I  have  thought  my  lighter  step  would 
not  be  felt  on  the  beaten  way. 


112  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 


CHAPTER   XII. 

At  some  seasons,  a  visit  may  be  a  favor,  on 
remote  plantations;  but  I  know  this  is  the 
height  of  the  sugar  season,  when  every  hour  is 
precious  to  the  master.  After  a  brief  toilet,  I 
sit  down  with  them ;  for  they  have  just  be- 
gun dinner.  In  five  minutes,  I  am  led  to 
feel  as  if  I  were  a  friend  of  many  years. 
Both  gentlemen  speak  English  like  a  native 
tongue.  To  the  younger  it  is  so,  for  he  was 
born  in  South  Carolina,  and  his  mother  is  a 
lady  of  that  State.  The  family  are  not  here. 
They  do  not  live  on  the  plantation,  but  in 
Matanzas.  The  plantation  is  managed  by  the 
son,  who  resides  upon  it;  the  father  coming 
out  occasionally  for  a  few  days,  as  now,  in 
the  busy  season. 

The  dinner  is  in  the  Spanish  style,  which  I 
am  getting  attached  to.     I  should  flee  from  a 


A   VACATION"    VOYAGE.  113 

joint,  or  a  sirloin.  We  have  rice,  excellently 
cooked,  as  always  in  Cuba,  eggs  with  it,  if  we 
choose,  and  fried  plantains,  sweet  potatoes, 
mixed  dishes  of  fowl  and  vegetables,  with  a 
good  deal  of  oil  and  seasoning,  in  which  a  hot 
red  pepper,  about  the  size  of  the  barberry,  pre- 
vails. Catalonia  wine,  which  is  pretty  sure  to 
be  pure,  is  their  table  claret,  while  sherry,  which 
also  comes  direct  from  the  mother-country,  is 
for  dessert.  I  have  taken  them  by  surprise,  in 
the  midst  of  the  busiest  season,  in  a  house 
where  there  are  no  ladies ;  yet  the  table,  the 
service,  the  dress  and  the  etiquette,  are  none 
the  less  in  the  style  of  good  society.  There 
seems  to  be  no  letting  down,  where  letting 
down  would  be  so  natural  and  excusable. 

I  suppose  the  fact  that  the  land  and  the. 
agricultural  capital  of  the  interior  are  in  the 
hands  of  an  upper  class,  which  does  no  manual 
labor,  and  which  has  enough  of  wealth  and 
leisure  to  secure  the  advantages  of  continued 
intercourse  with  city  and  foreign  society,  and 
of  occasional  foreign  travel,  tends  to  preserve 
throughout  the  remote  agricultural  districts, 
habits   and   tone  and   etiquette,  which    other- 


114  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

wise  would  die  out,  in  the  entire  absence  of 
large  towns  and  of  high  local  influences. 

Whoever  has  met  with  a  book  called 
"  Evenings  in  Boston,"  and  read  the  story  of 
the  old  negro,  Saturday,  and  seen  the  frontis- 
piece of  the  negro  fleeing  through  the  woods 
of  St.  Domingo,  with  two  little  white  boys, 
one  in  each  hand,  will  know  as  much  of  Mr. 

C ,  the  elder,  as  I  did  the  day  before 

seeing  him.  He  is  the  living  hero,  or  rather 
subject,  for  Saturday  was  the  hero,  of  that 
tale.  His  father  was  a  wealthy  planter  of  St. 
Domingo,  a  Frenchman,  of  large  estates,  with 
wife,  children,  friends  and  neighbors.  These 
were  gathered  about  him  in  a  social  circle  in 
his  house,  when  the  dreadful  insurrection  over- 
took them,  and  father,  mother,  sons  and  daugh- 
ters were  murdered  in  one  night,  and  only  two 
of  the  children,  boys  of  eight  and  ten,  were  saved 
by  the  fidelity  of  Saturday,  an  old  and  devoted 
house  servant.  Saturday  concealed  the  boys, 
got  them  off  the  island,  took  them  to  Charles- 
ton, South  Carolina,  where  they  found  friends 
among  the  Huguenot  families,  and  the  refu- 
gees from  St.  Domingo.     There  Mr.  C 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  115 

grew  up;  and  after  a  checkered  and  adven- 
turous early  life,  a  large  part  of  it  on  the  sea, 
he  married  a  lady  of  worth  and  culture,  in 
South  Carolina,  and  settled  himself  as  a  plan- 
ter, on  this  spot,  nearly  forty  years  ago.  His 
plantation  he  named  El  Labarinto,  (The 
Labyrinth,)  after  a  favorite  vessel  he  had 
commanded,  and  for  thirty  years  it  was  a 
prosperous  cafetal,  the  home  of  a  happy 
family,  and  much  visited  by  strangers  from 
America  and  Europe.  The  causes  which 
broke  up  the  coffee  estates  of  Cuba,  carried 
this  with  the  others;  and  it  was  converted 
into  a  sugar  plantation,  under  the  new  name 
of  La  Ariadne,  from  the  fancy  of  Ariadne 
having  shown  the  way  out  of  the  Labyrinth. 
Like  most  of  the  sugar  estates,  it  is  no  longer 
the  regular  home  of  its  proprietors. 

The  change  from  coffee  plantations  to  sugar 
plantations, — from  the  cafetal  to  the  ingenio, 
has  seriously  affected  the  social,  as  it  has  the 
economic  condition  of  Cuba. 

Coffee  must  grow  under  shade.  Conse- 
quently the  coffee  estate  was,  in  the  first  place, 
a  plantation  of  trees,  and  by  the  hundred  acres. 


116  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

Economy  and  taste  led  the  planters,  who  were 
chiefly  the  French  refugees  from  St.  Domingo, 
to  select  fruit-trees,  and  trees  valuable  for  their 
wood,  as  well  as  pleasing  for  their  beauty  and 
shade.  Under  these  plantations  of  trees,  grew 
the  coffee  plant,  an  evergreen,  and  almost  an 
ever-flowering  plant,  with  berries  of  changing 
hues,  and,  twice  a  year,  brought  its  fruit  to 
maturity.  That  the  coffee  might  be  tended 
and  gathered,  avenues  wide  enough  for  wagons 
must  be  carried  through  the  plantations,  at  fre- 
quent intervals.  The  plantation  was,  therefore, 
laid  out  like  a  garden,  with  avenues  and  foot- 
paths, all  under  the  shade  of  the  finest  trees, 
and  the  spaces  between  the  avenues  were 
groves  of  fruit-trees  and  shade-trees,  under 
which  grew,  trimmed  down  to  the  height  of 
five  or  six  feet,  the  coffee  plant.  The  labor  of 
the  plantation  was  in  tending,  picking,  drying, 
and  shelling  the  coffee,  and  gathering  the  fresh 
fruits  of  trees  for  use  and  for  the  market,  and 
for  preserves  and  sweetmeats,  and  in  raising 
vegetables  and  poultry,  and  rearing  sheep  and 
horned  cattle  and  horses.  It  was  a  beautiful 
and  simple  horticulture,  on  a  very  large  scale. 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  117 

Time  was  required  to  perfect  this  garden, — the 
Cubans  call  it  paradise — of  a  cafetal ;  but 
when  matured,  it  was  a  cherished  home.  It 
required  and  admitted  of  no  extraordinary  me- 
chanical power,  or  of  the  application  of  steam, 
or  of  science,  beyond  the  knowledge  of  soils, 
of  simple  culture,  and  of  plants  and  trees. 

For  twenty  years  and  more  it  has  been 
forced  upon  the  knowledge  of  the  reluctant 
Cubans,  that  Brazil,  the  West  India  Islands 
to  the  southward  of  Cuba,  and  the  Spanish 
Main,  can  excel  them  in  cofFee-raising.  The 
successive  disastrous  hurricanes  of  1843  and 
1845,  which  destroyed  many  and  damaged  most 
of  the  coffee  estates,  added  to  the  colonial  sys- 
tem of  the  mother-country,  which  did  not  give 
extraordinary  protection  to  this  product,  are 
commonly  said  to  have  put  an  end  to  the  cof- 
fee plantations.  Probably,  they  only  hastened 
a  change  which  must  at  some  time  have  come. 
But  the  same  causes  of  soil  and  climate  which 
made  Cuba  inferior  in  coffee-growing,  gave  her 
a  marked  superiority  in  the  cultivation  of 
sugar.  The  damaged  plantations  were  not  re- 
stored as  coffee  estates,  but  were  laid  down  to 


118  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

the  sugar-cane ;  and  gradually,  first  in  the 
western  and  northern  parts,  and  daily  extend- 
ing easterly  and  southerly  over  the  entire  isl- 
and, the  exquisite  cafetals  have  been  prostrated 
and  dismantled,  the  groves  of  shade  and  fruit 
trees  cut  down,  the  avenues  and  footpaths 
ploughed  up,  and  the  denuded  land  laid  down 
to  wastes  of  sugar-cane. 

The  sugar-cane  allows  of  no  shade.  There- 
fore the  groves  and  avenues  must  fall.  To 
make  its  culture  profitable,  it  must  be  raised 
in  the  largest  possible  quantities  that  the  ex- 
tent of  land  will  permit.  To  attempt  the 
raising  of  fruit,  or  of  the  ornamental  woods,  is 
bad  economy  for  the  sugar  planter.  Most  of 
the  fruits,  especially  the  orange,  which  is  the 
chief  export,  ripen  in  the  midst  of  the  sugar 
season,  and  no  hands  can  be  spared  to  attend 
to  them.  The  sugar  planter  often  buys  the 
fruits  he  needs  for  daily  use  and  for  making 
preserves,  from  the  neighboring  cafetals.  The 
cane  ripens  but  once  a  year.  Between  the 
time  when  enough  of  it  is  ripe  to  justify  be- 
ginning to  work  the  mill,  and  the  time  when 
the  heat  and  rains  spoil  its  qualities,  all   the 


A   VA.CATION    VOYAGE.  119 

sugar  making  of  the  year  must  be  done. 
In  Louisiana,  this  period  does  not  exceed  eight 
weeks.  In  Cuba  it  is  full  four  months.  This 
gives  Cuba  a  great  advantage.  Yet  these  four 
months  are  short  enough ;  and  during  that 
time,  the  steam-engine  plies  and  the  furnace 
fires  burn  night  and  day. 

Sugar  making  brings  with  it  steam,  fire, 
smoke,  and  a  drive  of  labor,  and  admits  of  and 
requires  the  application  of  science.  Managed 
with  skill  and  energy,  it  is  extremely  produc- 
tive. Indifferently  managed,  it  may  be  a  loss. 
The  sugar  estate  is  not  valuable,  like  the  coffee 
estate,  for  what  the  land  will  produce,  aided 
by  ordinary  and  quiet  manual  labor  only.  Its 
value  is  in  the  skill,  and  the  character  of  the 
labor.  The  land  is  there,  and  the  negroes  are 
there ;  but  the  result  is  loss  or  gain,  according 
to  the  amount  of  labor  that  can  be  obtained, 
and  the  skill  with  which  the  manual  labor  and 
the  mechanical  powers  are  applied.  It  is  said 
that  at  the  present  time,  in  the  present  state 
of  the  market,  a  well-managed  sugar  estate 
yields  from  fifteen  to  twenty-five  per  cent,  on 
the  investment.     This  is  true,  I  am  inclined  to 


120  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

think,  if  by  the  investment  be  meant  only  the 
land,  the  machinery,  and  the  slaves.  But  the 
land  is  not  a  large  element  in  the  investment. 
The  machinery  is  costly,  yet  its  value  depends 
on  the  science  applied  to  its  construction  and 
operation.  The  chief  item  in  the  investment 
is  the  slave  labor.  Taking  all  the  slaves  to- 
gether, men,  women,  and  children,  the  young 
and  the  old,  the  sick  and  the  well,  the  good 
and  the  bad,  their  market  value  averages 
above  $1000  a  head.  Yet  of  these,  allowing 
for  those  too  young  or  too  old,  for  the  sick,  and 
for  those  who  must  tend  the  young,  the  old 
and  the  sick,  and  for  those  whose  labor,  like 
that  of  the  cooks,  only  sustains  the  others,  not 
more  than  one  half  are  able-bodied,  productive 
laborers.  The  value  of  this  chief  item  in  the 
investment  depends  largely  on  moral  and  in- 
tellectual considerations.  How  unsatisfactory 
is  it,  then,  to  calculate  the  profits  of  the  in- 
vestment, when  you  leave  out  of  the  calcula- 
tion the  value  of  the  controlling  power,  the 
power  that  extorts  the  contributions  of  labor 
from  the  steam  and  the  engine  and  the  fire, 
and  from  the  more  difficult  human  will.     This 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  121 

is  the  "  plus  X  "  of  the  formula,  which,  unas- 
certained, gives  us  little  light  as  to  the  result. 
But,  to  return  to  the  changes  wrought  by 
this  substitution  of  sugar  for  coffee.  The  sugar 
plantation  is  no  grove,  or  garden,  or  orchard. 
It  is  not  the  home  of  the  pride  and  affections 
of  the  planter's  family.  It  is  not  a  coveted, 
indeed,  hardly  a  desirable  residence.  Such 
families  as  would  like  to  remain  on  these 
plantations,  are  driven  off  for  want  of  neigh- 
boring society.  Thus  the  estates,  largely 
abandoned  by  the  families  of  the  planters 
suffer  the  evils  of  absenteeism,  while  the 
owners  live  in  the  suburbs  of  Havana  and 
Matanzas,  and  in  the  Fifth  Avenue  of  New 
York.  The  slave  system  loses  its  patriarchal 
character.  The  master  is  not  the  head  of  a 
great  family,  its  judge,  its  governor,  its  physi- 
cian, its  priest  and  its  father,  as  the  fond  dream 
of  the  advocates  of  slavery,  and  sometimes, 
doubtless,  the  reality,  made  him.  Middlemen, 
in  the  shape  of  administradores,  stand  between 
the  owner  and  the  slaves.  The  slave  is  lit- 
tle else  than  an  item  of  labor  raised  or  bought. 
The  sympathies    of   common  home,  common 


122  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 

childhood,  long  and  intimate  relations  and 
many  kind  offices,  common  attachments  to 
house,  to  land,  to  dogs,  to  cattle,  to  trees,  to 
birds, — ^the  knowledge  of  births,  sicknesses,  and 
deaths,  and  the  duties  and  sympathies  of  a 
common  religion, — all  those  things  that  may 
ameliorate  the  legal  relations  of  the  master 
and  slave,  and  often  give  to  the  face  of  ser- 
vitude itself  precarious  but  interesting  features 
of  beauty  and  strength, — these  they  must  not 
look  to  have. 

This  change  has  had  some  effect  already, 
and  will  produce  much  more,  on  the  social 
system  of  Cuba. 

There  are  still  plantations  on  which  the 
families  of  the  wealthy  and  educated  planters 
reside.  And  in  some  cases  the  administrador 
is  a  younger  member  or  a  relative  of  the 
family,  holding  the  same  social  position  ;  and 
the  permanent  administrador  will  have  his 
family  with  him.  Yet,  it  is  enough  to  say 
that  the  same  causes  which  render  the  ingenio 
no  longer  a  desirable  residence  for  the  owner, 
make  it  probable  that  the  administrador  will 
be    either  a  dependent   or    an  adventurer ;    a 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  123 

person  from  whom  the  owner  will  expect  a 
great  deal,  and  the  slaves  but  little,  and  from 
whom  none  will  get  all  they  expect,  and  per- 
haps none  all  they  are  entitled  to. 

In  the  afternoon  we  went  to  the  sugar-house, 
and  I  was  initiated  into  the  mysteries  of  the 
work.  There  are  four  agents :  steam,  fire,  cane- 
juice,  and  negroes.  The  results  are  sugar  and 
molasses.  At  this  ingenio,  they  make  only  the 
Muscovado,  or  brown  sugar.  The  processes 
are  easily  described,  but  it  is  difficult  to  give 
an  idea  of  the  scene.  It  is  one  of  condensed 
and  determined  labor. 

To  begin  at  the  beginning. — The  cane  is 
cut  from  the  fields,  by  companies  of  men  and 
women,  working  together,  who  use  an  instru- 
ment called  a  machete,  which  is  something 
between  a  sword  and  a  cleaver.  Two  blows 
with  this  slash  off*  the  long  leaves,  and  a  third 
blow  cuts  off"  the  stalk,  near  to  the  ground. 
At  this  work,  the  laborers  move  like  reapers, 
in  even  lines,  at  stated  distances.  Before 
them  is  a  field  of  dense,  high-waving  cane; 
and  behind  them,  strewn  wrecks  of  stalks  and 
leaves.      Near,   and   in   charge   of  the   party, 


124  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

stands  a  driver,  or  more  grandiloquently,  a  con- 
tra-mayoral, with  the  short,  limber  plantation 
whip,  the  badge  of  his  office,  under  his  arm. 

Ox-carts  pass  over  the  field,  and  are  loaded 
with  the  cane,  which  they  carry  to  the  mill. 
The  oxen  are  worked  in  the  Spanish  fashion, 
the  yoke  being  strapped  upon  the  head,  close 
to  the  horns,  instead  of  being  hung  round  the 
neck,  as  with  us,  and  are  guided  by  goads, 
and  by  a  rope  attached  to  a  ring  through  the 
nostrils.  At  the  mill,  the  cane  is  tipped  from 
the  carts  into  large  pUes,  by  the  side  of  the 
platform.  From  these  piles,  it  is  placed  care- 
fully, by  hand,  lengthwise,  in  a  long  trough. 
This  trough  is  made  of  slats,  and  moved  by 
the  power  of  the  endless  chain,  connected  with 
the  engine.  In  this  trough,  it  is  carried  be- 
tween heavy,  horizontal,  cylindrical  rollers, 
where  it  is  crushed,  its  juice  falling  into  re- 
ceivers below,  and  the  crushed  cane  passing 
off  and  falling  into  a  pile  on  the  other  side. 

This  crushed  cane,  (bagazo)  falling  from  be- 
tween the  rollers,  is  gathered  into  baskets,  by 
men  and  women,  who  carry  it  on  their  heads 
into  the  fields  and  spread  it  for  drying.     There 


A  VACATION  VOYAGE.  125 

it  is  watched  and  tended  as  carefully  as  new- 
mown  grass  in  haymaking,  and  raked  into 
cocks  or  winrows,  on  an  alarm  of  rain.  When 
dry,  it  is  placed  under  sheds  for  protection 
against  wet.  From  the  sheds  and  from  the 
fields,  it  is  loaded  into  carts  and  drawn  to 
the  furnace  doors,  into  which  it  is  thrown  by 
negroes,  who  crowd  it  in  by  the  armful,  and 
rake  it  about  with  long  poles.  Here  it  feeds 
the  perpetual  fires  by  which  the  steam  is  made, 
the  machinery  moved,  and  the  cane-juice 
boiled.  The  care  of  the  bagazo  is  an  impor- 
tant part  of  the  system ;  for  if  that  becomes 
wet  and  fails,  the  fires  must  stop,  or  resort  be 
had  to  wood,  which  is  scarce  and  expensive. 

Thus,  on  one  side  of  the  rollers  is  the  cease- 
less current  of  fresh,  full,  juicy  cane-stalks,  just 
cut  from  the  open  field ;  and  on  the  other  side, 
is  the  crushed,  mangled,  juiceless  mass,  drifting 
out  at  the  draught,  and  fit  only  to  be  cast  into 
the  oven  and  burned.  This  is  the  way  of  the 
world,  as  it  is  the  course  of  art.  The  cane  is 
made  to  destroy  itself.  The  ruined  and  cor- 
rupted furnish  the  fuel  and  fan  the  flame  that 
lures  on  and  draws  in  and  crushes  the  fresh 


126  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

and  wholesome;  and  the  operation  seems  about 
as  mechanical  and  unceasing  in  the  one  case 
as  in  the  other. 

From  the  rollers,  the  juice  falls  below  into 
a  large  receiver,  from  which  it  flows  into  great, 
open  vats,  called  defecators.  These  defecators 
are  heated  by  the  exhaust  steam  of  the  engine, 
led  through  them  in  pipes.  All  the  steam  con- 
densed forms  water,  which  is  returned  warm 
into  the  boiler  of  the  engine.  In  the  defecators, 
as  their  name  denotes,  the  scum  of  the  juice 
is  purged  off",  so  far  as  heat  alone  will  do  it. 
From  the  last  defecator,  the  juice  is  passed 
through  a  trough  into  the  first  caldron.  Of 
the  caldrons,  there  is  a  series,  or,  as  they  call 
it,  a  train,  through  all  which  the  juice  must 
go.  Each  caldron  is  a  large,  deep,  copper  vat, 
heated  very  hot,  in  which  the  juice  seethes 
and  boils.  At  each,  stands  a  strong  negro, 
with  long,  heavy  skimmer  in  hand,  stirring  the 
juice  and  skimming  off  the  surface.  This 
scum  is  collected  and  given  to  the  hogs,  or 
thrown  upon  the  muck  heap,  and  is  said 
to  be  very  fructifying.  The  juice  is  ladled 
from  one  caldron  to  the  next,  as  fast  as  the 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  127 

office  of  each  is  finished.  From  the  last  cal- 
dron, where  its  complete  crystallization  is  ef- 
fected, it  is  transferred  to  coolers,  which  are 
large,  shallow  pans.  When  fully  cooled,  it 
looks  like  brown  sugar  and  molasses  mixed. 
It  is  then  shovelled  from  the  coolers  into  hogs- 
heads. These  hogsheads  have  holes  bored  in 
their  bottoms ;  and,  to  facilitate  the  drainage, 
strips  of  cane  are  placed  in  the  hogshead,  with 
their  ends  in  these  holes,  and  the  hogshead  is 
filled.  The  hogsheads  are  set  on  open  frames, 
under  which  are  copper  receivers,  on  an  in- 
clined plane,  to  catch  and  carry  off  the  drip- 
pings from  the  hogsheads.  These  drippings 
are  the  molasses,  which  is  collected  and  put 
into  tight  casks. 

I  believe  I  have  given  the  entire  process. 
When  it  is  remembered  that  all  this,  in  every, 
stage,  is  going  on  at  once,  within  the  limits  of 
the  mill,  it  may  well  be  supposed  to  present  a 
busy  scene.  The  smell  of  juice  and  of  sugar- 
vapor,  in  all  its  stages,  is  intense.  The  negroes 
fatten  on  it.  The  clank  of  the  engine,  the 
steady  grind  of  the  machines,  and  the  high, 
wild  cry  of  the  negroes  at  the  caldrons  to  the 


128  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

stokers  at  the  furnace  doors,  as  they  chant  out 
their  directions  or  wants — now  for  more  fire, 
and  now  to  scatter  the  fire — which  must  be 
heard  above  the  din,  "A-a-b'la!  A-a-b'la!'' 
"  E-e-cha  candela !  "  "  Pu-er-ta ! "  and  the  bar- 
baric African  chant  and  chorus  of  the  gang  at 
work  filling  the  cane-troughs  ; — all  these  make 
the  first  visit  at  the  sugar-house  a  strange  ex- 
perience. But  after  one  or  two  visits,  the  mo- 
notony is  as  tiresome  as  the  first  view  is  excit- 
ing. There  is,  literally,  no  change  in  the  work. 
There  are  the  same  noises  of  the  machines,  the 
same  cries  fi-om  negroes  at  the  same  spots,  the 
same  intensely  sweet  smell,  the  same  state  of 
the  work  in  all  its  stages,  at  whatever  hour  you 
visit  it,  whether  in  the  morning,  or  evening,  at 
midnight,  or  at  the  dawn  of  the  day.  If  you 
wake  up  at  night,  you  hear  the  "A-a-b'la ! 
A-a-b'la !  "  "  E-e-cha  !  E-e-cha ! "  of  the  cal- 
dron-men crying  to  the  stokers,  and  the  high, 
monotonous  chant  of  the  gangs  filling  the 
wagons  or  the  trough,  a  short,  improvisated 
stave,  and  then  the  chorus ; — not  a  tune,  like 
the  song  of  sailors  at  the  tackles  and  falls,  but 
a  barbaric,  tuneless  intonation. 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  129 

When  I  went  into  the  sugar-house,  1  saw 
a  man  with  an  unmistakably  New  England 
face  in  charge  of  the  engine,  with  that  look 
of  intelligence  and  independence  so  different 
from  the  intelligence  and  independence  of  all 
other  persons. 

"  Is  not  that  a  New  England  man  ?  " 

"Yes,"    said    Mr.    C ,    "he    is    from 

Lowell ;  and  the  engine  was  built  in  Lowell." 

When  I  found  him  at  leisure,  I  made  my- 
self known  to  him,  and  he  sat  down  on  the 
brick  work  of  the  furnace,  and  had  a  good  un- 
burdening of  talk ;  for  he  had  not  seen  any- 
one from  the  United  States  for  three  months. 
He  talked,  like  a  true  Yankee,  of  law  and 
politics, — the  Lowell  Bar  and  Mr.  Butler,  Mr. 
Abbott  and  Mr.  Wentworth ;  of  the  Boston 
Bar  and  Mr.  Choate ;  of  Massachusetts  poli- 
tics and  Governor  Banks ;  and  of  national 
politics  and  the  Thirty  Millions  Bill,  and 
whether  it  would  pass,  and  what  if  it  did. 

This  engineer  is  one  of  a  numerous  class, 
whom  the  sugar  culture  brings  annually  to 
(yuba.  They  leave  home  in  the  autumn,  en- 
gage themselves  for  the  sugar  season,  put  the 
6=* 


130  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

machinery  in  order,  work  it  for  the  four  or  five 
months  of  its  operation,  clean  and  put  it  in 
order  for  lying  by,  and  return  to  the  United 
States  in  the  spring.  They  must  be  machin- 
ists, as  well  as  engineers  ;  for  all  the  repairs 
and  contrivances,  so  necessary  in  a  remote 
place,  fall  upon  them.  Their  skill  is  of  great 
value,  and  while  on  the  plantation  their  work 
is  incessant,  and  they  have  no  society  or  re- 
creations whatever.  The  occupation,  however, 
is  healthful,  their  position  independent,  and 
their  pay  large.  This  engineer  had  been  sev- 
eral years  in  Cuba,  and  I  found  him  well  in- 
formed, and,  I  think,  impartial  and  indepen- 
dent. He  tells  me,  which  I  had  also  heard  in 
Havana,  that  this  plantation  is  a  favorable 
specimen,  both  for  skill  and  humanity,  and  is 
managed  on  principles  of  science  and  justice, 
and  yields  a  large  return.  On  many  planta- 
tions,— on  most,  I  suspect,  from  all  I  can 
learn — the  negroes,  during  the  sugar  season, 
are  allowed  but  four  hours  for  sleep  in  the 
twenty-four,  with  one  for  dinner,  and  a  half 
hour  for  breakfast,  the  night  being  divided  into 
three  watches,  of  four  hours  each,  the  laborers 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  131 

taking  their  turns.  On  this  plantation,  the 
laborers  are  in  two  watches,  and  divide  the 
night  equally  between  them,  which  gives  them 
six  hours  for  sleep.  In  the  day,  they  have 
half  an  hour  for  breakfast  and  one  hour  for 
dinner.  Here,  too,  the  very  young  and  the 
very  old  are  excused  from  the  sugar-house, 
and  the  nursing  mothers  have  lighter  duties 
and  frequent  intervals  of  rest.  The  women 
worked  at  cutting  the  cane,  feeding  the  mill, 
carrying  the  bagazo  in  baskets,  spreading  and 
drying  it,  and  filling  the  wagons;  but  not  in 
the  sugar-house  itself,  or  at  the  furnace  doors. 
I  saw  that  no  boys  or  girls  were  in  the  mill — . 
none  but  full  grown  persons.  The  very  small 
children  do  absolutely  nothing  all  day,  and  the 
older  children  tend  the  cattle  and  run  of  errands. 
And  the  engineer  tells  me  that  in  the  long  run 
this  liberal  system  of  treatment,  as  to  hours 
and  duties,  yields  a  better  return  than  a  more 
stringent  rule. 

He  thinks  the  crop  this  year,  which  has  been 
a  favorable  one,  will  yield,  in  well-managed 
plantations  a  net  interest  of  from  fifteen  to 
twenty-five  per  cent,  on  the  investment ;  mak- 


132  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

ing  no  allowance,  of  course,  for  the  time  and 
skill  of  the  master.  This  will  be  a  clear  re- 
turn to  planters  like  Mr.  C ,  who  do  not 

eat  up  their  profits  by  interest  on  advances, 
and  have  no  mortgages,  and  require  no  ad- 
vances from  the  merchants. 

But  the  risks  of  the  investment  are  great. 
The  cane-fields  are  liable  to  fires,  and  these 
spread  with  great  rapidity,  and  are  difficult  to 

extinguish.*      Last    year    Mr.    C lost 

$7,000  in  a  few  hours  by  fire.  In  the  cholera 
season  he  lost  $12,000  in  a  few  days  by 
deaths  among  the  negroes. 

According  to  the  usual  mode  of  calcula- 
tion, I  suppose  the  value  of  the  investment  of 

Mr.    C to   be    between    $125,000   and 

$150,000.  On  well-managed  estates  of  this 
size,  the  expenses  should  not  exceed  $10,000. 

*  While  these  sheets  are  in  press,  the  newspapers  report 
that  a  fire  has  spread  over  a  section  of  country  between 
Matanzas  and  Cardenas,  not  only  destroying  the  standing 
cane,  but  burning  up  houses,  sugar-mills,  and  the  sugar 
and  molasses  stored  for  the  market.  Several  lives  were 
lost  by  the  conflagration,  which  affected,  more  or  less, 
above  twenty  plantations. 


A   VACATION  VOYAGE.  133 

The  gross  receipts,  in  sugar  and  molasses,  at  a 
fair  rate  of  the  markets,  cannot  average  less 
than  between  $35,000  and  $40,000.  This 
should  leave  a  profit  of  between  eighteen  and 
twenty-two  per  cent.  Still,  the  worth  of  an 
estimate  depends  on  the  principle  on  which 
the  capital  is  appraised.  The  number  of  acres 
laid  down  to  cane,  on  this  plantation,  is  about 
three  hundred.  The  whole  number  of  negroes 
is  one  hundred,  and  of  these  not  more  than 
half,  at  any  time,  are  capable  of  efficient  labor ; 
and  there  are  twenty-two  children  below  the 
age  of  five  years,  out  of  a  total  of  one  hun- 
dred negroes. 

Beside  the  engineer,  some  large  plantations 
have  one  or  more  white  assistants ;  but  here 
an  intelligent  negro  has  been  taught  enough  to 
take  charge  of  the  engine  when  the  engineer  is 
off  duty.  This  is  the  highest  post  a  negro  can 
reach  in  the  mill,  and  this  negro  was  mightily 
pleased  when  I  addressed  him  as  maquinista. 
There  are,  also,  two  or  three  white  men 
employed,  during  the  season,  as  sugar  mas- 
ters. Their  post  is  beside  the  caldrons  and 
defecators,  where  they  are  to  watch  the  work 


134  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

in  all  its  stages,  regulate  the  heat  and  the 
time  for  each  removal,  and  oversee  the  men. 
These,  with  the  engineer,  make  the  force 
of  white  men  who  are  employed  for  the 
season. 

The  regular  and  permanent  officers  of  a 
plantation  are  the  mayoral  and  mayordomo. 

The  mayoral  is,  under  the  master  or  his  ad- 
ministrador,  the  chief  mate  or  first  lieutenant 
of  the  ship'.  He  has  the  general  oversight  of 
the  negroes,  at  their  work  or  in  their  houses, 
and  has  the  duty  of  exacting  labor  and  en- 
forcing discipline.  Much  depends  on  his 
character,  as  to  the  comfort  of  master  and 
slaves.  If  he  is  faithful  and  just,  there  may 
be  ease  and  comfort ;  but  if  he  is  not,  the 
slaves  are  never  sure  of  justice,  and  the  mas- 
ter is  sure  of  nothing.  The  mayoral  comes, 
of  necessity,  from  the  middle  class  of  whites, 
and  is  usually  a  native  Cuban,  and  it  is  not 
often  that  a  satisfactory  one  can  be  found  or 
kept.     The  day  before  I  arrived,  in  the  height 

of  the  season,  Mr.  C had  been  obliged 

to  dismiss  his  mayoral,  on  account  of  his  con- 
duct to  the  women,  which  was  producing  the 


A   VACATION    VOYAGE.  136 

worst  results  with  them  and  with  the   men : 


and  not  long  before,  one  was  dismissed  for 
conniving  with  the  negroes  in  a  wholesale  sys- 
tem of  theft,  of  which  he  got  the  lion's  share. 

The  mayordomo  is  the  purser,  and  has  the 
immediate  charge  of  the  stores,  produce,  mate- 
rials for  labor,  and  provisions  for  consump- 
tion, and  keeps  the  accounts.  On  well  regu- 
lated plantations,  he  is  charged  with  all  the 
articles  of  use  or  consumption,  and  with  the 
products  as  soon  as  they  are  in  condition  to 
be  numbered,  weighed,  or  counted,  and  renders 
his  accounts  of  what  is  consumed  or  destroyed, 
and  of  the  produce  sent  away. 

There  is  also  a  boyero,  who  is  the  herdsman, 
and  has  charge  of  all  the  cattle.  He  is  some- 
times a  negro. 

Under  the  mayoral,  are  a  number  of  contra-' 
mayorales,  who  are  the  boatswain's  mates  of 
the  ship,  and  correspond  to  the  "  drivers "  of 
our  southern  plantations.  One  of  them  goes 
with  every  gang  when  set  to  work,  whether  in 
the  field  or  elsewhere,  and  whether  men  or 
women,  and  watches  and  directs  them,  and 
enforces  labor  from  them.     The  drivers  carry 


136  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

under  the  arm,  at  all  times,  the  short,  limber 
plantation  whip,  the  badge  of  their  office  and 
their  means  of  compulsion.  They  are  almost 
always  negroes ;  and  it  is  generally  thought 
that  negroes  are  not  more  humane  in  this 
office  than  the  low  whites.  On  this  planta- 
tion, it  is  three  years  since  any  slave  has  been 
whipped;  and  that  punishment  is  never  in- 
flicted here  on  a  woman.  Near  the  negro 
quarters,  is  a  penitentiary,  which  is  of  stone, 
with  three  cells  for  solitary  confinement,  each 
dark,  but  well  ventilated.  Confinement  in 
these,  on  bread  and  water,  is  the  extreme 
punishment  that  has  been  found  necessary 
for  the  last  three  years.  The  negro  fears 
solitude  and  darkness,  and  covets  his  food, 
fire,  and  companionship. 

With  all  the  corps  of  hired  white  labor,  the 
master  must  still  be  the  real  power,  and  on  his 
character  the  comfort  and  success  of  the  plan- 
tation depend.  If  he  has  skill  as  a  chem- 
ist, a  geologist,  or  a  machinist,  it  is  not  lost ; 
but,  except  as  to  the  engineer,  who  may 
usually  be  relied  upon,  the  master  must  be 
capable    of    overseeing    the   whole    economy 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  137 

of  the  plantation,  or  all  will  go  wrong.  His 
chief  duty  is  to  oversee  the  overseers ;  to 
watch  his  officers,  the  mayoral,  the  mayor- 
domo,  the  boyero,  and  the  sugar  masters. 
These  are  mere  hirelings,  and  of  a  low  sort, 
such  as  a  slave  system  reduces  them  to ;  and 
if  they  are  lazy,  the  work  slackens ;  and  if 
they  are  ill-natured,  somebody  suffers.  The 
mere  personal  presence  of  the  master  operates 
as  a   stimulus  to  the  work.      This   afternoon 

young    Mr.   C and   I  took  horses  and 

rode  out  to  the  cane-field,  where  the  people 
were  cutting.  They  had  been  at  work  a  half 
hour.  He  stopped  his  horse  where  they  were 
when  we  came  to  them,  and  the  next  half 
hour,  without  a  word  from  him,  they  had  made 
double  the  distance  of  the  first.  It  seems  to 
me  that  the  work  of  a  plantation  is  what  a 
clock  would  be  that  always  required  a  man's 
hand  pressing  on  the  main  spring.  With  the 
slave,  the  ultimate  sanction  is  force.  The  mo- 
tives of  pride,  shame,  interest,  ambition,  and 
affection  may  be  appealed  to,  and  the  minor 
punishments  of  degradation  in  duty,  depriva- 
tion of  food  and  sleep,  and   solitary  confine- 


138  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

ment,  may  be  resorted  to  ;  but  the  whip  which 
the  driver  always  carries,  reminds  the  slave 
that  if  all  else  fails,  the  infliction  of  painful 
bodily  punishment  lies  behind,  and  will  be 
brought  to  bear,  rather  than  that  the  question 
be  left  unsettled.  Whether  this  extreme  be 
reached,  and  how  often  it  be  reached,  depends 
on  the  personal  qualities  of  the  master.  If  he 
is  lacking  in  self-control,  he  will  fall  into  vio- 
lence. If  he  has  not  the  faculty  of  ruling  by 
moral  and  intellectual  power, — be  he  ever  so 
humane,  if  he  is  not  firm  and  intelligent,  the 
bad  among  the  slaves  will  get  the  upper  hand, 
and  he  will  be  in  danger  of  trying  to  recover 
his  position  by  force.  Such  is  the  reasoning 
a  priori. 

At  six  o'clock,  the  large  bell  tolls  the  knell  of 
parting  day  and  the  call  to  the  Oracion,  which 
any  who  are  religious  enough  can  say,  wherever 
they  may  be,  at  work  or  at  rest.  In  the  times 
of  more  religious  strictness,  the  bell  for  the  Ora- 
cion, just  at  dusk,  was  the  signal  for  prayer  in 
every  house  and  field,  and  even  in  the  street, 
and  for  the  benediction  from  parent  to  child, 
and  master  to  servant.     Now,  in  the  cities,  it 


A   VACATION  VOYAGE.  139 

tolls  unnoticed,  and  on  the  plantations,  it  is 
treated  only  as  the  signal  for  leaving  off  work. 
The  distribution  of  provisions  is  made  at  the 
storehouse,  by  the  mayordomo,  my  host  super- 
intending it  in  person.  The  people  take  ac- 
cording to  the  number  in  their  families ;  and 
so  well  acquainted  are  all  with  the  apportion- 
ment, that  in  only  one  or  two  instances  were 
inquiries  necessary.  The  kitchen  fires  are 
lighted  in  the  quarters,  and  the  evening  meal 
is  prepared.  I  went  into  the  quarters  before 
they  were  closed.  A  high  wall  surrounds  an 
open  square,  in  which  are  the  houses  of  the 
negroes.  This  has  one  gate,  which  is  locked  at 
dark ;  and  to  leave  the  quarters  after  that  time, 
is  a  serious  offence.  The  huts  were  plain,  but 
reasonably  neat,  and  comfortable  in  their  con- 
struction and  arrangement.  In  some  were  fires, 
round  which,  even  in  this  hot  weather,  the  ne- 
groes like  to  gather.  A  group  of  little  negroes 
came  round  the  strange  gentleman,  and  the 
smallest  knelt  down  with  uncovered  heads,  in  a 
reverent  manner,  saying,  "  Buenos  dias  Senor." 
I  did  not  understand  the  purpose  of  this  action, 
and  as  there  was  no  one  to  explain  the  usage 


140  TO    CUBA  AND   BACK. 

to  me,  I  did  them  the  injustice  to  suppose  that 
they  expected  money,  and  distributed  some 
small  coins  among  them.  But  I  learned  after- 
wards that  they  were  expecting  the  benedic- 
tion,— the  hand  on  the  head,  and  the  "  Dios 
te  haga  bueno."  It  was  touching  to  see  their 
simple,  trusting  faces  turned  up  to  the  stran- 
ger,— countenances  not  yet  wrought  by  mis- 
fortune, or  injury,  or  crime,  into  the  strong 
expressions  of  mature  life.  None  of  these 
children,  even  the  smallest,  was  naked,  as 
one  usually  sees  them  in  Havana.  In  one 
of  the  huts,  a  proud  mother  showed  me  her 
Herculean  twin  boys,  sprawling  in  sleep  on  the 
bed.  Before  dark,  the  gate  of  the  quarters  is 
bolted,  and  the  night  is  begun.  But  the  fires 
of  the  sugar-house  are  burning,  and  half  of  the 
working  people  are  on  duty  there  for  their  six 
hours. 

I  sat  for  several  hours  with  my  host  and  his 
son,  in  the  veranda,  engaged  in  conversation, 
agreeable  and  instructive  to  me,  on  those  topics 
likely  to  present  themselves  to  a  person  placed 
as  I  was; — ^the  state  of  Cuba,  its  probable 
future,  its  past,  its  relations  to  Europe  and  the 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  141 

United  States,  slavery,  the  Coolie  problem,  the 
free-negro-labor  problem,  and  the  agriculture, 
horticulture,  trees  and  fruits  of  the  island. 
The  elder  gentleman  retired  early,  as  he  was 
to  take  the  early  train  for  Matanzas. 

My  sleeping-room  is  large  and  comfortable, 
with  brick  floor  and  glass  windows,  pure  white 
bed  linen  and  mosquito  net,  and  ewer  and  basin 
scrupulously  clean,  bringing  back,  by  contrast, 
visions  of  Le  Grand's,  and  Antonio,  and  Do- 
mingo, and  the  sounds  and  smells  of  those 
upper  chambers.  The  only  moral  I  am  en- 
titled to  draw  from  this  is,  that  a  well-ordered 
private  house  with  slave  labor,  may  be  more 
neat  and  creditable  than  an  ill-ordered  public 
house  with  free  labor.  As  the  stillness  of  the 
room  comes  over  me,  I  realize  that  I  am  far 
away  in  the  hill  country  of  Cuba,  the  guest  of 
a  planter,  under  this  strange  system,  by  which 
one  man  is  enthroned  in  the  labor  of  another 
race,  brought  from  across  the  sea.  The  song 
of  the  negroes  breaks  out  afresh  from  the  fields, 
where  they  are  loading  up  the  wagons, — that 
barbaric  undulation  of  sound  : — 

"  Na-nu,  A-ya, — Na-ne,  A-ya:" 


142  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 

and  the  recurrence  of  here  and  there  a  few 
words  of  Spanish,  among  which  "  Manana " 
seemed  to  be  a  favorite.  Once,  in  the  middle 
of  the  night,  I  waked,  to  hear  the  strains  again, 
as  they  worked  in  the  open  field,  under  the 
stars. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  143 


CHAPTER  Xin. 

When   I  came  out  from  my  chamber  this 

morning,    the    elder    Mr.   C had  gone. 

The  watchful  negress  brought  me  coffee,  and 
I  could  choose  between  oranges  and  bananas, 
for  my  fruit.  The  young  master  had  been  in 
the  saddle  an  hour  or  so.  I  sauntered  to 
the  sugar-house.  It  was  past  six,  and  all 
hands  were  at  work  again ;  amid  the  per- 
petual boiling  of  the  caldrons,  the  skimming 
and  dipping  and  stirring,  the  cries  of  .  the 
caldron-men  to  the  firemen,  the  slow  gait  of 
the  wagons,  and  the  perpetual  to-and-fro  of 
the  carriers  of  the  cane.  The  engine  is  doing 
well  enough,  and  the  engineer  has  the  great 
sheet  of  the  New  York  Weekly  Herald, 
which  he  is  studying,  in  the  intervals  of 
labor,  as  he  sits  on  the  corner  of  the  brick- 
work. 


144  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 

But  a  turn  in  the  garden  is  more  agreeable, 
among  birds,  and  flowers,  and  aromatic  trees. 
Here  is  a  mignonette-tree,  forty  feet  high,  and 
every  part  is  full  and  fragrant  with  flowers, 
as  is  the  little  mignonette  in  our  flower-pots. 
There  is  the  allspice,  a  large  tree,  each  leaf 
strong  enough  to  flavor  a  dish.  Here  is  the 
tamarind-tree  :  I  must  sit  under  it,  for  the  sake 
of  the  old  song.  My  young  friend  joins  me, 
and  points  out,  on  the  allspice-tree,  a  chame- 
leon. It  is  about  six  inches  long,  and  of  a 
pea-green  color.  He  thinks  its  changes  of 
color,  which  are  no  fable,  depend  on  the  will 
or  on  the  sensations,  and  not  on  the  color  of 
the  object  the  animal  rests  upon.  This  one, 
though  on  a  black  trunk,  remained  pale  green. 
When  they  take  the  color  of  the  tree  they 
rest  on,  it  may  be  to  elude  their  enemies,  to 
whom  their  slow  motions  make  them  an  easy 
prey.  At  the  corner  of  the  house  stands  a 
pomegranate-tree,  full  of  fruit,  which  is  not 
yet  entirely  ripe ;  but  we  find  enough  to  give 
a  fair  taste  of  its  rich  flavor.  Then  there  are 
sweet  oranges,  and  sour  oranges,  and  limes, 
and  cocoa-nuts,  and  pine-apples,  the  latter  not 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  145 

entirely  ripe,  but  in  the  condition  in  which  they 
are  usually  plucked  for  our  market,  and  abun- 
dance of  fuschias,  and  Cape  jasmines,  and  the 
highly  prized  night-blooming  cereus. 

The  most  frequent  shade-tree  here  is  the 
mango.  It  is  a  large,  dense  tree,  with  a  gen- 
eral resemblance,  in  form  and  size,  to  our  lime 
or  linden.  Three  noble  trees  stand  before  the 
door,  in  front  of  the  house.  One  is  a  Ta- 
hiti almond,  another  a  mango,  and  the  third  a 
cedar.  And  in  the  distance  is  a  majestic  tree, 
of  incredible  size,  which  is,  I  believe,  a  ceyba. 
When  this  estate  was  a  cafetal,  the  house 
stood  at  the  junction  of  four  avenues,  from  the 
four  points  of  the  compass :  one  of  the  sweet 
orange,  one  of  the  sour  orange,  one  of  palms, 
and.  one  of  mangoes.  Many  of  these  trees  fell 
in  the  huiricanes  of  1843  and  '45.  The  ave- 
nue which  leads  from  the  road,  and  part  of 
that  leading  towards  the  sugar-house,  are  pre- 
served. The  rest  have  fallen  a  sacrifice  to  the 
sugar-cane ;  but  the  garden,  the  trees  about  the 
house,  and  what  remains  of  the  avenuos,  give 
still  a  delightful  appearance  of  sheltei  and 
repose. 


146  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

I  have  amused  myself  by  tracing  the  pro- 
gress, and  learning  the  habits  of  the  red  ants,  a 
pretty  formidable  enemy  to  all  structures  of 
wood.  They  eat  into  the  heart  of  the  hard- 
est woods ;  not  even  the  lignum  vitae,  or  iron- 
wood,  or  cedar,  being  proof  against  them. 
Their  operations  are  secret.  They  never  ap- 
pear upon  the  wood,  or  touch  its  outer  shell.  A 
beam  or  rafter  stands  as  ever  with  a  goodly 
outside;  but  you  tap  it,  and  find  it  a  shell. 
Their  approaches,  too,  are  by  covered  ways. 
When  going  from  one  piece  of  wood  to  an- 
other, they  construct  a  covered  way,  very  small 
and  low,  as  a  protection  against  their  numer- 
ous enemies,  and  through  this  they  advance 
to  their  new  labors.  I  think  that  they  may 
sap  the  strength  of  a  whole  roof  of  rafters, 
without  the  observer  being  able  to  see  one  of 
them,  unless  he  breaks  their  covered  ways,  or 
lays  open  the  wood. 

The  course  of  life  at  the  plantation  is  after 
this  manner.  At  six  o'clock,  the  great  bell  be- 
gins the  day,  and  the  negroes  go  to  their  work. 
The  house  servants  bring  coffee  to  the  family 
and  guests,  as  they  appear  or  send  for  it.     The 


A   VACATION  VOYAGE.  147 

master's  horse  is  at  the  door,  under  the  tree, 
as  soon  as  it  is  light,  and  he  is  off  on  his  tour, 
before  the  sun  rises.  The  family  breakfasts 
at  ten  o'clock,  and  the  people, — ^la  gente,  as 
the  technical  phrase  is  for  the  laborers,  break- 
fast at  nine.  The  breakfast  is  like  that  of  the 
cities,  with  the  exception  of  fish  and  the  vari- 
ety of  meats,  and  consists  of  rice,  eggs,  fried 
plantains,  mixed  dishes  of  vegetables  and 
fowls,  other  meats  rarely,  and  fruits,  with 
claret  or  Catalonia  and  coffee.  The  time  for 
the  siesta  or  rest,  is  between  breakfast  and 
dinner.  Dinner  hour  is  three  for  the  family, 
and  two  for  the  people.  The  dinner  does  not 
differ  much  from  the  breakfast,  except  that 
there  is  less  of  fruit  and  more  of  meat,  and 
that  some  preserve  is  usually  eaten,  as  a  des- 
sert. Like  the  breakfast,  it  ends  with  coffee. 
In  all  manner  of  preserves,  the  island  is  rich. 
The  almond,  the  guava,  the  cocoa,  the  sour- 
sop,  the  orange,  the  lime,  and  the  mamey  ap- 
ple, afford  a  great  variety.  After  dinner,  and 
before  dark,  is  the  time  for  long  drives ;  and, 
when  the  families  are  on  the  estates,  for  visits 
to  neighbors.     There  is  no  third  meal ;  but  cof- 


148  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

fee,  and  sometimes  tea,  is  offered  at  night. 
The  usual  time  for  bed  is  as  early  as  ten 
o'clock,  for  the  day  begins  early,  and  the  chief 
out-door  works  and  active  recreations  must  be 
had  before  breakfast. 

In  addition  to  the  family  house,  the  negro 
quarters,  and  the  sugar-house,  there  is  a  range 
of  stone  buildings,  ending  with  a  kitchen,  occu- 
pied by  the  engineer,  the  mayoral,  the  boyero, 
and  the  mayordomo,  who  have  an  old  negro 
woman  to  cook  for  them,  and  another  to 
wait  on  them.  There  is  also  another  row  of 
stone  buildings,  comprising  the  store-house, 
the  penitentiary,  the  hospital,  and  the  lying- 
in  room.  The  penitentiary,  I  have  described. 
The  hospital  and  lying-in  room  are  airy,  well- 
ventilated,  and  suitable  for  their  purposes. 
Neither  of  them  had  any  tenants  to-day. 
In  the  centre  of  the  group  of  buildings,  is  a 
high  frame,  on  which  hangs  the  great  bell 
of  the  plantation.  This  rings  the  negroes  up 
in  the  morning,  and  in  at  night,  and  sounds 
the  hours  for  meals.  It  calls  all  in,  on  any 
special  occasion,  and  is  used  for  an  alarm  to 
the    neighboring   plantations,   rung   long   and 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  149 

loud,  in  case  of  j&re  in  the  cane-fields,  or  other 
occasions  for  calling  in  aid. 

After  dinner,  to-day,  a  volante,  with  two 
horses,  and  a  postilion  in  bright  jacket  and 
buckled  boots  and  large  silver  spurs,  the  har- 
ness well-besprinkled  with  silver,  drove  to  the 
door,  and  an  elderly  gentleman  alighted  and 
came  to  the  house,  attired  with  scrupulous 
nicety  of  white  cravat  and  dress  coat,  and  with 
the  manners  of  the  ancien  regime.  This  is  M. 
Bourgeoise,  the  owner  of  the  neighboring,  large 
plantation,  Santa  Catalina,  one  of  the  few  cafe- 
tals  remaining  in  this  part  of  the  island.  He  is 
too  old,  and  too  much  attached  to  his  planta- 
tion, to  change  it  to  a  sugar  estate  ;  and  he  is 
too  rich  to  need  the  change.  He,  too,  was  a 
refugee  from  the  insurrection  of  St.  Domingo, 

but  older  than  M.  C .     Not  being  able 

to  escape,  he  was  compelled  to  serve  as  aid- 
de-camp  to  Jacques  Dessalines.  He  has  a  good 
deal  to  say  about  the  insurrection  and  its  re- 
sults, of  a  great  part  of  which  he  was  an  eye- 
witness. The  sight  of  him  brought  vividly  to 
mind  the  high  career  and  sad  fate  of  the  just 
and  brave  Toussaint  L'Ouverture,  and  the  bril- 


150  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

liant  successes,  and  fickle,  cruel  rule,  of  Des- 
salines, — when  French  marshals  were  out-ma- 
noeuvred by  negro  generals,  and  pitched  battles 
were  won  by  negroes  and  mulattoes  against 
European  armies. 

This  gentleman  had  driven  over  in  the 
hope  of  seeing   his  friend  and  neighbor,  Mr. 

C ,  the   elder.      He   remained   with   us 

for  some  time,  sitting  under  the  veranda, 
the  silvered  volante  and  its  black  horses  and 
black  postilion  standing  under  the  trees.  He 
invited  us  to  visit  his  plantation,  which  I 
was  desirous  to  do,  as  a  cafetal  is  a  rarity 
now. 

My  third  day  at  La  Ariadne,  is  much  like 
the  preceding  days :  the  early  rising,  the  coffee 
and  fruit,  the  walk,  visits  to  the  mill,  the 
fields,  the  garden,  and  the  quarters,  break- 
fast, rest  in-doors  with  reading  and  writing, 
dinner,  out  of  doors  again,  and  the  evening 
under  the  veranda,  with  conversations  on  sub- 
jects now  so  interesting  to  me.  These  conver- 
sations, and  what  I  had  learned  from  other 
persons,  open  to  me  new  causes  for  interest 
and  sympathy  with  my  younger  host.     Born 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  151 

in  South  Carolina,  he  has  secured  his  rights 
of  birth,  and  is  a  citizen  of  the  United 
'States,  though  all  his  pecuniary  interests  and 
family  affections  are  in  Cuba.  He  went 
to  Paris  at  the  age  of  nine,  and  remained 
there  until  he  was  nineteen,  devoting  the  ten 
years  to  thorough  courses  of  study  in  the 
best  schools.  He  has  spent  much  time  in 
Boston,  and  has  been  at  sea,  to  China,  India, 
and  the  Pacific  and  California, — was  wrecked 
in  the  Boston  ship  Mary  Ellen,  on  a  coral 
reef  in  the  India  seas,  taken  captive,  restored, 
and  brought  back  to  Boston  in  another  ship, 
whence  he  sailed  for  California.  There  he 
had  a  long  and  checkered  experience,  was 
wounded  in  the  battle  with  the  Indians  who 
killed  Lieut.  Dale  and  defeated  his  party, 
was  engaged  in  scientific  surveys,  topograph- 
ical and  geological,  took  the  fever  of  the 
South  Coast  at  a  remote  place,  was  reported 
dead,  and  came  to  his  mother's  door,  at  the 
spot  where  we  are  talking  this  evening,  so 
weak  and  sunken  that  his  brothers  did  not 
know  him,  thinking  it  happiness  enough  if 
he    could    reach    his    home,    to    die    in    his 


152  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

mother's  arms.  But  home  and  its  cherish- 
ings,  and  revived  moral  force,  restored  him ; 
and  now,  active  and  strong  again,  when,  in 
consequence  of  the  marriage  of  his  brothers 
and  sisters,  and  the  departure  of  neighbors, 
the  family  leave  their  home  of  thirty-five 
years  for  the  city,  he  becomes  the  acting 
master,  the  administrador  of  the  estate,  and 
makes  the  old  house  his  bachelor's  hall. 

An  education  in  Europe  or  the  United  States 
must  tend  to  free  the  youth  of  Cuba  from 
the  besetting  fault  of  un travelled  plantation- 
masters.  They  are  in  no  danger  of  thinking 
their  plantations  and  Cuba  the  world,  or  any 
great  part  of  it.  In  such  cases,  I  should  think 
the  danger  might  be  rather  the  other  way, — 
rather  that  of  disgust  and  discouragement  at 
the  narrowness  of  the  field,  the  entire  want 
of  a  career  set  before  them, — a  career  of 
any  kind,  literary,  scientific,  political,  or  mil- 
itary. The  choice  is  between  expatriation, 
and  contentment  in  the  position  of  a  secluded 
cultivator  of  sugar  by  slave  labor,  with  oc- 
casional opportunities  of  intercourse  with  the 
world  and  of  foreign  travel,  with  no  other  field 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  153 

than  the  limits  of  the  plantation  afford,  for 
the  exercise  of  the  scientific  knowledge,  so 
laboriously  acquired,  and  with  no  more  excit- 
ing motive  for  the  continuance  of  intellec- 
tual culture  than  the  general  sense  of  its 
worth  and  fitness. 


7* 


154:  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 


CHAPTER   XIV. 

If  the  master  of  a  plantation  is  faithful 
and  thorough,  will  tolerate  no  misconduct  or 
imposition,  and  yet  is  humane  and  watchful 
over  the  interests  and  rights,  as  well  as  over 
the  duties  of  the  negroes,  he  has  a  hard  and 
anxious  life.  Sickness  to  be  ministered  to, 
the  feigning  of  sickness  to  be  counteracted, 
rights  of  the  slaves  to  be  secured  against 
other  negroes,  as  well  as  against  whites,  with 
a  poor  chance  of  getting  at  the  truth  from 
either ;  the  obligations  of  the  negro  quasi 
marriage  to  be  enforced  against  all  the  sen- 
sual and  childish  tendencies  of  the  race; 
theft  and  violence  and  wanderings  from  home 
to  be  detected  and  prevented ;  the  work  to 
be  done,  and  yet  no  one  to  be  overworked ; 
and  all  this  often  with  no  effectual  aid,  often 
with  only  obstructions,  from  the  intermediate 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  156 

whites!  Nor  is  it  his  own  people  only  that 
are  to  be  looked  to.  The  thieving  and  vio- 
lence of  negroes  from  other  plantations,  their 
visits  by  night  against  law,  and  the  encroach- 
ments of  the  neighboring  free  blacks  and  low 
whites,  are  all  to  be  watched  and  prevented  or 
punished.  The  master  is  a  policeman,  as  well 
as  an  economist  and  a  judge.  His  revolver 
and  rifle  are  always  loaded.  He  has  his  dogs, 
his  trackers  and  seizers,  that  lie  at  his  gate, 
trained  to  give  the  alarm  when  a  strange 
step  comes  near  the  house  or  the  quarters, 
and  ready  to  pursue.  His  hedges  may  be 
broken  down,  his  cane  trampled  or  cut,  or, 
still  worse,  set  fire  to,  goats  let  into  his  pas- 
tures, his  poultry  stolen,  and  sometimes  his 
dogs  poisoned.  It  is  a  country  of  little  law. 
and  order,  and  what  with  slavery  and  free 
negroes  and  low  whites,  violence  or  fraud  are 
imminent  and  always  formidable.  No  man 
rides  far  unarmed.  The  negroes  are  held  un- 
der the  subjection  of  force.  A  quarter-deck 
organization  is  established.  The  master  owns 
vessel  and  cargo,  and  is  captain  of  the  ship, 
and  he  and    his  family  live   in  the  cabin  and 


156  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

hold  the  quarter-deck.  There  are  no  other 
commissioned  officers  on  board,  and  no  guard 
of  marines.  There  are  a  few  petty  officers, 
and  under  all,  a  great  crew  of  negroes,  for 
every  kind  of  work,  held  by  compulsion, — the 
results  of  a  press-gang.  All  are  at  sea  to- 
gether. There  are  some  laws,  and  civil  author- 
ities for  the  protection  of  each,  but  not  very 
near,  nor  always  accessible. 

After  dinner  to-day,  we  take  saddle-horses 
for  a  ride  to  Santa  Catalina.  Necessary  duties 
in  the  field  and  mill  delay  us,  and  we  are  in 
danger  of  not  being  able  to  visit  the  house,  as 
ray  friend  must  be  back  in  season  for  the  close 
of  work  and  the  distribution  of  provisions,  in 
the  absence  of  his  mayoral.  The  horses  have 
the  famous  "march,"  as  it  is  called,  of  the 
island,  an  easy  rapid  step,  something  like 
pacing,  and  delightful  for  a  quiet  ride  under  a 
soft  afternoon  sky,  among  flowers  and  sweet 
odors.  I  have  seen  but  few  trotting  horses  in 
Cuba. 

The  afternoon  is  serene.  Near,  the  birds  are 
flying,  or  chattering  with  extreme  sociability  in 
close  trees,  and  the  thickets  are  fragrant  with 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  157 

flowers ;  while  far  off,  the  high  hills  loom  in 
the  horizon  ;  and  all  about  us  is  this  tropical 
growth,  with  which  I  cannot  yet  become 
familiar,  of  palms  and  cocoas  and  bananas. 
We  amble  over  the  red  earth  of  the  winding 
lanes,  and  turn  into  the  broad  avenue  of 
Santa  Catalina,  with  its  double  row  of  royal 
palms.  We  are  in — not  a  forest,  for  the  trees 
are  not  thick  and  wild  and  large  enough  for 
that — ^but  in  a  huge,  dense,  tropical  orchard. 
The  avenue  is  as  clear  and  straight  and 
wide  as  a  city  mall ;  while  all  the  ground  on 
either  side,  for  hundreds  of  acres,  is  a  plan- 
tation of  oranges  and  limes,  bananas  and 
plantains,  cocoas  and  pine-apples,  and  of  cedar 
and  mango,  mignonette  and  allspice,  under 
whose  shade  is  growing  the  green-leaved,  the 
evergreen-leaved  coffee  plant,  with  its  little 
dark  red  berry,  the  tonic  of  half  the  world. 
Here  we  have  a  glimpse  of  the  lost  charm  of 
Cuba.  No  wonder  that  the  aged  proprietor 
cannot  find  the  heart  to  lay  it  waste  for  the 
monotonous  cane-field,  and  make  the  quiet, 
peaceful  horticulture,  the  natural  growth  of 
fruit  and   berry,  and  the  simple  processes  of 


158  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

gathering,  drying,  and  storing,  give  place 
to  the  steam  and  smoke  and  drive  and  life- 
consuming  toil  of  the  ingenio  ! 

At  a  turn  in  the  avenue,  we  come  upon  the 
proprietor,  who  is  taking  his  evening  walk, 
still  in  the  exact  dress  and  with  the  exact 
manners  of  urban  life.  With  truly  French 
politeness,  he  is  distressed,  and  all  but  of- 
fended, that  we  cannot  go  to  his  house.  It 
is  my  duty  to  insist  on  declining  his  invita- 
tion, for  I  know  that  C is  anxious  to 

return.  At  another  turn,  we  come  upon  a 
group  of  little  black  children,  under  the 
charge  of  a  decent,  matronly  mulatto,  com- 
ing up  a  shaded  footpath,  which  leads  among 

the  coffee.    C stops  to  give  a  kind  word 

to  them. 

But  it  is  sunset,  and  we  must  turn  about. 
We  ride  rather  rapidly  down  the  avenue,  and 
along  the  highway,  where  we  meet  several 
travellers,  nearly  all  with  pistols  in  their  hol- 
sters, and  one  of  the  mounted  police,  with  car- 
bine and  sword ;  and  then  cross  the  brook, 
pass  through  the  little,  mean  hamlet  of  Li- 
monar,  whose   inmates  are  about  half  blacks 


A    VACATION   VOYAaE.  159 

and  half  whites,  but  once  a  famed  resort  for 
invalids,  and  enter  our  own  avenue,  and 
thence  to  the  house.  On  our  way,  we  pass 
a  burying-ground,  which  my  companion  says 
he  is  ashamed  to  have  me  see.  Its  condi- 
tion is  bad  enough.  The  planter^  are  taxed 
for  it,  but  the  charge  of  it  is  with  the  padre, 
who  takes  big  fees  for  burials,  and  lets  it  go 
to  ruin.  The  bell  has  rung  long  ago,  but  the 
people  are  waiting  our  return,  and  the  evening 
duties  of  distributing  food,  turning  on  the 
night  gang  for  night  work,  and  closing  the 
gates,  are  performed. 

To-night  the   hounds   have  an   alarm,  and 

C is   off  in  the  darkness.     In   a   few 

minutes  he  returns.  There  has  been  some 
one  about,  but  nothing  is  discovered.  A 
negro  may  have  attempted  to  steal  out,  or 
some  strange  negro  may  be  trying  to  steal 
in,  or  some  prowling  white,  or  free  black, 
has  been  reconnoitering.  These  are  the  terms 
on  which  this  system  is  carried  on ;  and  I 
think,  too,  that  when  the  tramp  of  horses  is 
heard  after  dark,  and  strange  men  ride  to- 
wards the  piazza,  it  causes  some  uneasiness. 


160  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

The  morning  of  the  fourth  day,  I  take  my 
leave,  by  the  early  train  for  Matanzas.  The 
hour  is  half-past  six ;  but  the  habits  of  rising 
are  so  early  that  it  requires  no  special  prepara- 
tion. I  have  time  for  coffee,  for  a  last  visit  to 
the  sugar-house,  a  good-by  to  the  engineer, 
who  will  be  back  on  the  banks  of  the  Merri- 
mack in  May,  and  for  a  last  look  into  the 
quarters,  to  gather  the  little  group  of  kneelers 
for  "  la  bendicion,"  with  their  "  Buenos  dias, 
Senor."  My  horse  is  ready,  the  negro  has  gone 
with  my  luggage,  and  I  must  take  my  leave 
of  my  newly-made  friend.  Alone  together,  we 
have  been  more  intimate  in  three  days  than 
w^e  should  have  been  in  as  many  weeks  in 
a  full  household.  Adios ! — may  the  opening 
of  a  new  home  on  the  old  spot,  which  I  hear 
is  awaiting  you,  be  the  harbinger  of  a  more 
cheerful  life,  and  the  creation  of  such  fresh 
ties  and  interests,  that  the  delightful  air  of 
the  hill  country  of  Cuba,  the  dreamy  mono- 
tony of  the  day,  the  serenity  of  nights  which 
seem  to  bring  the  stars  down  to  your  roof  or 
to  raise  you  half-way  to  them,  and  the  lux- 
uriance and  variety  of  vegetable  and  animal 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  161 

life,  may  not  be  the  only  satisfactions  of  exist- 
ence here. 

A  quiet  amble  over  the  red  earth,  to  the  sta- 
tion, in  a  thick  morning  mist,  almost  cold 
enough  to  make  an  overcoat  comfortable ;  and, 
after  two  hours  on  the  rail,  I  am  again  in 
Matanzas,  among  close-packed  houses,  and 
with  views  of  blue  ocean  and  of  ships. 


162  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 


CHAPTER  XV. 

Instead  of  the  posada  by  the  water-side,  I 
take  up  my  quarters  at  a  hotel  kept  by  Ensor, 
an  American,  and  his  sister.  Here  the  hours, 
cooking,  and  chief  arrangements  are  in  the 
fashion  of  the  country,  as  they  should  be,  but 
there  is  more  of  that  attention  to  guests 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  at  home,  than 
the  Cuban  hotels  usually  give. 

The  objects  to  be  visited  here  are  the  Cum- 
bre  and  the  valley  of  the  Yumuri.  It  is  too 
late  for  a  morning  ride,  and  I  put  off  my  visit 
until  afternoon.  Gazzaniga  and  some  of  the 
opera  troupe  are  here ;  and  several  Americans 
at  the  hotel,  who  were  at  the  opera  last  night, 
tell  me  that  the  people  of  Matanzas  made  a 
handsome  show,  and  are  of  opinion  that  there 
was  more  beauty  in  the  boxes  than  we  saw  at 
the  Villanueva.      It  appears,  too,  that  at  the 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  163 

Retreta,  in  the  Plaza  de  Armas,  when  the  band 
plays,  and  at  evening  promenades,  the  ladies 
walk  about,  and  do  not  keep  to  their  carriages 
as  in  Havana. 

As  soon  as  the  sun  began  to  decline,  I  set 
off  for  the  Cumbre,  mounted  on  a  pacer,  with 
a  negro  for  a  guide,  who  rode,  as  I  soon  dis- 
covered, a  better  nag  than  mine.  We  cross 
the  stone  bridges,  and  pass  the  great  hospital, 
which  dominates  over  the  town.  A  regiment, 
dressed  in  seersucker  and  straw  hats,  is  drill- 
ing, by  trumpet  call,  and  drilling  well,  too, 
on  the  green  in  front  of  the  barracks ;  while 
we  take  our  winding  way  up  the  ascent  of 
the  Cumbre. 

The  bay,  town,  and  shipping  lie  beneath  us ; 
the  Pan  rises  in  the  distance  to  the  height  of 
some  3,000  feet ;  the  ocean  is  before  us,  rolling 
against  the  outside  base  of  the  hills ;  and,  on 
the  inside,  lies  the  deep,  rich,  peaceful  valley 
of  the  Yumuri.  On  the  top  of  the  Cumbre, 
commanding  the  noblest  view  of  ocean  and 
valley,  bay  and  town,  is  the  ingenio  of  a 
Mr.  Jenkes,  a  merchant,  bearing  a  name  that 
would  put  Spanish  tongues  to  their  trumps  to 


164  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

sound,  were  it  not  that  they  probably  take  ref- 
uge in  the  Don  Guillermo,  or  Don  Enrique, 
of  his  Christian  name.  The  estate  bears  the 
name  of  La  Victoria,  and  is  kindly  thrown 
open  to  visitors  from  the  city.  It  is  said  to 
be  a  model  establishment.  The  house  is  large, 
in  a  classic  style,  and  costly,  and  the  negro 
quarters,  the  storehouses,  mechanic  shops,  and 
sugar-house  are  of  dimensions  indicating  an 
estate  of  the  first  class. 

On  the  way  up  from  the  city,  several  fine 
points  of  sight  were  occupied  by  villas,  all  of 
one  story,  usually  in  the  Roman  or  Grecian 
style,  surrounded  by  gardens  and  shade-trees, 
and  with  every  appearance  of  taste  and  wealth. 

It  is  late,  but  I  must  not  miss  the  Yumuri ; 
so  we  dive  down  the  short,  steep  descent,  and 
cross  dry  brooks  and  wet  brooks,  and  over 
stones,  and  along  bridle-paths,  and  over  fields 
without  paths,  and  by  wretched  hovels,  and 
a  few  decent  cottages,  with  yelping  dogs  and 
cackling  hens  and  staring  children,  and  be- 
tween high,  overhanging  cliffs,  and  along  the 
side  of  a  still  lake,  and  after  it  is  so  dark  that 
we  can  hardly  see  stones  or  paths,  we  strike  a 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  165 

bridle-path,  and  then  come  out  upon  the  road, 
and,  in  a  few  minutes  more,  are  among  the 
gas-lights  and  noises  of  the  city. 

At  the  hotel,  there  is  a  New  York  company 
who  have  spent  the  day  at  the  Yumuri,  and 
describe  a  cave  not  yet  fully  explored,  which 
is  visited  by  all  who  have  time, — abounding 
in  stalactites,  and,  though  much  smaller,  re- 
minding one  of  the  Mammoth  Cave  of  Ken- 
tucky. 

I  cannot  leave  Matanzas  without  paying  my 
respects  to  the  family  to  whose  kindness  I  owe 

so  much.     Mr.  C lives  in  a  part  of  the 

suburbs  called  Versailles,  near  the  barracks, 
in  a  large  and  handsome  house,  built  after 
the  style  of  the  country.  There  I  spend  an 
agreeable  evening,  at  a  gathering  of  nearly 
all  the  family,  sons  and  daughters,  and  the 
sons-in-law  and  daughters-in-law.  There  is 
something  strangely  cosmopolitan  in  many  of 
the  Cuban  families, — as  in  this,  where  are 
found  French  origin,  Spanish  and  American 
intermarriage,  education  in  Europe  or  the 
United  States,  home  and  property  in  Cuba, 
friendships  and   sympathies   and   half  a   resi- 


166  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

dence  in  Boston  or  New  York  or  Charleston, 
and  three  languages  at  command. 

Here  I  learn  that  the  Thirty  Millions  Bill 
has  not  passed,  and,  by  the  latest  dates,  is  not 
likely  to  pass. 

My  room  at  Ensor's  is  on  a  level  with  the 
court-yard,  and  a  horse  puts  his  face  into  the 
grating  as  I  am  dressing,  and  I  know  of  noth- 
ing to  prevent  his  walking  in  at  the  door,  if  he 
chooses,  so  that  the  negro  may  finish  rubbing 
him  down  by  my  looking-glass.  Yet  the  house 
is  neatly  furnished  and  cared  for,  and  its  keep- 
ers are  attentive  and  deserving  people. 


A  VACATION   VOYAGE.  167 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

Saturday^  February  28. — At  eight  o'clock 
this  morning,  I  take  my  leave  of  Matanzas, 
by  the  railroad  for  Havana. 

Although  the  distance  to  Havana,  as  the  bird 
flies,  is  only  sixty  miles,  the  railroad,  winding 
into  the  interior,  to  draw  out  the  sugar  freights, 
makes  a  line  of  nearly  one  hundred  miles. 
This  adds  to  the  length  of  our  journey,  but 
also  greatly  to  its  interest. 

In  the  cars  are  two  Americans,  who  have 
also  been  visiting  plantations.  They  give  me 
the  following  statistics  of  a  sugar  plantation, 
which  they  think  may  be  relied  upon. 

Lands,  machinery,  320  slaves,  and  20  Coo- 
lies, worth  $500,000.  Produce  this  year,  4,000 
boxes  of  sugar  and  800  casks  of  molasses,  worth 
$104,000.  Expenses,  $35,000.  Net,  $69,000, 
or  about  14  per  cent.     This  is  not  a  large  in- 


168  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

terest  on  an  investment  so  much  of  which  is 
perishable  and  subject  to  deterioration. 

The  day,  as  has  been  every  day  of  mine 
in  Cuba,  is  fair  and  beautiful.  The  heat  is 
great,  perhaps  even  dangerous  to  a  Northerner, 
should  he  be  exposed  to  it  in  active  exercise, 
at  noon, — but,  with  the  shade  and  motion  of 
the  cars,  not  disagreeable,  for  the  air  is  pure 
and  elastic,  and  it  is  only  the  direct  heat  of  the 
sun  that  is  oppressive.  I  think  one  notices  the 
results  of  this  pure  air,  in  the  throats  and  nasal 
organs  of  the  people.  One  seldom  meets  a 
person  that  seems  to  have  a  cold  in  the  head 
or  the  throat ;  and  pocket  handkerchiefs  are 
used  chiefly  for  ornament. 

I  cannot  weary  of  gazing  upon  these  new 
and  strange  scenes ;  the  stations,  with  the 
groups  of  peasants  and  negroes  and  fruit- 
sellers  that  gather  about  them,  and  the  stores 
of  sugar  and  molasses  collected  there ;  the 
ingenios,  glimmering  in  the  heat  of  the  sun, 
with  their  tall,  furnace  chimneys ;  the  cane- 
fields,  acres  upon  acres ;  the  slow  ox-carts  car- 
rying the  cane  to  the  mill ;  then  the  intervals 
of  unused  country,  the  jungles,  adorned  with 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  169 

little  wild  flowers,  the  groves  of  the  weeping, 
drooping,  sad,  homesick  cocoa  ;  the  royal  palm, 
which  is  to  trees  what  the  camel  or  dromedary- 
is  among  animals, — seeming  to  have  strayed 
from  Nubia  or  Mesopotamia ;  the  stiff,  close 
orange-tree,  with  its  golden  balls  of  fruit ;  and 
then  the  remains  of  a  cafetal,  the  coffee  plant 
growing  untrimmed  and  wild  under  the  re- 
prieved groves  of  plantain  and  banana.  How 
can  this  tire  an  eye  that  two  weeks  ago  to-day 
rested  on  the  midwinter  snow  and  mud  of  the 
close  streets  of  lower  New  York  ? 

It  is  certainly  true  that  there  is  such  a  thing 
as  industry  in  the  tropics.  The  labor  of  the 
tropics  goes  on.  Notwithstanding  all  we  hear 
and  know  of  the  enervating  influence  of  the 
climate,  the  white  man,  if  not  laborious  him- 
self, is  the  cause  that  labor  is  in  others.  With 
all  its  social  and  political  discouragements, 
with  the  disadvantages  of  a  duty  of  about 
twenty-five  per  cent,  on  its  sugars  laid  in  the 
United  States,  and  a  duty  of  full  one  hundred 
per  cent,  on  all  flour  imported  from  the  United 
States,  and  after  paying  heavier  taxes  than 
any  people  on  earth  pay  at  this  moment,  and 


170  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

yielding  a  revenue,  which  nets,  after  every  de- 
duction and  discount,  not  less  than  sixteen 
millions  a  year ;— -against  all  these  disadvan- 
tages, this  island  is  still  very  productive  and 
very  rich.  There  is,  to  be  sure,  little  variety 
in  its  industry.  In  the  country,  it  is  nothing 
but  the  raising  and  making  of  sugar ;  and  in 
the  towns,  it  is  the  selling  and  exporting  of 
sugar.  With  the  addition  of  a  little  coffee  and 
copper,  more  tobacco,  and  some  fresh  fruit  and 
preserves,  and  the  commerce  which  they  stimu- 
late, and  the  mechanic  and  trading  necessities 
of  the  towns,  we  have  the  sum  of  its  industry 
and  resources.  Science,  arts,  letters,  arms, 
manufactures,  and  the  learning  and  discussions 
of  politics,  of  theology,  and  of  the  great  prob- 
lems and  opinions  that  move  the  minds  of 
the  thinking  world, — in  these  the  people  of 
Cuba  have  no  part.  These  move  by  them,  as 
the  great  Gulf  Stream  drifts  by  their  shores. 
Nor  is  there,  nor  has  there  been  in  Cuba,  in 
the  memory  of  the  young  and  middle-aged, 
debate,  or  vote,  or  juries,  or  one  of  the  least 
and  most  rudimental  processes  of  self-govern- 
ment.    The  African  and  Chinese  do  the  man- 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  171 

ual  labor;  the  Cubans  hold  the  land  and  the 
capital,  and  direct  the  agricultural  industry ; 
the  commerce  is  shared  between  the  Cubans, 
and  foreigners  of  all  nations ;  and  the  govern- 
ment, civil  and  military,  is  exercised  by  the 
citizens  of  Old  Spain.  No  Cuban  votes,  or 
attends  a  lawful  political  meeting,  or  sits  on 
a  jury,  or  sees  a  law-making  assembly,  except 
as  a  curiosity  abroad,  even  in  a  municipality ; 
nor  has  he  ever  helped  to  make,  or  interpret, 
or  administer  laws,  or  borne  arms,  except  by 
special  license  of  government  granted  to  such 
as  are  friends  of  government.  In  religion,  he 
has  no  choice,  except  between  the  Roman 
Catholic  and  none.  The  laws  that  govern 
him  are  made  abroad,  and  administered  by 
a  central  power,  a  foreign  Captain- General, 
through  the  agency  of  foreign  civil  and  mili- 
tary officers.  The  Cuban  has  no  public  career. 
If  he  removes  to  Old  Spain,  and  is  known  as 
a  supporter  of  Spanish  royal  power,  his  Creole 
birth  is  probably  no  impediment  to  him.  But 
at  home,  as  a  Cuban,  he  may  be  a  planter,  a 
merchant,  a  physician,  but  he  cannot  expect  to 
be  a  civil  magistrate,  or  to  hold  a  commission 


172  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 

in  the  army,  or  an  office  in  the  police  ;  and 
though  he  may  be  a  lawyer,  and  read,  sitting, 
a  written  argument  to  a  Court  of  Judges,  he 
cannot  expect  to  be  himself  a  Judge.  He  may 
publish  a  book,  but  the  government  must  be 
the  responsible  author.  He  may  edit  a  jour- 
nal, but  the  government  must  be  the  editor- 
in-chief. 

At  the  chief  stations  on  the  road,  there  are 
fruit-sellers  in  abundance,  with  fruit  fresh  from 
the  trees  :  oranges,  bananas,  sapotes,  and  co- 
coas. The  cocoa  is  eaten  at  an  earlier  stage 
than  that  in  which  we  see  it  at  the  North, 
for  it  is  gathered  for  exportation  after  it  has 
become  hard.  It  is  eaten  here  when  no  harder 
than  a  melon,  and  is  cut  through  with  a  knife, 
and  the  soft  white  pulp,  mixed  with  the  milk, 
is  eaten  with  a  spoon.  It  is  luscious  and 
wholesome,  much  more  so  than  when  the  rind 
has  hardened  into  the  sheU,  and  the  soft  pulp 
into  a  hard  meat. 

A  little  later  in  the  afternoon,  the  character 
of  the  views  begins  to  change.  The  ingenios 
and  cane-fields  become  less  frequent,  then 
cease  altogether,  and  the  houses  have  more  the 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  173 

appearance  of  pleasure  retreats  than  of  work- 
ing estates.  The  roads  show  lines  of  mules 
and  horses,  loaded  with  panniers  of  fruits,  or 
sweeping  the  ground  with  the  long  stalks  of 
fresh  fodder  laid  across  their  backs,  all  moving 
towards  a  common  centre.  Pleasure  carriages 
appear.  Next  comes  the  distant  view  of  the 
Castle  of  Atares,  and  the  Principe,  and  then  the 
harbor  and  the  sea,  the  belt  of  masts,  the  high 
ridge  of  fortifications,  the  blue  and  white  and 
yellow  houses,  with  brown  tops ;  and  now  we 
are  in  the  streets  of  Havana. 

It  seems  like  coming  home;  and  I  feel  as 
if  I  had  been  an  age  away,  when  it  is  only 
eight  days  since  I  first  saw  Cuba.  Here  are 
the  familiar  signs — Por  mayor  y  menor,  Po- 
sada y  Cantina,  Tienda,  Panaderia,  Relojeria, 
and  the  fanciful  names  of  the  shops,  the  high 
pitched  falsetto  cries  of  the  streets,  the  long 
files  of  mules  and  horses,  with  panniers  of 
fruit,  or  hidden,  all  but  their  noses  and  tails, 
under  stacks  of  fresh  fodder,  the  volantes, 
and  the  motley  multitude  of  whites,  blacks, 
and  Chinese,  soldiers  and  civilians,  and  occa- 
sionally priests, — negro  women,  lottery-ticket 


174  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

venders,    and    the    girl   musicians   with   their 
begging  tambourines. 

The  same  idlers  are  at  the  door  of  Le 
Grand's ;  a  rehearsal,  as  usual,  is  going  on  at 
the  head  of  the  first  flight;  and  the  parrot  is 
blinking  at  the  hot,  white  walls  of  the  court- 
yard, and  screaming  bits  of  Spanish.  My 
New  York  friends  have  got  back  from  the 
country  a  day  before  me.  I  am  installed  in 
a  better  room  than  before,  on  the  house-top, 
where  the  sun  is  hot,  but  where  there  is  air, 
and  a  view  of  the  ocean. 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  175 


CHAPTER   XVII. 

The  warm  bath  round  the  corner,  is  a  re- 
freshment after  a  day's  railroad  ride  in  such 
heat ;  and  there,  in  the  front  room,  the  man 
in  his  shirt  sleeves  is  serving  out  liquor,  as 
before,  and  the  usual  company  of  Creoles  is 
gathered  about  the  billiard  tables.  After  a 
dinner  in  the  handsome,  airy  restaurant  of 
Le  Grand's,  I  drive  into  the  city  in  the 
evening,  to  the  close  streets  of  the  Entra- 
muros,  and  pay  a  visit  to  the  lady  whom  I 
failed  to  see  on  my  arrival.  I  am  so  for- 
tunate as  to  meet  her,  and  beside  the  pleas- 
ure to  be  found  in  her  society,  I  am  glad  to 
be  able  to  give  her  personal  information  from 
her  attached  and  sympathizing  friends,  at  the 
North. 

While  I  am  there,  a  tinkling  sound  of  bells 
is  heard  in  the  streets,  and  lights  flash  by.     It 


176  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

is  a  procession,  going  to  carry  the  viaticum, 
the  last  sacrament,  to  a  dying  person. 

From  this  house,  I  drove  towards  the  water- 
side, past  the  Plaza  de  Armas,  the  old  Plaza 
de  San  Francisco,  with  its  monastery  turned 
into  an  almazen  (a  storehouse  of  merchan- 
dise,) through  the  Calle  de  los  Officios,  to 
the  boarding-house  of  Madame  Almy,  to  call 
upon  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Howe.  Mr.  Parker  left 
Havana,  as  he  intended,  last  Tuesday,  for 
Santa  Cruz.  He  found  Havana  rather  too  hot 
for  his  comfort,  and  Santa  Cruz,  the  most 
healthful  and  temperate  of  the  islands,  had 
always  been  his  destination.  He  had  visited 
a  few  places  in  the  city,  and  among  others, 
the  College  of  Belen,  where  he  had  been  cour- 
teously received  by  the  Jesuits.  I  found  that 
they  knew  his  reputation  as  a  scholar  and 
writer,  and  a  leading  champion  of  modern 
Theism  in  America.  Dr.  Howe  had  called  at 
Le  Grand's,  yesterday,  to  invite  me  to  go 
with  him  to  attend  a  trial,  at  the  Audiencia, 
which  attracted  a  good  deal  of  interest  among 
the  Creoles.  The  story,  as  told  by  the  friends 
of    Senor  Maestri,  the  defendant,   is,   that  in 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  177 

the  performance  of  a  judicial  duty,  he  dis- 
charged a  person  against  whom  the  govern- 
ment was  proceeding  illegally,  and  that  this 
led  to  a  correspondence  between  him  and  the 
authorities,  which  resulted  in  his  being  deposed 
and  brought  to  trial,  before  the  Audiencia,  on 
a  charge  of  disrespect  to  the  Captain- General. 
I  have  no  means  of  learning  the  correctness 
of  this  statement,  at  present — 

"  I  say  the  tale  as  't  was  said  to  me." 

The  cause  has,  at  all  events,  excited  a  deep 
interest  among  the  Creoles,  who  see  in  it 
another  proof  of  the  unlimited  character  of 
the  centralized  power  that  governs  them.  I 
regret  that  I  missed  a  scene  of  so  much 
interest  and  instruction.  Dr.  Howe  told 
me  that  Maestri' s  counsel,  Seiior  Azcarate,  a 
young  lawyer,  defended  his  friend  courage- 
ously; but  the  evidence  being  all  in  writing, 
without  the  exciting  conflicts  and  vicissitudes 
of  oral  testimony,  and  the  written  arguments 
being  delivered  sitting,  there  was  not  much 
in  the  proceedings  to  stimulate  the  Creole 
excitability.  No  decision  was  given,  the 
8* 


178  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

Court  taking  time  to  deliberate.  It  seems  to 
have  been  a  Montalembert  trial,  on  a  small 
theatre. 

To-night  there  is  again  a  mascara  at  the 
next  door,  but  my  room  is  now  more  remote, 
and  I  am  able  to  sleep  through  it.  Once  I 
awoke.  It  was  nearly  five  o'clock.  The  music 
was  still  going  on,  but  in  softer  and  more  sub- 
dued tones.  The  drums  and  trumpets  were 
hushed,  and  all  had  fallen,  as  if  by  the  magic 
touch  of  the  approaching  dawn,  into  a  trance 
of  sound,  a  rondo  of  constantly  returning  de- 
licious melody,  as  nearly  irresistible  to  the 
charmed  sense  as  sound  can  be  conceived  to 
be, — ^just  bordering  on  the  fusing  state  be- 
tween sense  and  spirit.  It  is  a  contradanza 
of  Cuba.  The  great  bells  beat  five,  over  the 
city ;  and  instantly  the  music  ceases,  and  is 
heard  no  more.  The  watchmen  cry  the  hour, 
and  the  bells  of  the  hospitals  and  convents 
sound  their  matins,  though  it  is  yet  dark. 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  179 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

At  break  of  day,  I  am  in  the  delightful  sea- 
baths  again,  not  ill-named  Recreo  and  Eliseo. 
But  the  forlorn  chain-gang  are  mustered  be- 
fore the  Presidio.  It  is  Sunday,  but  there  is 
no  day  of  rest  for  them. 

At  eight  o'clock  I  present  myself  at  the  Be- 
len.  A  lady,  who  was  passing  through  the 
cloister,  with  head  and  face  covered  by  the 
usual  black  veil,  turned  and  came  to  me.  It 
was  Mrs. ,  whom  I  had  seen  last  even- 
ing.    She  kindly  took  me  to  the  sacristy,  and 

asked  some  one  to  tell  Father that  I 

was  there,  and  then  went  to  her  place  in 
church.  While  waiting  in  the  sacristy,  I  saw 
the  robing  and  unrobing  of  the  officiating 
priests,  the  preparation  of  altar  ceremonials  by 
boys  and  men,  and  could  hear  the  voices  and 
music  in  the  church,  on  the  other  side  of  the 


180  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

great  altar.  The  manner  of  the  Jesuits  is  in 
striking  contrast  with  that  at  the  Cathedral. 
All  is  slow,  orderly  and  reverential,  whether 
on  the  part  of  men  or  boys.  Instead  of  the 
hurried  walk,  the  nod  and  duck,  there  is  a 
slow  march,  a  kneeling,  or  a  reverential  bow. 
At  a  small  side  altar,  in  the  sacristy,  com- 
munion is  administered  by  a  single  priest. 
Among  the  recipients  are  several  men  of 
mature  years  and  respectable  position ;  and 
side  by  side  with  them,  the  poor  and  the 
negroes.  In  the  Church,  there  is  no  distinc- 
tion of  race  or  color. 

Father   appears,    is    unrobed,    and 

takes  me  to  the  gallery  of  the  church,  near 
the  organ.  From  this,  I  looked  down  upon  a 
sea  of  rich  costumes  of  women,  veiled  heads, 
and  kneeling  figures,  literally  covering  the  floor 
of  the  church.  On  the  marble  pavement,  the 
little  carpets  are  spread,  and  on  these,  as  close 
as  they  can  sit  or  kneel,  are  the  ladies  of  rank 
and  wealth  of  Havana.  A  new  comer  glides 
in  among  them,  seeking  room  for  her  carpet, 
or  room  of  charity  or  friendship  on  a  carpet  al- 
ready spread ;  and  the  kneelers  or  sitters  move 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  181 

and  gather  in  their  wide  skirts  to  let  her  pass. 
Here  and  there  a  servant  in  livery  winds  his 
way  behind  his  mistress,  bearing  her  carpet, 
and  returns  to  the  porch  when  it  has  been 
spread.  The  whole  floor  is  left  to  women. 
The  men  gather  about  the  walls  and  door- 
ways, or  sit  in  the  gallery,  which  is  reserved 
for  them.  But  among  the  women,  though 
chiefly  of  rank  and  wealth,  are  some  who  are 
negroes,  usually  distinguished  by  the  plain 
shawl,  instead  of  the  veil  over  the  head.  The 
Countess  Villanueva,  immensely  rich,  of  high 
rank,  and  of  a  name  great  in  the  annals  of 
Cuba,  but  childless,  and  blind,  and  a  widow,  is 
led  in  by  the  hand  by  her  negro  servant.  The 
service  of  the  altar  is  performed  with  dignity 
and  reverence,  and  the  singing,  which  is  by  the 
Jesuit  Brothers  themselves,  is  admirable.  In 
the  choir  I  recognized  my  new  friends,  the 
Rector  and  young  Father  Cabre,  the  professor 
of  physics.  The  "  Tantum  ergo  Sacramen- 
tum,"  which  was  sung  kneeling,  brought  tears 
into  my  eyes,  and  kept  them  there. 

After  service,  Mr. came  to  me,  and 

made  an  engagement  to  show  me  the  benevo- 


182  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

lent  institutions  on  the  Bishop's  list,  accepting 
my  invitation  to  breakfast  at  Le  Grand's,  at 
eleven  o'clock.  At  eleven  he  came,  and  af- 
ter a  quiet  breakfast  in  a  side  room,  we  went 

to  the  house  of  Senor — ,  whom  he  well 

knows,  in  the  hope  that  he  would  go  with 
as.  The  Senor  was  engaged  to  meet  one  of 
the  Fathers  at  noon,  and  could  not  go,  but 
introduced  to  me  a  relative  of  his,  a  young 
student  of  medicine  in  the  University,  who 
offered  to  take  me  to  the  Presidio  and  other 
places,  the  next  day. 

It  occurred  to  us  to  call  upon  a  young 
American  lady,  who  was  residing  at  the  house 
of  a  Spanish  lady  of  wealth  and  rank,  and  in- 
vite her  to  go  with  us  to  see  the  Beneficencia, 
which  we  thought  she  might  do,  as  it  is  an 
institution  under  the  charge  of  nuns,  and  she 
was  to  go  with  a  Padre  in  full  dress.     But  the 

customs  of  the  country  are  rigid.     Miss 

was  very  desirous  to  go,  but  had  doubts.  She 
consulted  the  lady  of  the  house,  who  would 
know,  if  any  one  could,  the  etiquette  of  Ha- 
vana. The  Seiiora's  reply  was,  "You  are  an 
American,  and  may  do  anything."     This  set- 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  183 

tied  the  matter  in  the   negative,  and  we  went 

alone.     Now  we  drive  to  Don  Juan 's. 

The  gate  is  closed.  The  driver,  who  is  a 
white,  gets  off  and  makes  a  feeble  and  timid 
rap  at  the  door.  "  Knock  louder ! "  says  my 
friend,  in  Spanish.  "  What  cowards  they 
are ! "  he  adds  to  me.  The  man  makes  a 
knock,  a  little  louder.  "  There,  see  that ! 
Peeking  into  the  keyhole  !  Mean  !  An  Eng- 
lishman would  beat  the  door  down  before  he 
would  do  that."  Don  Juan  is  in  the  country , 
— so  we  fail  of  all  our  expected  companions. 

The  Casa  de  Beneficencia  is  a  large  in- 
stitution, for  orphan  and  destitute  children, 
for  infirm  old  persons,  and  for  the  insane.  It 
is  admirably  situated,  bordering  on  the  open 
sea,  with  fresh  air  and  very  good  attention  to 
ventilation  in  the  rooms.  It  is  a  government 
institution,  but  is  placed  under  charge  of  the 
Sisters  of  Charity,  one  of  whom  accompanied 
us  about  the  building.  Though  called  a  gov- 
ernment institution,  it  must  not  be  supposed 
that  it  is  a  charity  from  the  crown.  On  the 
contrary,  it  is  supported  by  a  specific  appro- 
priation of  certain  of  the  taxes  and  revenues 


184  TO    CUBA    AND   BACK. 

of  the  island.  In  the  building,  is  a  church 
not  yet  finished,  large  enough  for  all  the  in- 
mates, and  a  quiet  little  private  chapel  for  the 
Sisters'  devotions,  where  a  burning  lamp  indi- 
cated the  presence  of  the  Sacrament  on  the 
small  altar.  I  am  sorry  to  have  forgotten  the 
number  of  children.  It  was  large,  and  in- 
cluded both  sexes,  with  a  separate  depart- 
ment for  each.  In  a  third  department,  are 
the  insane.  They  are  kindly  treated  and  not 
confined,  except  when  violent ;  but  the  Sister 
told  us  they  had  no  medical  treatment  un- 
less in  case  of  sickness.  (Dr.  Howe  told  me 
that  he  was  also  so  informed.)  The  last  de- 
partment is  for  aged  and  indigent  women. 

One  of  the  little  orphans  clung  to  the  Sister 
who  accompanied  us,  holding  her  hand,  and 
nestling  in  her  coarse  but  clean  blue  gown ; 
and  when  we  took  our  leave,  and  I  put  a 
small  coin  into  her  little  soft  hand,  her  eyes 
brightened  up  into  a  pretty  smile. 

The  number  of  the  Sisters  is  not  full.  As 
none  have  joined  the  order  from  Cuba,  (I  am 
told  literally  none,)  they  are  all  from  abroad, 
chiefly  from  France  and  Spain;    and  having 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  185 

acclimation  to  go  through,  with  exposure  to 
yellow  fever  and  cl^plera,  many  of  those  that 
come  here  die  in  the  first  or  second  summer. 
And  yet  they  still  come,  in  simple,  religious 
fidelity,  under  the  shadow  of  death. 

The  Casa  de  Beneficencia  must  be  pro- 
nounced by  all,  even  by  those  accustomed  to 
the  system  and  order  of  the  best  charitable  in- 
stitutions in  the  world,  a  credit  to  the  island  of 
Cuba.  The  charity  is  large  and  liberal,  and 
the  order  and  neatness  of  its  administration 
are  beyond  praise. 

From  the  Beneficencia  we  drove  to  the  Mili- 
tary Hospital.  This  is  a  huge  establishment, 
designed  to  accommodate  all  the  sick  of  the 
army.  The  walls  are  high,  the  floors  are  of 
brick  and  scrupulously  clean,  as  are  all  things 
under  the  charge  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity; 
and  the  ventilation  is  tolerable.  The  building 
suffered  from  the  explosion  of  the  magazine 
last  year,  and  some  quarters  have  not  yet  been 
restored  for  occupation.  The  number  of  sick 
soldiers  now  in  hospital  actually  exceeds  one 
thousand!  Most  of  them  are  young,  some 
mere  lads,  victims  of  the  conscription  of  Old 


186  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

Spain,  which  takes  them  from  their  rustic 
homes  in  Andalusia  and  Catalonia  and  the 
Pyrenees,  to  expose  them  to  the  tropical  heats 
of  Cuba,  and  to  the  other  dangers  of  its  cli- 
mate. Most  had  fevers.  We  saw  a  few 
cases  of  vomito.  Notwithstanding  all  that  is 
said  about  the  healthfalness  of  a  winter  in 
Cuba,  the  experienced  Sister  Servant  (which, 
I  believe,  is  the  title  of  the  Superior  of  a 
body  of  Sisters  of  Charity)  told  us  that  a 
few  sporadic  cases  of  yellow  fever  occur  in 
Havana,  in  all  seasons  of  the  year;  but  that 
we  need  not  fear  to  go  through  the  wards. 
One  patient  was  covered  with  the  blotches  of 
recent  smallpox.  It  was  affecting  to  see  the 
wistful  eyes  of  these  poor,  fevered  soldier- 
boys,  gazing  on  the  serene,  kind  countenances 
of  the  nuns,  and  thinking  of  their  mothers 
and  sisters  in  the  dear  home  in  Old  Spain, 
and  feeling,  no  doubt,  that  this  womanly, 
religious  care  was  the  nearest  and  best  sub- 
stitute. 

The  present  number  of  Sisters,  charged  with 
the  entire  care  of  this  great  hospital,  except 
the  duty  of  cooks  and  the  mere  manual  and 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  187 

mechanic  labor  necessarily  done  by  men,  is 
not  above  twenty-five.  The  Sister  Servant 
told  us  that  the  proper  complement  was  forty. 
The  last  summer,  eleven  of  these  devoted 
women  died  of  yellow  fever.  Every  summer, 
when  yellow  fever  or  cholera  prevails,  some 
of  them  die.  They  know  it.  Yet  the  vacan- 
cies are  filled  up ;  and  their  serene  and  ever 
happy  countenances  give  the  stranger  no  in- 
dication that  they  have  bound  themselves  to 
the  bedside  of  contagious  and  loathsome  dis- 
eases every  year,  and  to  scenes  of  sickness 
and  death  every  day. 

As  we  walked  through  the  passage-ways, 
we  came  upon  the  little  private  chapel  of  the 
Sisters.  Here  was  a  scene  I  can  never  forget. 
It  was  an  hour  assigned  for  prayer.  All  who 
could  leave  the  sick  wards — not  more  than 
twelve  or  fourteen — were  kneeling  in  that  per- 
fectly still,  secluded,  darkened  room,  in  a 
double  row,  all  facing  to  the  altar,  on  which 
burned  one  taper,  showing  the  presence  of  the 
Sacrament,  and  all  in  silent  prayer. — That 
double  row  of  silent,  kneeling  women,  uncon- 
scious of  the   presence  of  any  one,   in  their 


188  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

snow-white,  close  caps  and  long  capes,  and 
coarse,  clean,  blue  gowns, — heroines,  if  the 
world  ever  had  heroines,  their  angels  beholding 
the  face  of  their  Father  in  heaven,  as  they 
knelt  on  earth ! 

It  was  affecting  and  yet  almost  amusing, — 
it  would  have  been  amusing  anywhere  else, — 
that  these  simple  creatures,  not  knowing  the 
ways  of  the  world,  and  desirous  to  have  soft 
music  fill  their  room,  as  they  knelt  at  silent 
prayer,  and  not  having  (for  their  duties  pre- 
clude it)  any  skill  in  the  practice  of  music,  had 
a  large  music-box  wound  and  placed  on  a 
stand,  in  the  rear,  giving  out  its  liquid  tones, 
just  loud  enough  to  pervade  the  air,  without 
forcing  attention.  The  effect  was  beautiful; 
and  yet  the  tunes  were  not  all,  nor  chiefly, 
religious.  They  were  such  as  any  music-box 
would  give.  But  what  do  these  poor  crea- 
tures know  of  what  the  world  marches  to,  or 
dances  to,  or  makes  love  to  ?  To  them  it 
was  all  music,  and  pure  and  holy! 

Minute  after  minute  we  stood,  waiting  for, 
but  not  desiring,  an  end  of  these  delightful 
sounds,  and  a  dissolving  of  this  spell  of  silent 


A   VACATION  VOYAGE.  189 

adoration.  One  of  the  Sisters  began  prayers 
aloud,  a  series  of  short  prayers  and  adorations 
and  thanksgivings,  to  each  of  which,  at  its 
close,  the  others  made  response  in  full,  sweet 
voices.  The  tone  of  prayer  of  this  Sister  was 
just  what  it  should  be.  No  skill  of  art  could 
reach  it.  How  much  truer  than  the  cathedral, 
or  the  great  ceremonial !  It  was  low,  yet 
audible,  composed,  reverent:  neither  the  fami- 
liar, which  offends  so  often,  nor  the  rhetorical, 
which  always  offends,  but  that  unconscious 
sustained  intonation,  not  of  speech,  but  of 
music,  which  frequent  devotions  in  company 
with  others  naturally  call  out;  showing  us 
that  poetry  and  music,  and  not  prose  and 
speech,  are  the  natural  expressions  of  the 
deepest  and  highest  emotions. 

They  rose,  with  the  prayer  of  benediction, 
and  we  withdrew.  They  separated,  to  station 
themselves,  one  in  each  ward  of  the  hospital, 
there,  aloud  and  standing,  to  repeat  their 
prayers, — the  sick  men  raising  themselves  on 
their  elbows,  or  sitting  in  bed,  or,  if  more 
feeble,  raising  their  eyes  and  clasping  then- 
hands,  and  all  who  can  or  choose,  joining  in 
the  responses. 


190  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 


CHAPTER   XIX. 

Drove  out  over  the  Paseo  de  Tacon  to  the 
Cerro,  a  height,  formerly  a  village,  now  a  part 
of  the  suburbs  of  Havana.  It  is  high  ground, 
and  commands  a  noble  view  of  Havana  and 
the  sea.  Coming  in,  I  met  the  Bishop,  who 
introduced  me  to  the  Count  de  La  Fernandina, 
a  dignified  Spanish  nobleman,  who  owns  a 
beautiful  villa  on  this  Paseo,  where  we  walked 
a  while  in  the  grounds.  This  house  is  very 
elegant  and  costly,  with  marble  floors,  high 
ceilings,  piazzas,  and  a  garden  of  the  richest 
trees  and  flowers  coming  into  the  court-yard, 
and  advancing  even  into  the  windows  of  the 
house.  It  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  villas 
in  the  vicinity  of  Havana. 

There  are  several  noblemen  who  have  their 
estates  and  titles  in  Cuba,  but  are  recognized 
as  nobles  of  Spain ; — in  all,  I  should  say,  about 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  191 

fifty  or  sixty.  Some  of  these  have  received 
their  titles  for  civil  or  military  services;  but 
most  of  them  have  bee^  raised  to  their  rank 
on  account  of  their  wealth,  or  have  pur- 
chased their  titles  outright.  I  believe  there 
are  but  two  grades,  the  marquis  and  the 
count.  Among  the  titles  best  known  to 
strangers  are  Villanueva,  Fernandina,  and 
O'Reilly.  The  number  of  Irish  families  who 
have  taken  rank  in  the  Spanish  service  and 
become  connected  with  Cuba,  is  rather  re- 
markable. Beside  O'Reilly,  there  are  O'Don- 
nel,  O'Farrel,  and  O'Lawlor,  descendants  of 
Irishmen  who  entered  the  Spanish  service  after 
the  battle  of  the  Boyne. 

Dr.  Howe  had  seen  the  Presidio,  the  great 
prison  of  Havana,  once ;  but  was  desirous  to 
visit  it  again ;  so  he  joined  me,  under  the  con- 
duct of  our   young   friend,   Senor  ,  to 

visit  that  and  the  hospital  of  San  Juan  de 
Dios.  The  hospital  we  saw  first.  It  is  sup- 
ported by  the  government, — that  is  to  say,  by 
Cuban  revenues, — for  charity  patients  chiefly, 
but  some,  who  can  afford  it,  pay  more  or  less. 
There   are   about   two  hundred    and   fifty  pa- 


192  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

tients.  This,  again,  is  in  the  charge  of  the 
Sisters  of  Charity.  As  we  came  upon  one 
of  the  Sisters,  in  a  passage  way,  in  her 
white  cap  and  cape,  and  black  and  blue 
dress,  Dr.  Howe  said,  "  I  always  take  oif  my 
hat  to  a  Sister  of  Charity,"  and  we  paid  them 
all  that  attention,  whenever  we  passed  them. 
Dr.  Howe  examined  the  book  of  prescriptions, 
and  said  that  there  was  less  drugging  than 
he  supposed  there  would  be.  The  attending 
physician  told  us  that  nearly  all  the  physi- 
cians had  studied  in  Paris,  or  in  Philadelphia. 
There  were  a  great  many  medical  students  in 
attendance,  and  there  had  just  been  an  opera- 
tion in  the  theatre.  In  an  open  yard  we  saw 
two  men  washing  a  dead  body,  and  carelessly 
laying  it  on  a  table,  for  dissection.  I  am  told 
that  the  medical  and  surgical  professions  are 
in  a  very  satisfactory  state  of  advancement  in 
the  island,  and  that  a  degree  in  medicine,  and 
a  license  to  practise,  carry  with  them  proofs  of 
considerable  proficiency.  It  is  always  observ- 
able that  the  physical  and  the  exact  sciences 
are  the  last  to  suffer  under  despotisms. 

The  Presidio  and  Grand  Carcel  of  Havana 


A   VACATION  VOYAGE.  193 

is  a  large  building,  of  yellow  stone,  standing 
near  the  fort  of  the  Punta,  and  is  one  of  the 
striking  objects  as  you  enter  the  harbor.  It 
has  no  appearance  of  a  jail  without,  but 
rather  of  a  palace  or  court;  but  within,  it  is 
full  of  live  men's  bones  and  of  all  uncleanness. 
No  man,  whose  notions  are  derived  from  an 
American  or  English  penitentiary  of  the  last 
twenty  years,  or  fifty  years,  can  form  an  idea 
of  the  great  Cuban  prison.  It  is  simply  hor- 
rible. There  are  no  cells,  except  for  solitary 
confinement  of  "incommunicados," — who  are 
usually  political  offenders.  The  prisoners  are 
placed  in  large  rooms,  with  stone  floors  and 
grated  windows,  where  they  are  left,  from 
twenty  to  fifty  in  each,  without  work,  without 
books,  without  interference  or  intervention  of 
any  one,  day  and  night,  day  and  night,  for  the 
weeks,  months  or  years  of  their  sentences. 
The  sights  are  dreadful.  In  this  hot  climate, 
so  many  beings,  with  no  provision  for  ventila- 
tion but  the  grated  windows, — so  unclean,  and 
most  of  them  naked  above  the  waist, — all 
spend  their  time  in  walking,  talking,  playing, 
and  smoking;  and,  at  night,  without  bed  or 


194  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

blanket,  they  lie  down  on  the  stone  floor,  on 
what  clothes  they  may  have,  to  sleep  if  they 
can.  The  whole  prison,  with  the  exception 
of  the  few  cells  for  the  "  incommunicados," 
was  a  series  of  these  great  cages,  in  which 
human  beings  were  shut  up.  Incarceration  is 
the  beginning,  middle  and  end  of  the  whole 
system.  Reformation,  improvement,  benefit 
to  soul  or  body,  are  not  thought  of.  We  in- 
quired carefully,  both  of  the  officer  who  was 
sent  to  attend  us,  and  of  a  capitan  de  par- 
tido,  who  was  there,  and  were  positively 
assured  that  the  only  distinction  among  the 
prisoners  was  determined  by  the  money  they 
paid.  Those  who  can  pay  nothing,  are  left 
to  the  worst.  Those  who  can  pay  two  reals 
(twenty-five  cents)  a  day,  are  placed  in  wards 
a  little  higher  and  better.  Those  who  can 
pay  six  reals  (seventy-five  cents)  a  day,  have 
better  places  still,  called  the  "  Salas  de  dis- 
tincion,"  and  some  privileges  of  walking  in 
the  galleries.  The  amount  of  money,  and 
not  the  degree  of  criminality,  determines  the 
character  of  the  punishment.  There  seems 
to  be  no  limit  to  the   right   of  the   prisoners 


A   VACATION    VOYAGE.  195 

to  talk  with  any  whom  they  can  get  to  hear 
them,  at  whatever  distance,  and  to  converse 
with  visitors,  and  to  receive  money  from 
them.  In  fact,  the  whole  scene  was  a  Babel. 
All  that  was  insured  was  that  they  should 
not  escape.  When  J  say  that  no  work  was 
done,  I  should  make  the  qualification  that  a 
few  prisoners  were  employed  in  rolling  tobacco 
into  cigars,  for  a  contractor  *  but  they  were 
very  few.  Among  the  prisoners  was  a  capitan 
de  partido  (a  local  magistrate),  who  was  com- 
mitted on  a  charge  of  conniving  at  the  slave- 
trade.  He  could  pay  his  six  reals,  of  course ; 
and  had  the  privileges  of  a  "  Sala  de  distin- 
cion  "  and  of  the  galleries.  He  walked  about 
with  us,  cigar  in  mouth,  and  talked  freely, 
and  gave  us  much  information  respecting  the 
prison.  My  last  request  was  to  see  the  gar- 
rotte ;  but  it  was  refused  me. 

It  was  beginning  to  grow  dark  before  we 
got  to  the  gate,  which  was  duly  opened  to  us, 
and  we  passed  out,  with  a  good  will,  into  the 
open  air.  Dr.  Howe  said  he  was  nowise  re- 
luctant to  be  outside.  It  seemed  to  bring  back 
to  his  mind  his  Prussian  prison,  a  little  too  for- 


196  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

cibly  to  be  agreeable.  He  felt  as  if  he  were 
in  keeping  again,  and  was  thinking  how  he 
should  feel  if,  just  as  we  got  to  the  gate,  an 
officer  were  to  bow  and  say,  "  Dr.  Howe  ? " 
"  Yes,  sir."  *'  You  may  remain  here.  There 
is  a  charge  against  you  of  seditious  language, 
since  you  have  been  in  the  island."  No  man 
would  meet  such  a  danger  more  calmly,  and 
V  say  less  about  it,  than  he,  if  he  thought  duty 
to  his  fellow-beings  called  him  to  it. 

The  open  air,  the  chainless  ocean,  and  the 
ships  freely  coming  and  going,  were  a  pleasant 
change  to  the  eye,  even  of  one  who  had  never 
suffered  bonds  for  conscience'  sake.  It  seemed 
strange  to  see  that  all  persons  outside  were 
doing  as  they  pleased. 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  197 


CHAPTER  XX. 

A  bull-fight  has  been  advertised  all  over 
the  town,  at  the  Plaza  de  Toros.  Shall  we 
go  ?  I  would  not,  if  it  were  only  -pleasure 
that  I  was  seeking.  As  I  am  sure  I  expect 
only  the  contrary,  and  wish  merely  to  learn  the 
character  of  this  national  recreation,  I  will  go. 

The  Plaza  de  Toros  is  a  wooden  amphithea- 
tre, in  the  suburbs,  open  at  the  top, — a  circle 
of  rising  seats,  with  the  arena  in  the  centre.  I 
am  late.  The  cries  of  the  people  inside  are 
loud,  sharp,  and  constant;  a  full  band  is 
blowing  its  trumpets  and  beating  its  drums; 
and  the  late  stragglers  are  justling  for  their 
tickets.  I  go  through  at  a  low  door, — find 
myself  under  benches  filled  with  an  eager, 
stamping,  shouting  multitude,  make  my  way 
through  a  passage,  and  come  out  on  the 
shady  side,  for  it  is  a  late  afternoon  sun,  and 


198  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

take  my  place  at  a  good  point  of  view.  A 
bull,  with  some  blood  about  his  fore-quarters, 
and  two  or  three  darts  (bandarillas)  sticking 
in  his  neck,  is  trotting  harmlessly  about  the 
arena,  "  more  sinned  against  than  sinning," 
and  seeming  to  have  no  other  desire  than 
to  get  out.  Two  men,  each  carrying  a  long, 
stout,  wooden  pole,  pointed  with  a  short  piece 
of  iron,  not  long  enough  to  kill,  but  only  to 
drive  off  and  to  goad,  are  mounted  on  two  of 
the  sorriest  nags  eyes  ever  beheld, — reprieved 
jades,  whom  it  would  not  pay  to  feed  and 
scarcely  pay  to  kill,  and  who  have  been  left 
to  take  their  chances  of  death  here.  They 
could  hardly  be  pricked  into  a  trot,  and  were 
too  weak  to  escape.  I  have  seen  horses  in 
every  stage  of  life  and  in  every  degree  of 
neglect,  but  no  New  York  negro  hack-driver 
would  have  taken  these  for  a  gift,  if  he  were 
obliged  to  keep  them.  The  bull  could  not 
be  said  to  run  away  from  the  horses,  for  they 
did  not  pursue ;  but  when,  distracted  by  sights 
and  sounds,  he  came  against  a  horse,  the  horse 
stood  still  to  be  gored,  and  the  bull  only 
pushed  against  him  with  his  head,  until  driven 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  199 

off  by  the  punching  of   the  iron-pointed  pole 
of  the  horseman. 

Around  the  arena  are  sentry-boxes,  each 
large  enough  to  hold  two  men,  behind  which 
they  can  easily  jump,  but  which  the  bull  can- 
not enter ;  and  from  these,  the  cowardly 
wretches  run  out,  flourish  a  red  cloth  at  the 
bull,  and  jump  back.  Three  or  four  men,  with 
darts  in  hand,  run  before  the  bull,  entice  him 
by  flapping  their  red  cloths,  and,  as  he  trots 
up  to  them,  stick  bandarillas  into  his  neck. 
These  torment  the  bull,  and  he  tries  to  shake 
them  off,  and  paws  the  ground ;  but  still  he 
shows  no  fight.  He  trots  to  the  gate,  and 
snuffs  to  get  out.  Some  of  the  multitude  cry 
"  Fuera  el  toro  !  Fuera  el  toro  I  "  which 
means  that  he  is  a  failure,  and  must  be  let 
out  at  the  gate.  Others  are  excited,  and  cry 
for  the  killer,  the  (matador) ;  and  a  demo- 
niacal scene  follows,  of  yells  and  shouts,  half 
drowned  by  twenty  or  thirty  drums  and  trum- 
pets. The  cries  to  go  on  prevail ;  and  the 
matador  appears,  dressed  in  a  tight-fitting 
suit  of  green  small-clothes,  with  a  broad  sil- 
ver stripe,  jerkin,  and  stockings, — a  tall,  light- 


200  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

complexioned,  elegantly  made,  glittering  man, 
bearing  in  one  hand  a  long,  heavy,  dull  black 
sword,  and  in  the  other  a  broad,  red  cloth. 
Now  comes  the  harrying  and  distracting  of 
the  bull  by  flags,  and  red  cloths,  and  darts ;  the 
matador  runs  before,  flings  his  cloth  up  and 
down  ;  the  bull  trots  towards  it — no  furious 
rush,  or  maddened  dash,  but  a  moderate  trot, — 
the  cloth  is  flashed  over  his  face,  and  one  skil- 
fully directed  lunge  of  the  sword  into  his  back 
neck,  and  he  drops  instantly  dead  at  the  feet 
of  the  matador,  at  the  very  spot  where  he  re- 
ceived the  stab.  Frantic  shouts  of  applause 
follow ;  and  the  matador  bows  around,  like  an 
applauded  circus-rider,  and  retires.  The  great 
gate  opens,  and  three  horses  abreast  are  driven 
in,  decked  with  ribbons,  to  drag  the  bull  round 
the  arena.  But  they  are  such  feeble  animals 
that,  with  all  the  flourish  of  music  and  the 
whipping  of  drivers,  they  are  barely  able  to 
tug  the  bull  along  over  the  tan,  in  a  straight 
line  for  the  gate,  through  which  the  sorry  pa- 
geant and  harmless  bull  disappear. 

Now,  some  meagre,  hungry,  swarthy,  sweaty, 
mean-looking  degenerates  of    Spain   jump  in 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  201 

and  rake  over  the  arena,  and  cover  up  the 
blood,  and  put  things  to  rights  again ;  and  I 
find  time  to  take  a  view  of  the  company. 
Thankful  I  am,  and  creditable  it  is,  that  there 
are  no  women.  Yes, — there  are  two  mulatto 
women,  in  a  seat  on  the  sunny  side,  which 
is  the  cheap  side.  And  there  are  two  shriv- 
elled, dark,  Creole  women,  in  a  box ;  and  there 
is  one  girl  of  eight  or  ten  years,  in  full  dress, 
with  an  elderly  man.  These  are  all  the 
women.  In  the  State  Box,  under  the  faded 
royal  arms,  are  a  few  officials,  not  of  high  de- 
gree. The  rest  of  the  large  company  is  a 
motley  collection,  chiefly  of  the  middle  or 
lower  classes,  mostly  standing  on  the  benches, 
and  nearly  all  smoking. 

The  music  beats  and  brays  again,  the  great 
gates  open,  and  another  bull  rushes  in,  dis- 
tracted by  sights  and  sounds  so  novel,  and  for 
a  few  minutes  shows  signs  of  power  and 
vigor;  but,  as  he  becomes  accustomed  to  the 
scene,  he  tames  down ;  and  after  several  min- 
utes of  flaunting  of  cloths  and  flags,  and  pierc- 
ing with  darts,  and  punching  with  the  poles  of 
the  horsemen,  he  runs  under  the  poor  white 

9* 


202  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

horse,  and  upsets  him,  but  leaves  him  unhurt 
by  his  horns  ;  has  a  leisurely  trial  of  endurance' 
with  the  red  horse,  goring  him  a  little  with  one 
horn,  and  receiving  the  pike  of  the  driver, — the 
horse  helpless  and  patient,  and  the  bull  very 
reasonable  and  temperate  in  the  use  of  his 
power, — and  then  is  enticed  off  by  flags,  and 
worried  with  darts ;  and,  at  last,  a  new  mata- 
dor appears, — a  fierce-looking  fellow,  dressed 
in  dark  green,  with  a  large  head  of  curling, 
snaky,  black  hair,  and  a  skin  almost  black. 
He  makes  a  great  strut  and  flourish,  and 
after  two  or  three  unsuccessful  attempts  to 
get  the  bull  head  on,  at  length,  getting  a  fair 
chance,  plunges  his  black  sword  to  the  hilt 
in  the  bull's  neck, — ^but  there  is  no  fall  of 
the  bull.  He  has  missed  the  spinal  cord,  and 
the  bull  trots  off,  bleeding  in  a  small  stream, 
with  a  sword-handle  protruding  a  few  inches 
above  the  hide  of  his  back-neck.  The  spec- 
tators hoot  their  contempt  for  the  failure;  but 
with  no  sign  of  pity  for  the  beast.  The 
bull  is  weakened,  but  trots  about  and  makes 
a  few  runs  at  cloths,  and  the  sword  is  drawn 
from  his  hide  by  an  agile  dart-sticker,  (banda- 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  203 

rillero,)  and  given  to  the  black  bully  in  dark 
green,  who  makes  one  more  lunge,  with  no 
better  success.  The  bull  runs  round,  and  reels, 
and  staggers,  and  falls  half  down,  gets  partly 
up,  lows  and  breathes  heavily,  is  pushed  over 
and  held  down,  until  a  butcher  dispatches 
him  with  a  sharp  knife,  at  the  spinal  cord. 
Then  come  the  opened  gates,  the  three  horses 
abreast,  decked  with  ribbons,  the  hard  tug 
at  the  bull's  body  over  the  ground, — his  limbs 
still  swaying  with  remaining  life,  the  clash  and 
clang  of  the  band,  and  the  yells  of  the  people. 

Shall  I  stay  another?  Perhaps  it  may  be 
more  successful,  and — if  the  new  bull  will 
only  bruise  somebody !  But  the  new  bull  is 
a  failure.  After  all  their  attempts  to  excite 
him,  he  only  trots  round,  and  snufFs  at  the 
gates ;  and  the  cry  of  "  Fuera  el  toro ! "  be- 
comes so  general,  with  the  significant  triple 
beat  of  the  feet,  in  time  with  the  words,  all 
over  the  house,  that  the  gates  are  opened, 
and  the  bull  trots  through,  to  his  quarters. 

But  the  meanness,  and  cruelty,  and  impo- 
tency  of  this  crowd!  They  cry  out  to  the 
spear-men  and  the  dart-men,  and  to  the  tor- 


204  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

mentors,  and  to  the  bull,  and  to  the  horses,  and 
to  each  other,  in  a  Babel  of  sounds,  where  no 
man's  voice  can  possibly  be  distinguished  ten 
feet  from  him,  all  manner  of  advice  and  en- 
couragement or  derision,  like  children  at  a 
play.  One  full  grown,  well-dressed  young 
man,  near  me,  kept  up  a  constant  cry  to  the 
men  in  the  ring,  when  I  am  sure  no  one  could 
distinguish  his  words,  and  no  one  cared  to, — 
until  I  became  so  irritated  that  I  could  have 
throttled  him. 

But,  such  you  are!  You  can  cry  and  howl 
at  bull-fights  and  cock-fights  and  in  the  pits 
of  operas  and  theatres,  and  drive  bulls  and 
horses  distracted,  and  urge  gallant  game-cocks 
to  the  death,  and  applaud  opera  singers  into 
patriotic  songs,  and  leave  them  to  imprison- 
ment and  fines, — and  you  yourselves,  cannot 
lift  a  finger,  or  join  hand  to  hand,  or  bring 
to  the  hazard  life,  fortune,  or  honor,  for  your 
liberty  and  your  dignity  as  men.  Work  your 
slaves,  torture  your  bulls,  fight  your  game- 
cocks, crown  your  dancers  and  singers, — and 
leave  the  weightier  matters  of  judgment  and 
justice,  of  fame  by  sea  and  land,  of  letters  and 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  205 

arts  and  sciences,  of  private  right  and  public 
honor,  the  present  and  future  of  your  race  and 
of  your  native  land,  to  the  care  of  others, — 
of  a  people  of  no  better  blood  than  your  own, 
strangers  and  sojourners  among  you! 

The  next  bull  is  treated  to  a  refinement  of 
torture,  in  the  form  of  darts  filled  with  heavy 
China  crackers,  which  explode  on  the  neck  of 
the  poor  beast.  I  could  not  see  that  even  this 
made  him  really  dangerous.  The  light  coin- 
plexioned,  green-and-silver  matador  dispatches 
him,  as  he  did  the  first  bull,  with  a  single  lunge, 
and — a  fall  and  a  quiver,  and  all  is  over ! 

The  fifth  bull  is  a  failure  and  is  allowed  to 
go  out  of  the  ring.  The  sixth  is  nearly  the 
same  with  the  others,  harmless  if  let  alone, 
and  goaded  into  short-lived  activity,  but  not 
into  anything  like  fury  or  even  a  dangerous 
animosity.  He  is  treated  to  fire-crackers,  and 
gores  one  horse  a  little, — the  horse  standing, 
side  on,  and  taking  it,  until  the  bull  is  driven 
off  by  the  punching  of  the  spear ;  and  runs  at 
the  other  horse,  and,  to  my  delight,  upsets  the 
rider,  but  unfortunately  without  hurting  him, 
and  the  black-haired  matador  in  green  tries  his 


206  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

hand  on  him  and  fails  again,  and  is  hooted, 
and  takes  to  throwing  darts,  and  gets  a  fall, 
and  looks  disconcerted,  and  gets  his  sword 
again,  and  makes  another  false  thrust;  and 
the  crippled  and  bleeding  animal  is  thrown 
down  and  dispatched  by  the  butcher  with  his 
short  knife,  and  drawn  off  by  the  three  poor 
horses.  The  gates  close,  and  I  hurry  out  of 
the  theatre,  in  a  din  of  shouts  and  drums 
and  trumpets,  the  great  crowd  waiting  for  the 
last  bull ; — but  I  have  seen  enough. 

There  is  no  volante  in  waiting,  and  I  have 
to  take  my  seat  in  an  omnibus,  and  wait  for 
the  end  of  the  scene.  The  confusion  of  cries 
and  shouts  and  the  interludes  of  music  still 
goes  on,  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  and  then  th*^. 
crowd  begins  to  pour  out,  and  to  scatter  over 
the  ground.  Four  faces  in  a  line  are  heading 
for  my  omnibus.  There  is  no  mistaking  that 
head  man,  the  file  leader.  "  Down  East " 
is  written  legibly  all  over  his  face.  Tall,  thin, 
sallow,  grave,  circumspect!  The  others  are 
not  counterparts.  They  vary.  But  "  New 
England "  is  graven  on  all. 

"  Wa-a-al !  "  says  the  leader,  as  he  gets  into 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  207 

the  omnibus.  No  reply.  They  take  their  seats, 
and  wipe  their  foreheads.  One  expectorates. 
Another  looks  too  wise  for  utterance.  '^  By," 
....  a  long  pause — How  will  he  end  it  ? — 
*' Jingoes!"  That  is  a  failure.  It  is  plain  he 
fell  short,  and  did  not  end  as  he  intended. 
The  sentiment  of  the  four  has  not  yet  got  ut- 
tered. The  fat,  flaxen -haired  man  makes  his 
attempt.  "  If  there  is  a  new-milch  cow  in  Ver- 
mont that  wouldn't  show  more  fight,  under 
such  usage,  than  them  bulls,  I'd  buy  her  and 
make  a  present  of  her  to  Governor  Cunchy^ — 
or  whatever  they  call  him." — This  is  practical 
and  direct,  and  opens  the  way  to  a  more  free 
interchange.  The  northern  ice  is  thawed. 
The  meanness  and  cruelty  of  the  exhibition 
is  commented  upon.  The  moral  view  is  not 
overlooked,  nor  underrated. — None  but  cow- 
ards would  be  so  cruel.  And  last  of  all,  it  is 
an  imposition.  Their  money  has  been  ob- 
tained under  false  pretences.  A  suit  would 
lie  to  recover  it  back ;  but  the  poor  devils  are 
welcome  to  the  money.  The  coach  fills  up 
with  Cubans ;  and  the  noise  of  the  pavements 
drowns  the  further  reflections  of  the  four 
philanthropists,  patriots  and  economists. 


208  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 


CHAPTER   XXL 

The  people  of  Cuba  have  a  mode  of  calling 
attention  by  a  sound  of  the  tongue  and  lips,  a 
sort  of  "  P — s — ^t ! "  after  the  fashion  of  some 
parts  of  the  continent  of  Europe.  It  is  uni- 
versal here  ;  and  is  used  not  only  to  servants 
and  children,  but  between  themselves,  and  to 
strangers.  It  has  a  mean  sound,  to  us.  They 
make  it  clear  and  penetrating ;  yet  it  seems  a 
poor,  effeminate  sibilation,  and  no  generous, 
open-mouthed  call.  It  is  the  mode  of  stop- 
ping a  volante,  calling  a  waiter,  attracting  the 
attention  of  a  friend,  or  calling  the  notice  of  a 
stranger.  I  have  no  doubt,  if  a  fire  were  to 
break  out  at  the  next  door,  a  Cuban  would 
call  "  P— s—t !  " 

They  beckon  a  person  to  come  to  them  by 
the  reverse  of  our  motion.  They  raise  the 
open  hand,  with  the  palm  outwards,  bending 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  209 

the  fingers  toward  the  person  they  are  calling. 
We  should  interpret  it  to  be  a  sign  to  go 
away. 

Smoking  is  universal,  and  all  but  constant. 
I  have  amused  myself,  in  the  street,  by  seeing 
what  proportion  of  those  I  meet  have  cigars  or 
cigarettos  in  their  mouths.  Sometimes  it  has 
been  one  half,  sometimes  one  in  three.  The 
cigar  is  a  great  leveller.  Any  man  may  stop 
another  for  a  light.  I  have  seen  the  poor  por- 
ters, on  the  wharf,  bow  to  gentlemen,  stran- 
gers to  them,  and  hold  out  a  cigar,  and  the 
gentlemen  stop,  give  a  light,  and  go  on, — all 
as  of  course. 

In  the  evening,  called  on  the  Sefioritas 
F ,  at  the  house  of  Mr.  B ,  and  on  the 


American  young  lady  at  Senor  M 's,  and 

on  Mrs.  Howe,  at  Mde.  Almy's,  to  offer  to  take 
letters  or  packets. 

At  Mrs.  Almy's,  there  is  a  gentleman  from 
New  York,  Mr.  G ,  who  is  dying  of  con- 
sumption. His  only  wish  is  to  live  until  the 
Cahawba  comes  in,  that  he  may  at  least  die  at 
sea,  if  he  cannot  survive  until  she  reaches  New 
York.     He  has  a  horror  of  dying  here,  and  be- 


210  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

ing  buried  in  the   Potter's  Field. — Dr.  Howe 
has  just  come  from  his  chamber. 

I  drove  out  to  the  bishop's,  to  pay  my  part- 
ing respects.  It  is  about  half-past  eight  in  the 
evening.  He  has  just  returned  from  his  even- 
.  ing  drive,  is  dressed  in  a  cool,  cambric  dressing- 
gov^n,  after  a  bath,  and  is  taking  a  quiet  cigar, 
in  his  high-roofed  parlor.  He  is  very  cordial 
and  polite,  and  talks  again  about  the  Thirty 
Millions  Bill,  and  asks  what  I  think  of  the 
result,  and  what  I  have  seen  of  the  island, 
and  my  opinion  of  the  religious  and  charitable 
institutions.  I  praise  the  Belen  and  the  Sis- 
ters of  Charity,  and  condemn  the  prison,  and 
he  appears  to  agree  with  me.  He  appreciates 
the  learning  and  zeal  of  the  Brothers  of  Belen ; 
speaks  in  the  highest  terms  of  the  devotedness 
of  the  Sisters  of  Charity;  and  admits  the 
great  faults  of  the  prison,  but  says  it  was 
built  recently,  at  an  enormous  outlay,  and  he 
supposes  the  government  is  reluctant  to  be  at 
the  expense  of  abandoning  it  and  building 
another.  He  charges  me  with  messages  of 
remembrance  and  respect  to  acquaintances  we 
have  in   common.     As    I   take   my  leave,  he 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  211 

goes  with  me  to  the  outer  gate,  which  is  kept 
locked,  and  again  takes  leave,  for  two  leave- 
takings  are  the  custom  of  the  country,  and 
returns  to  the  solitude  of  his  house. 

Yesterday  I  drove  out  to  the  Cerro,  to  see 
the  Coolie  jail,  or  market,  where  the  imported 
Coolies  are  kept  for  sale.  It  is  a  well-known 
place,  and  open  to  all  visitors.  The  building 
has  a  fair-looking  front;  and  through  this  I 
enter,  by  two  porters,  into  an  open  yard  in 
the  rear,  where,  on  the  gravel  ground,  are 
squatting  a  double  line  of  Coolies,  with  heads 
shaved,  except  a  tuft  on  the  crown,  dressed  in 
loose  Chinese  garments  of  blue  and  yellow. 
The  dealer,  who  is  a  calm,  shrewd,  heartless 
looking  man,  speaking  English  as  well  as  if 
it  were  his  native  tongue,  comes  out  with  me, 
calls  to  the  Coolies,  and  they  all  stand  up  in 
a  double  line,  facing  inward,  and  we  pass 
through  them,  preceded  by  a  driver  armed 
with  the  usual  badge  of  the  plantation  driver, 
the  short,  limber  whip.  The  dealer  does  not 
hesitate  to  tell  me  the  terms  on  which  the 
contracts  are  made,  as  the  trade  is  not  illegal. 
His   account   is  this — The   importer   receives 


212  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

$340  for  each  Coolie,  and  the  purchaser 
agrees  to  pay  the  Coolie  four  dollars  per 
month,  and  to  give  him  food,  and  two  suits 
of  clothes  a  year.  For  this,  he  has  his  ser- 
vices for  eight  years.  The  contract  is  reduced 
to  writing  before  a  magistrate,  and  two  orig- 
inals are  made,  one  kept  by  the  Coolie  and 
one  by  the  purchaser,  and  each  in  Chinese 
and  Spanish. 

This  was  a  strange  and  striking  exhibition 
of  power.  Two  or  three  white  men,  bringing 
hundreds  of  Chinese  thousands  of  miles,  to  a 
new  climate  and  people,  holding  them  prison- 
ers, selling  their  services  to  masters  having  an 
unknown  tongue  and  an  unknown  religion,  to 
work  at  unknown  trades,  for  inscrutable  pur- 
poses! 

The  Coolies  did  not  look  unhealthy,  though 
some  had  complaints  of  the  eyes;  yet  they 
looked,  or  I  fancied  they  looked, — some  of 
them,  unhappy,  and  some  of  them  stolid. 
One  I  am  sure  had  the  leprosy ;  although  the 
dealer  would  not  admit  it.  The  dealer  did 
not  deny  their  tendency  to  suicide,  and  the 
danger   of  attempting   to  chastise   them,    but 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  218 

alleged  their  great  superiority  to  the  negro  in 
intelligence,  and  contended  that  their  condi- 
tion was  good,  and  better  than  in  China,  hav- 
ing four  dollars  a  month,  and  being  free  at  the 
end  of  eight  years.  He  said,  which  I  found 
to  be  true,  that  after  being  separated  and 
employed  in  work,  they  let  their  hair  grow, 
and  adopt  the  habits  and  dress  of  the  coun- 
try. The  newly  arrived  Coolies  wear  tufts, 
and  blue-and-yellow,  loose,  Chinese  clothes. 
Those  who  have  been  here  long  are  distin- 
guishable from  the  whites  only  by  the  pecu- 
liar tinge  of  the  cheek,  and  the  form  of  the 
eye. 

The  only  respect  in  which  his  account  dif- 
fered from  what  I  heard  elsewhere,  was  in  the 
amount  the  importer  receives,  which  has  al- 
ways been  stated  to  me  at  $400. 

While  I  am  talking  with  him,  a  gentle- 
man comes  and  passes  down  the  line.  He  is 
probably  a  purchaser,  I  judge;  and  I  leave  my 
informant  to  follow  what  is  more  for  his  inter- 
est than  talking  with  me. 

The  importation  has  not  yet  existed  eight 
years.     So  the  question,  what  will  become  of 


214  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 

these  men,  exotics,  without  women  or  children, 
taking  no  root  in  the  land,  has  not  come  to  a 
solution.  The  constant  question  is — ^will  they 
remain  and  mix  with  the  other  races?  Will 
they  be  permitted  to  remain?  Will  they  be 
able  to  go  back  ? 

So  far  as  I  can  learn,  there  is  no  law  in 
China  regulating  the  contracts  and  shipment 
of  Chinese  Coolies,  and  none  in  Cuba  regulat- 
ing their  transportation,  landing,  or  treatment 
while  here.  The  trade  has  grown  up  and  been 
permitted  and  recognized,  but  not  regulated. 
It  is  yet  to  be  determined  how  far  the  contract 
is  enforceable  against  either  party.  Those 
Coolies  that  are  taken  from  the  British  East 
Indies  to  British  islands,  are  taken  under 
contracts,  with  regulations,  as  to  their  expor- 
tation and  return,  understood  and  enforced. 
Not  so  the  Chinese  Coolies.  Their  importers 
are  lege  soluti.  Some  say  the  government  will 
insist  on  their  being  returned.  But  the  pre- 
vailing impression  is  that  they  will  be  brought 
in  debt,  and  bound  over  again  for  their  debts, 
or  in  some  other  way  secured  to  a  life-long 
servitude. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  215 

Mr.  ,   a   very   wealthy   and   intelligent 

planter,  tells  me  he  is  to  go  over  to  Regla,  to- 
morrow morning,  to  see  a  lot  of  slaves  offered 
for  sale  to  him,  and  asks  me  if  I  have  ever 
seen  a  sale  of  slaves.  I  never  have  seen  that 
sight,  and  accept  his  invitation.  We  are  to 
leave  here  at  half-past  six,  or  seven,  at  the 
latest.  All  work  is  early  here ;  I  believe  I 
have  mentioned  that  the  hour  of  'Change  for 
merchants  is  7.30  a.  m. 


216  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 


CHAPTER  XXIL 

Tuesday,  March  1. — Rise  early,  and  walk 
to  the  sea-baths,  and  take  a  delightful  float 
and  swim.  And  refreshing  it  is,  after  a  fever- 
ish night  in  my  hot  room,  where  I  did  not 
sleep  an  hour  all  night,  but  heard  every  quar- 
ter-hour struck,  and  the  boatswain's  whistle 
of  the  watchmen  and  their  full  cry  of  the  hour 
and  the  weather,  at  every  clock-strike.  From 
the  bath,  I  look  out  over  the  wall,  far  to  the 
northeast,  in  the  hope  of  catching  a  glimpse  of 
the  Cahawba's  smoke.  This  is  the  day  of  her 
expected  arrival.  My  New  York  friends  and 
myself  feel  that  we  have  seen  Havana  to  our 
satisfaction,  and  the  heat  is  becoming  intense. 
We  are  beginning  to  receive  advice  against 
eating  fruit  after  cafe  au  lait,  or  bananas  with 
wine,  and  in  favor  of  high  crowned  hats  at 
noon  to  prevent  congestion  from  heat,  and  to 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  217 

avoid  fogs  in  the  morning.  But  there  is  no 
Cahawba  in  sight,  and  I  hear  only  the  bray  of 
trumpets  and  roll  of  drums  from  the  Morro  and 
Cabana  and  Panta,  and  the  clanking  march 
of  the  chain-gang  down  the  Paseo,  and  the 
march  of  the  guard  to  trumpet  and  drum. 

Mr. is  punctual  at  seven,  his  son  with 

him,  and  a  man  in  a  suit  of  white  linen,  who 

is   the   broker   employed  by   Mr.  .       We 

take  a  ferry-boat  and  cross  to  the  Regla ;  and 
a  few  minutes'  walk  brings  us  to  a  small  nail 
factory,  where  all  the  workmen  are  Coolies. 
In  the  back  yard  of  this  factory  is  a  line 
of  low  buildings,  from  which  the  slaves  are 
brought  out,  to  be  shown.  "We  had  taken  up, 
at  the  ferry-boat,  a  small,  thin,  sharp-faced 
man,  who  was  the  dealer.  The  slaves  are 
formed  in  a  semicircle,  by  the  dealer  and 
broker.  The  broker  pushed  and  pulled  them 
about  in  a  coarse,  careless  manner,  worse  than 
the  manner  of  the  dealer.     I  am  glad  he  is  not 

to  be  their  master.     Mr. spoke  kindly  to 

them.  They  were  fully  dressed ;  and  no  exa- 
mination was  made  except  by  the  eye  ;  and  no 

exhibitions  of  strength  or  agility  were  required, 
10 


218  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

and  none  of  those  offensive  examinations  of 
which  we  read  so  much.  What  examination 
had  been  made  or  was  to  be  made  by  the 
broker,  out  of  my  presence,  I  do  not  know. 
The  "lot"  consisted  of  about  fifty,  of  both 
sexes  and  of  all  ages;  some  being  old,  and 
some  very  young.     They  were  not  a  valuable 

lot,  and  Mr. refused  to  purchase  them  all. 

The  dealer  offered  to  separate  them.     Mr. 

selected  about  half  of  them,  and  they  were  set 
apart.  I  watched  the  countenances  of  all, — the 
taken  and  the  left.  It  was  hard  to  decipher 
the  character  of  their  emotions.  A  kind  of 
fixed  hopelessness  marked  the  faces  of  some, 
listlessness  that  of  others,  and  others  seemed 
anxious  or  disappointed,  but  whether  because 
taken  or  rejected,  it  was  hard  to  say.  When 
the  separation  was  made,  and  they  knew  its 
purpose,  still  no  complaint  was  made  and  no 
suggestion  ventured  by  the  slaves  that  a  tie 
of  nature  or  affection  was  broken.  I  asked 
Mr.  if  some  of  them  might  not  be  re- 
lated. He  said  he  should  attend  to  that,  as 
he  never  separated  families.  He  spoke  to 
each  of  those  he  had  chosen,  separately,  and 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  219 

asked  if  they  had  parent  or  child,  husband  or 
wife,  or  brother  or  sister  among  those  who  were 
rejected.      A  few  pointed  out  their  relations, 

and  Mr. took  them  into  his  lot.     One  was 

an  aged  mother,  one  a  wife,  and  another  a 
little  daughter.  I  am  satisfied  that  no  separa- 
tions were  made  in  this  case,  and  equally  sat- 
isfied that  neither  the  dealer  nor  the  broker 
would  have  asked  the  question. 

I  asked  Mr. on  what  principle  he  made 

his  selection,  as  he  did  not  seem  to  me  always 
to  take  the  strongest.  "  On  the  principle  of 
race,"  said  he.  He  told  me  that  these  negroes 
were  probably  natives  of  Africa,  (bozales,)  ex- 
cept the  youngest,  and  that  the  signs  of  the 
races  were  known  to  all  planters.  A  certain 
race  he  named  as  having  always  more  intelli- 
gence and  ambition  than  any  other;  as  more 
difficult  to  manage,  but  far  superior  when  well 
managed.  AU  of  this  race  in  the  company,  he 
took  at  once,  whatever  their  age  or  strength. 
I  think  the  preferred  tribe  was  the  Lucumi, 
but  am  not  certain. 

From  this  place,  I  made  a  short  visit  to  the 
Almacen  de  azucar,  in  the  Regla,  the    great 


220  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

storehouses  of  sugar.  These  are  a  range  of 
one-story,  stone  warehouses,  so  large  that  a 
great  part  of  the  sugar  crop  of  the  island,  as  I 
am  told,  could  be  stored  in  them.  Here  the 
vessels  go  to  load,  and  the  merchants  store 
their  sugar  here,  as  wine  is  stored  in  the  Lon- 
don docks. 

The  Cubans  are  careful  of  the  diet  of  for- 
eigners, even  in  winter.     I  bought  a  couple  of 

oranges,  and  young  Mr. bought  a  sapote, 

a  kind  of  sweet-sour  apple,  when  the  broker 
said  "  Take  care !  Did  you  not  have  milk 
with  your  coffee  ?  "  I  inquired,  and  they  told 
me  it  was  not  well  to  eat  fresh  fruit  soon  after 
taking  milk,  or  to  take  bananas  with  Avine, 
or  to  drink  spirits.  "But  is  this  in  winter, 
also  ?  "  "  Yes ;  and  it  is  already  very  hot,  and 
there  is  danger  of  fever  among  strangers." 

Went  to  La  Dominica,  the  great  restaur- 
ant and  depot  of  preserves  and  sweetmeats  for 
Havana,  and  made  out  my  order  for  preserves 
to  take  home  with  me.  After  consultation, 
I  am  advised  to  make  up  my  list  as  follows  : 
guava  of  Peru,  limes,  mammey  apples,  sour- 
sop,  cocoa-nut,  oranges,  guava  jelly,  guava 
marmalade,  and  almonds. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  221 

The  ladies  tell  me  there  is  a  kind  of  fine 
linen  sold  here,  called  bolan,  which  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  obtain  in  the  United  States,  and  which 
would  be  very  proper  to  take  home  for  a  pres- 
ent. On  this  advice,  I  bought  a  quantity  of  it, 
of  blue  and  white,  at  La  Diana,  a  shop  on  the 
corner  of  Calle  de  Obispo  and  San  Ignacio. 

Breakfasted  with  a  wealthy  and  intelligent 
gentleman,  a  large  planter,  who  is  a  native  of 
Cuba,  but  of  European  descent.  A  very  nice 
breakfast,  of  Spanish  mixed  dishes,  rice  cooked 
to  perfection,  fruits,  claret,  and  the  only  cup 
of  good  black  tea  I  have  tasted  in  Cuba.  At 
Le  Grand's,  we  have  no  tea  but  the  green. 

At  breakfast,  we  talked  freely  on  the  subject 
of  the  condition  and  prospects  of  Cuba;  and 
I  obtained  from  my  host  his  views  of  the  eco- 
nomical and  industrial  situation  of  the  island. 
He  was  confident  that  the  number  of  slaves 
does  not  exceed  500,000,  to  200,000  free 
blacks,  and  600,000  or  700,000  whites.  His 
argument  led  him  to  put  the  number  of  slaves 
as  low  as  he  could,  yet  he  estimated  it  far 
above  that  of  the  census  of  1857,  which  makes 
it  375,000.      But  no  one  regards  the  census 


222  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

of  slaves  as  correct.  There  is  a  tax  on  slaves, 
and  the  government  has  little  chance  of  get- 
ting them  stated  at  the  full  number.  One 
planter  said  to  a  friend  of  mine  a  year  or 
two  ago,  that  his  two  hundred  slaves  were 
returned  as  one  hundred.  I  find  the  best 
opinions  put  the  slaves  at  650,000,  the  free 
blacks  at  200,000,  and  the  whites  at  700,000. 

Havana  is  flooded  with  lottery-ticket  vend- 
ers. They  infest  every  eating-house  and  pub- 
lic way,  and  vex  you  at  dinner,  in  your  walks 
and  rides.  They  sell  for  one  grand  lottery, 
established  and  guarantied  by  the  government, 
always  in  operation,  and  yielding  to  the  State 
a  net  revenue  of  nearly  two  millions  a  year. 
The  Cubans  are  infatuated  with  this  lottery. 
All  classes  seem  to  embark  in  it.  Its  effect 
is  especially  bad  on  the  slaves,  who  invest  in 
it  all  they  can  earn,  beg,  or  steal,  allured  by 
the  glorious  vision  of  possibly  purchasing  their 
freedom,  and  elevating  themselves  into  the 
class  of  proprietors. 

Some  gentlemen  at  Le  Grand's  have  been 
to  a  cock-fight.  I  shall  be  obliged  to  leave 
the  island  without  seeing  this  national  sport, 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  223 

for  which  every  town,  and  every  village  has 
a  pit,  a  Valle  de  Gallos.  They  tell  me  it  was 
a  very  exciting  scene  among  the  spectators. 
Negroes,  free  and  slave,  low  whites,  Coolies, 
and  men  of  high  condition,  were  all  fran- 
tically betting.  Most  of  the  bets  were  made 
by  holding  up  the  fingers  and  by  other  signs, 
between  boxes  and  galleries.  They  say  I 
should  hardly  credit  the  large  sums  which  the 
most  ordinary  looking  men  staked  and  paid. 

I  am  surprised  to  find  what  an  impression 
the  Lopez  expedition  made  in  Cuba, — a  far 
greater  impression  than  is  commonly  supposed 
in  the  United  States.  The  fears  of  the  govern- 
ment and  hopes  of  sympathizers  exaggerated 
the  force,  and  the  whole  military  power  of  the 
government  was  stirred  against  them.  Their 
little  force  of  a  few  hundred  broken-down  men 
and  lads,  deceived  and  deserted,  fought  a 
body  of  eight  times  their  number,  and  kept 
them  at  bay,  causing  great  slaughter.  The 
railroad  trains  brought  the  wounded  into  Ha- 
vana, car  after  car ;  rumors  of  defeat  filled  the 
city ;  artillery  was  sent  out ;  and  the  actual  loss 
of  the  Spaniards,  in  killed  and  wounded,  was 


224  TO   CUBA   AND   BACKu 

surprisingly  large.  On  the  front  wall  of  the 
Cabana,  plainly  seen  from  the  deck  of  every 
vessel  that  leaves  or  enters  the  port,  is  a  monu- 
ment to  the  honor  of  those  who  fell  in  the 
battle  with  the  Filibusteros.  The  spot  where 
Lopez  was  garroted,  in  front  of  the  Punta,  is 
pointed  out,  as  well  as  the  slope  of  the  hill 
from  the  castle  of  Atares,  where  his  surviving 
followers  were  shot. 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  225 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 

To  an  American,  from  the  free  States,  Cuba 
presents  an  object  of  singular  interest.  His 
mind  is  occupied  and  almost  oppressed  by  the 
thought  of  the  strange  problems  that  are  in 
process  of  solution  around  him.  He  is  con- 
stantly a  critic,  and  a  philosophizer,  if  not 
a  philosopher.  A  despotic  civil  government, 
compulsory  religious  uniformity,  and  slavery, 
are  in  full  possession  of  the  field.  He  is  al- 
ways seeking  information  as  to  causes,  pro- 
cesses and  effects,  and  almost  as  constantly 
baffled.  There  are  three  classes  of  persons  in 
Cuba,  from  whom  he  receives  contradictory 
and  irreconcilable  statements  :  the  Cubans,  the 
Spaniards,  and  foreigners  of  other  nations.  By 
Cubans,  I  mean  the  CrioUos  (Creoles),  or  na- 
tives of  Cuba.  By  Spaniards,  I  mean  the 
Peninsulares,  or  natives  of  Old  Spain.     In  the 

10* 


226  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

third  class,  are  comprised  the  Americans,  Eng- 
lish, French,  Germans,  and  all  other  foreigners, 
except  Spaniards,  who  are  residents  on  the 
island,  but  not  natives.  This  last  class  is 
large,  possesses  a  great  deal  of  wealth,  and 
includes  a  great  number  of  merchants,  bank- 
ers and  other  traders. 

The  Spaniards,  or  Peninsulares,  constitute 
the  army  and  navy,  the  officers  of  the  govern- 
ment in  all  departments,  judicial,  educational, 
fiscal  and  postal,  the  revenue  and  the  police, 
the  upper  clergy,  and  a  large  and  wealthy  class 
of  merchants,  bankers,  shopkeepers,  and  me- 
chanics. The  higher  military  and  civil  oflScers 
are  from  all  parts  of  Spain ;  but  the  Catalans 
furnish  the  great  body  of  the  mechanics  and 
small  traders.  The  Spaniards  may  be  counted 
on  as  opponents  of  the  independence  of  Cuba, 
and  especially  of  her  annexation  to  the  United 
States.  In  their  political  opinions,  they  vary. 
Some  belong  to  the  fiberal,  or  Progresista 
party,  and  others  are  advocates  of,  or  at  least 
apologists  for,  the  present  order  of  things. 
Their  force  and  influence  is  increased  by  the 
fact  that  the  government  encourages  its  mili- 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  227 

tary  and  civil  officers,  at  the  expiration  of  their 
terms  of  service,  to  remain  in  the  island,  still 
holding  some  nominal  office,  or  on  the  pay  of 
a  retired  list. 

The  foreign  residents,  not  Spaniards,  are 
chiefly  engaged  in  commerce,  banking,  or 
trade,  or  are  in  scientific  or  mechanic  em- 
ployments. These  do  not  intend  to  become 
citizens  of  Cuba.  They  strike  no  root  into 
the  soil,  but  feel  that  they  are  only  sojourners, 
for  purposes  of  their  own.  Of  all  classes  of 
persons,  I  know  of  none  whose  situation  is 
more  unfavorable  to  the  growth  and  develop- 
ment of  sentiments  of  patriotism  and  philan- 
thropy, and  of  interest  in  the  future  of  a  race, 
than  foreigners,  temporarily  resident,  for  pur- 
poses of  money-making  only,  in  a  country  with 
which  they  have  nothing  in  common,  in  the  fu- 
ture or  the  past.  This  class  is  often  called  im- 
partial. I  do  not  agree  to  that  use  of  the  term. 
They  are,  indeed,  free  from  the  bias  of  feefing 
or  sentiment ;  and  from  the  bias  generated  by 
the  combined  action  of  men  thinking  and  feel- 
ing alike,  which  we  call  political  party.  But 
they  are  subject  to  the  attractions  of  interest ; 


228  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

and  interest  will  magnetize  the  mind  as  ef- 
fectually as  feeling.  Planted  in  a  soil  where 
the  more  tender  and  delicate  fibres  can  take 
no  hold,  they  stand  by  the  strong  tap-root  of 
interest.  It  is  for  their  immediate  advantage 
to  preserve  peace  and  the  existing  order  of 
things ;  and  even  if  it  may  be  fairly  argued 
that  their  ultimate  interests  would  be  bene- 
fited by  a  change,  yet  the  process  is  hazard- 
ous, and  the  result  not  sure ;  and,  at  most, 
they  would  do  no  more  than  take  advantage 
of  the  change,  if  it  occurred.  I  should  say,  as 
a  general  thing,  that  this  class  is  content  with 
the  present  order  of  things.  The  island  is 
rich,  production  is  large,  commerce  flourishes, 
life  and  property  are  well  protected,  and  if  a 
man  does  not  concern  himself  with  political  or 
religious  questions,  he  has  nothing  to  fear.  Of 
the  Americans  in  this  class,  many,  doubtless, 
may  be  favorably  inclined  toward  annexation, 
but  they  are  careful  talkers,  if  they  are  so  ;  and 
the  foreigners,  not  Americans,  are  of  course 
earnestly  opposed  to  it,  and  the  pendency  of 
the  question  tends  to  draw  them  towards  the 
present  government. 


A    VACATION    VOYAGl-].  229 

It  remains  only  to  speak  of  the  Cubans. 
They  are  commonly  styled  Creoles.  But  as 
that  word  includes  natives  of  all  Spanish 
America,  it  is  not  quite  definite.  Of  the  Cu- 
bans ;  a  few  are  advocates  of  the  present 
government, — but  very  few.  The  far  greater 
part  are  disaffected.  They  desire  something 
approximating  to  self-government.  If  that  can 
be  had  firom  Spain,  they  would  prefer  it.  If 
not,  there  is  nothing  for  them  but  indepen- 
dence, or  annexation  to  some  other  power. 
Not  one  of  them  thinks  of  independence ;  and 
if  it  be  annexation,  I  believe  their  present  im- 
pulse is  toward  the  United  States.  Yet  on 
this  point,  among  even  the  most  disaffected 
of  the  Cubans,  there  is  a  difference  of  opinion. 
Many  of  them  are  sincere  emancipationists, 
and  fear  that  if  they  come  in  at  the  southern 
end  of  our  Union,  that  question  is  closed  for- 
ever. Others  fear  that  the  Anglo-Saxon  race 
would  swallow  up  the  power  and  property  of 
the  island,  as  they  have  in  done  California 
and  Texas,  and  that  the  Creoles  would  go  to 
the  wall. 

It  has   been    my  fortune  to  see  persons  of 


230  TO   CUBA   AND    BACK. 

influence  and  intelligence  from  each  of  these 
chief  divisions,  and  from  the  subdivisions,  and 
to  talk  with  them  freely.  From  the  sum  of 
their  conflicting  opinions  and  conflicting  state- 
ments, I  have  endeavored  to  settle  upon  some 
things  as  certain ;  and,  as  to  other  things,  to 
ascertain  how  far  the  debatable  ground  ex- 
tends, and  the  principles  which  govern  the 
debate.  From  all  these  sources,  and  from  my 
own  observations,  I  will  endeavor  to  set  down 
what  I  think  to  be  the  present  state  of  Cuba, 
in  its  various  interesting  features,  trusting  to 
do  it  as  becomes  one  whose  acquaintance  with 
the  island  has  been  so  recent  and  so  short. 

POLITICAL    CONDITION. 

When  the  liberal  constitutions  were  in  force 
in  Spain,  in  the  early  part  of  this  century,  the 
benefits  of  them  extended  to  Cuba.  Some- 
thing like  a  provincial  legislature  was  estab- 
lished ;  juntas,  or  advisory  boards  and  com- 
mittees, discussed  public  questions,  and  made 
recommendations;  a  militia  was  organized.; 
the  right  to  bear  arms  was  recognized;  tribu- 
nals, with  something  of  the  nature  of  juries. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  231 

passed  upon  certain  questions ;  the  press  was 
free,  and  Cuba  sent  delegates  to  the  Spanish 
Cortes.  This  state  of  things  continued,  with 
but  few  interruptions  or  variations,  to  1825. 
Then  was  issued  the  celebrated  Royal  Order 
of  May  29,  1825,  under  which  Cuba  has  been 
governed  to  the  present  hour.  This  Royal  Or- 
der is  the  only  constitution  of  Cuba.  It  was 
probably  intended  merely  as  a  temporary  order 
to  the  then  Captain- General ;  but  it  has  been 
found  convenient  to  adhere  to  it.  It  clothes 
the  Captain- General  with  the  fullest  powers, 
the  tests   and  limit  of  which  are  as  follows: 

" fully  investing  you  with    the  whole 

extent  of  power  which,  by  the  royal  ordinances, 
is  granted  to  the  governors  of  besieged  towns. 
In  consequence  thereof.  His  Majesty  most  am- 
ply and  unrestrictedly  authorizes  your  Excel- 
lency not  only  to  remove  from  the  island  such 
persons,  holding  offices  from  government  or 
not,  whatever  their  occupation,  rank,  class,  or 
situation  in  life  may  be,  whose  residence  there 
you  may  believe  prejudicial,  or  whose  public 
or  private  conduct  may  appear  suspicious  to 
you " 


232  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

So  that,  since  1825,  Cuba  has  been  not  only 
under  martial  law,  but  in  a  state  of  siege. 

As  to  the  more  or  less  of  justice  or  injustice, 
of  honesty  or  peculation,  of  fidelity  or  corrup- 
tion, of  liberality  or  severity,  with  which  these 
powers  may  have  been  exercised,  a  residence 
of  a  few  days,  the  reading  of  a  few  books, 
and  conversations  with  a  few  men,  though  on 
both  sides,  give  me  no  right  to  pronounce. 
Of  the  probabilities,  all  can  judge ;  especially 
when  we  remember  that  these  powers  are 
wielded  by  natives  of  one  country  over  natives 
of  another  country. 

Into  the  details  and  anecdotes,  and  the  con- 
troversies respecting  motives,  I  do  not  enter. 
Certain  things  we  know.  Since  1825,  there 
has  been  no  legislative  assembly  in  Cuba, 
either  provincial  or  municipal.  The  municipal 
corporations  ( ayuntamientos )  were  formerly 
hereditary,  the  dignity  was  purchasable,  and 
no  doubt  the  bodies  were  corrupt.  But  they 
exercised  some  control,  at  least  in  the  levying 
and  expending  of  taxes ;  and,  being  hereditary, 
were  somewhat  independent,  and  might  have 
served,  like  those  of  Europe  in  the  middle  ages, 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  233 

as  nuclei  of  popular  liberties  These  have  lost 
the  few  powers  they  possessed,  and  the  mem- 
bers are  now  mere  appointees  of  the  Captain- 
General.  Since  1836,  Cuba  has  been  deprived 
of  its  right  to  a  delegation  in  the  Cortes. 
Since  1825,  vestiges  of  anything  approaching 
to  popular  assemblies,  juntas,  a  jury,  inde- 
pendent tribunals,  a  right  of  voting,  or  a  right 
to  bear  arms,  have  vanished  from  the  island. 
The  press  is  under  censorship ;  and  so  are  the 
theatres  and  operas.  When  "  I  Puritani "  is 
played,  the  singers  are  required  to  substitute 
Lealta  for  Liberta,  and  one  singer  was  fined 
and  imprisoned  for  recusancy ;  and  Facciolo, 
the  printer  of  a  secretly  circulated  newspaper, 
advocating  the  cause  of  Cuban  independence, 
was  garroted.  The  power  of  banishing,  with- 
out a  charge  made,  or  a  trial,  or  even  a  record, 
but  on  the  mere  will  of  the  Captain- General, 
persons  whose  presence  he  thinks,  or  professes 
to  think,  prejudicial  to  the  government,  what- 
ever their  condition,  rank,  or  office,  has  been 
frequently  exercised,  and  hangs  at  all  hours 
over  the  head  of  every  Cuban.  Besides,  that 
terrible  power  which  is  restrained  only  by  the 


234  TO    CUBA    AND    BACK. 

analogy  of  a  state  of  siege,  may  be  at  any 
time  called  into  action.  Cubans  may  be, 
and  I  suppose  usually  are,  regularly  charged 
and  tried  before  judges,  on  political  accusa- 
tions ;  but  this  is  not  their  right ;  and  the 
judges  themselves,  even  of  the  highest  court, 
the  Real  Audiencia,  may  be  deposed  and  ban- 
ished, at  the  will  of  the  military  chief. 

According  to  the  strictness  of  the  written 
law,  no  native  Cuban  can  hold  any  office  of 
honor,  trust,  or  emolument  in  Cuba.  The 
army  and  navy  are  composed  of  Spaniards, 
even  to  the  soldiers  in  the  ranks,  and  to  the 
sailors  at  the  guns.  It  is  said  by  the  support- 
ers of  the  government  that  this  order  is  not  ad- 
hered to ;  and  they  point  to  a  capitan-general, 
an  intendente,  and  a  chief  of  the  customs,  who 
were  Cubans.  Still,  such  is  the  written  law ; 
and  if  a  few  Cubans  are  put  into  office  against 
the  law,  those  who  are  so  favored  are  likely  to 
be  the  most  servile  of  officers,  and  the  situation 
of  the  rest  is  only  the  more  degraded.  Not- 
withstanding the  exceptions,  it  may  be  said 
with  substantial  truth,  that  an  independent 
Cuban  has  open  to  him  no  career,  civil  or  mili- 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  235 

tary.  There  is  a  force  of  volunteers,  to  which 
some  Cubans  are  admitted,  but  they  hold  their 
places  at  the  will  of  the  government ;  and  none 
are  allowed  to  join  or  remain  with  them  unless 
they  are  acceptable  to  the  government. 

There  are  vexatious  and  mortifying  regula- 
tions, too  numerous  and  minute  to  be  complied 
with  or  even  remembered,  and  which  put  the 
people  in  danger  of  fines  or  extortion  at  every 
turn.  Take,  for  instance,  the  regulation  that 
no  man  shall  entertain  a  stranger  over  night  at 
his  house,  without  previous  notice  to  the  mag- 
istrate. As  to  the  absolute  prohibition  of  con- 
cealed weapons,  and  of  all  weapons  but  the 
regulation  sword  and  pistols, — ^it  was  no  doubt 
introduced  and  enforced  by  Tacon  as  a  means 
of  suppressing  assassinations,  broils  and  open 
violence ;  and  it  has  made  life  safer  in  Havana 
than  it  is  in  New  York ;  yet  it  cannot  be  de- 
nied that  it  created  a  serious  disability.  In 
fine,  what  is  the  Spanish  government  in  Cuba, 
but  an  armed  monarchy,  encamped  in  the 
midst  of  a  disarmed  and  disfranchised  people  ? 

The  taxes  paid  by  the  Cubans  on  their  prop- 
erty, and  the  duties  levied  on  their  commerce, 


236  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

are  enormous,  making  a  net  income  of  not  less 
than  $16,000,000  a  year.  Cuba  pays  all  the 
expenses  of  its  own  government,  the  salaries 
of  all  officers,  the  entire  cost  of  the  army  and 
navy  quartered  upon  it,  the  maintenance  of 
the  Roman  Catholic  religion,  and  of  all  the 
charitable  and  benevolent  institutions,  and 
sends  an  annual  remittance  to  Spain.* 

The  number  of  Spanish  men-of-war  sta- 
tioned on  the  coast,  varies  from  twenty-five 
to  thirty.  Of  the  number  of  soldiers  of  the 
regular  army  in  Cuba,  it  is  difficult  to  form  an 
opinion.  The  official  journal  puts  them  at 
30,000.  The  lowest  estimate  I  heard,  was 
25,000  ;  and  the  highest  was  40,000.  Judging 
from  the  number  of  sick  I  saw  at  the  Hospital 
Militar,  I  should  not  be  surprised  if  the  larger 
estimate  was  nearer  the  truth. 

Education  is  substantially  in  the  hands  of 
the  government.  As  an  instance  of  their  strict- 
ness, no  man  can  take  a  degree  at  the  Univer- 
sity, unless  he  makes   oath  that  he  does  not 

*  Since  my  return,  it  has  been  officially  announced  that 
a  commission  is  to  be  appointed  to  revise  and  reduce  the 
tariffs  of  duties. 


A   VACATION  VOYAGE.  237 

belong  to,  has  never  belonged  to,  and  will  not 
belong  to,  any  society  not  known  to  and  per- 
mitted by  the  government. 

But  details  are  of  little  importance.  The 
actual  administration  may  be  a  little  more  or 
less  rigid  or  lax.  In  its  legal  character,  the 
government  is  an  unmixed  despotism  of  one 
nation  over  another. 

Religion. 
No  religion  is  tolerated  but  the  Roman 
Catholic.  Formerly  the  church  was  wealthy, 
authoritative  and  independent,  and  checked 
the  civil  and  military  power  by  an  ecclesias- 
tical power  wielded  also  by  the  dominant  na- 
tion. But  the  property  of  the  church  has  been 
sequestrated  and  confiscated,  and  the  govern- 
ment now  owns  all  the  property  once  ecclesi- 
astical, including  the  church  edifices,  and  ap- 
points all  the  clergy,  from  the  bishop  to  the 
humblest  country  curate.  All  are  salaried  offi- 
cers. And  so  powerless  is  the  church,  that, 
however  scandalous  may  be  the  life  of  a  parish 
priest,  the  bishop  cannot  remove  him.  He  can 
only  institute  proceedings  against  him  before 


238  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

a  tribunal  over  which  the  government  has 
large  control,  with  a  certainty  of  long  delays, 
and  entire  uncertainty  as  to  the  result.  The 
bishopric  of  Havana  was  formerly  one  of  the 
wealthiest  sees  in  Christendom.  Now  the  sal- 
ary is  hardly  sufficient  to  meet  the  demands 
which  custom  makes  in  respect  of  charity,  hos- 
pitality and  style  of  living.  It  may  be  said, 
I  think  with  truth,  that  the  Roman  Catholic 
Church  has  now  .neither  civil  nor  political 
power  in  Cuba. 

That  there  was  a  long  period  of  time  during 
which  the  morals  of  the  clergy  were  excessively 
corrupt,  I  think  there  can  be  no  doubt.  Make 
every  allowance  for  theological  bias,  or  for 
irreligious  bias,  in  the  writers  and  tourists  in 
Cuba,  still,  the  testimony  from  Roman  Cath- 
olics themselves  is  irresistible.  The  details,  it 
is  not  worth  while  to  contend  about.  It  is 
said  that  a  family  of  children,  with  a  recog- 
nized relation  to  its  female  head,  which  the 
rule  of  celibacy  prevented  ever  becoming  a 
marriage,  was  general  with  the  country  priest- 
hood. A  priest  who  was  faithful  to  that  rela- 
tion, and  kept  from    cock-fighting   and   gam- 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  239 

bling,  was  esteemed  a  respectable  man  by 
the  common  people.  Cuba  became  a  kind 
of  Botany  Bay  for  the  Romish  clergy.  There 
they  seem  to  have  been  concealed  from  the  eye 
of  discipline.  With  this  state  of  things,  there 
existed,  naturally  enough,  a  vast  amount  of 
practical  infidelity  among  the  people,  and 
especially  among  the  men,  who,  it  is  said, 
scarcely  recognized  religious  obligations  at 
all. 

No  one  can  observe  the  state  of  Europe 
now,  without  seeing  that  the  rapidity  of  com- 
munication by  steam  and  electricity  has 
tended  to  add  to  the  efficiency  of  the  central 
power  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  and  to 
the  efficacy  and  extent  of  its  discipline.  Cuba 
has  begun  to  feel  these  effects.  Whether  they 
have  yet  reached  the  interior,  or  the  towns 
generally,  I  do  not  know ;  but  the  concurrent 
testimony  of  all  classes  satisfied  me  that  a 
considerable  change  has  been  effected  in  Ha- 
vana. The  instrumentalities  which  that  church 
brings  to  bear  in  such  cases,  are  in  opera- 
tion :  frequent  preaching,  and  stricter  discipline 
of  confession    and   communion.       The    most 


240  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

marked  result  is  in  the  number  of  men,  and 
men  of  character  and  weight,  who  have  be- 
come earnest  in  the  use  of  these  means.  Much 
of  this  must  be  attributed,  no  doubt,  to  the 
Jesuits ;  but  how  long  they  will  be  permitted 
to  remain  here,  and  what  will  be  the  permanent 
effects  of  the  movement,  I  cannot,  of  course, 
conjecture. 

I  do  not  enter  into  the  old  field  of  contest. 
"  We  care  not,"  says  one  side,  "  which  be 
cause  and  which  effect ; — whether  the  people 
are  Papists,  because  they  are  what  they  are,  or 
are  as  they  are  because  they  are  Papists.  It 
is  enough  that  the  two  things  coexist."  The 
other  side  replies  that  no  Protestant  institu- 
tions have  ever  yet  been  tried  for  any  length 
of  time,  and  to  any  large  extent,  with  southern 
races,  in  a  tropical  climate ;  and  the  question, 
— what  would  be  their  influence,  and  what  the 
effect  of  surrounding  causes  upon  them,  lies 
altogether  in  the  region  of  conjecture,  or,  at 
best,  of  faith. 

Of  the  moral  habits  of  the  clergy,  as  of  the 
people,  at  the  present  time,  I  am  entirely  un- 
able to  judge.     I  saw  very  little  that  indicated 


A  VACATION  VOYAGE.  241 

the  existence  of  any  vices  whatever  among  the 
people.  Five  minutes  of  a  street  view  of  Lon- 
don by  night,  exhibits  more  vice,  to  the  casual 
observer,  than  all  Havana  for  a  year.  I  do  not 
mean  to  say  that  the  social  morals  of  the  Cu- 
bans are  good,  or  are  bad  ;  I  only  mean  to  say 
that  I  am  not  a  judge  of  the  question. 

The  most  striking  indication  of  the  want 
of  religious  control,  is  the  disregard  of  the 
Lord's  Day.  All  business  seems  to  go  on  as 
usual,  unless  it  be  in  the  public  offices.  The 
chain-gang  works  in  the  streets,  under  public 
officers.  House-building  and  mechanic  trades 
go  on  uninterrupted ;  and  the  shops  are  more 
active  than  ever.  The  churches,  to  be  sure, 
are  open  and  well  filled  in  the  morning ;  and 
I  do  not  refer  to  amusements  and  recreations  ; 
I  speak  of  public,  secular  labor.  The  Church 
must  be  held  to  some  responsibility  for  this. 
Granted  that  Sunday  is  not  the  Sabbath. 
Yet,  it  is  a  day  which,  by  the  rule  of  the  Ro- 
man Church,  the  English  Church  in  England 
and  America,  the  Greek  Church  and  other  Ori- 
ental Churches, — all  claiming  to  rest  the  rule 
on  Apostolic  authority,  as  well  as  by  the  usage 
11 


242  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

of  Protestants  on  the  continent  of  Europe, — 
whether  Lutherans  or  Calvinists, — is  a  day  of 
rest  from  secular  labor,  and  especially  from  en- 
forced labor.  Pressing  this  upon  an  intelli- 
gent ecclesiastic,  his  reply  to  me  was  that  the 
Church  could  not  enforce  the  observance  ;— 
that  it  must  be  enforced  by  the  civil  author- 
ities ;  and  the  civil  authorities  fall  in  with  the 
selfishness  and  gratifications  of  the  ruling 
classes.  And  he  appealed  to  the  change  lately 
wrought  in  Paris,  in  these  respects,  as  evidence 
of  the  consistency  of  his  Church.  This  is  an 
answer,  so  far  as  concerns  the  Church's  direct 
authority ;  but  it  is  an  admission  either  of 
feeble  moral  power,  or  of  neglect  of  duty  in 
times  past.  An  embarrassment  in  the  way  of 
more  strictness  as  to  secular  labor,  arises  from 
the  fact  that  slaves  are  entitled  to  their  time 
on  Sundays,  beyond  the  necessary  labor  of 
providing  for  the  day  ;  and  this  time  they  may 
use  in  working  out  their  freedom. 

Another  of  the  difficulties  the  church  has  to 
contend  with,  arises  out  of  negro  slavery.  The 
Church  recognizes  the  unity  of  all  races,  and 
allows  marriage  between  them.     The  civil  law 


A    VACATION  VOYAGE.  243 

of  Cuba,  under  the  interpretations  in  force  here, 
prohibits  marriage  between  whites  and  persons 
who  have  any  tinge  of  the  black  blood.  In 
consequence  of  this  rule,  concubinage  prevails, 
to  a  great  extent,  between  whites  and  mulat- 
toes  or  quadroons,  often  with  recognition  of 
the  children.  If  either  party  to  this  arrange- 
ment comes  under  the  influence  of  the  Church's 
discipline,  the  relation  must  terminate.  The 
Church  would  allow  and  advise  marriage ;  but 
the  law  prohibits  it — and  if  there  should  be  a 
separation,  there  may  be  no  provision  for  the 
children.  This  state  of  things  creates  no  small 
obstacle  to  the  influence  of  the  Church  over  the 
domestic  relations. 

SLAVERY. 

It  is  difficult  to  come  to  a  satisfactory  con- 
clusion as  to  the  number  of  slaves  in  Cuba. 
The  census  of  1857  puts  it  at  375,000 ;  but 
neither  this  census  nor  that  of  1853  is  to  be 
relied  upon,  on  this  point.  The  Cubans  are 
taxed  for  their  slaves,  and  the  government  find 
it  difficult,  as  I  have  said,  to  get  correct  re- 
turns.     No    person    of  intelligence   in    Cuba, 


244  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

however  desirous  to  put  the  number  at  the 
lowest,  has  stated  it  to  me  at  less  than  500,000. 
Many  set  it  at  700,000.  I  am  inclined  to  think 
that  600,000  is  the  nearest  to  the  truth. 

The  census  makes  the  free  blacks,  in  1857, 
125,000.  It  is  thought  to  be  200,000,  by 
the  best  authorities.  The  whites  are  about 
700,000.  The  only  point  in  which  the  census 
seems  to  agree  with  public  opinion,  is  in  the 
proportion.  Both  make  the  proportion  of 
blacks  to  be  about  one  free  black  to  three 
slaves;  and  make  the  whites  not  quite  equal 
to  the  entire  number  of  blacks,  free  and  slave 
together.  As  to  the  Coolies,  it  is  impossible 
to  do  more  than  conjecture.  In  1853,  they 
were  not  noticed  in  the  census;  and  in  1857, 
hardly  noticed.  The  number  imported  may, 
to  some  extent,  be  obtained  from  the  records 
and  files  of  the  Aduana,  but  not  so  as  to  be 
relied  upon.  I  heard  the  number  estimated  at 
200,000  by  intelligent  and  well-informed  Cu- 
bans. Others  put  it  as  low  as  60,000.  Cer- 
tain it  is  that  Coolies  are  to  be  met  with 
everywhere,  in  town  and  country. 

To    ascertain    the    condition   of    slaves    in 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  245 

Cuba,  two  things  are  to  be  considered:  first, 
the  laws,  and  secondly,  the  execution  of  the 
laws.  The  written  laws,  there  is  no  great  diffi- 
culty in  ascertaining.  As  to  their  execution, 
there  is  room  for  opinion. 

At  this  point,  one  general  remark  should  be 
made,  which  I  deem  to  be  of  considerable  im- 
portance. The  laws  relating  to  slavery  do 
not  emanate  from  the  slave-holding  mind ;  nor 
are  they  interpreted  or  executed  by  the  slave- 
holding  class.  The  slave  benefits  by  the  divis- 
ion of  power  and  property  between  the  two 
rival  and  even  hostile  races  of  whites,  the  Cre- 
oles and  the  Spaniards.  Spain  is  not  slave- 
holding,  at  home;  and  so  long  as  the  laws 
are  made  in  Spain,  and  the  civil  offices  are 
held  by  Spaniards  only,  the  slave  has  at  least 
the  advantage  of  a  conflict  of  interests  and 
principles,  between  the  two  classes  that  are 
concerned  in  his  bondage. 

The  fact  that  one  negro  in  every  four  is  free, 
indicates  that  the  laws  favor  emancipation. 
They  do  both  favor  emancipation,  and  favor 
the  free  blacks  after  emancipation.  The  stran- 
ger visiting  Havana  will  see  a  regiment  of  one 


246  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

thousand  free  black  volunteers,  parading  with 
the  troops  of  the  line  and  the  white  volunteers, 
and  keeping  guard  in  the  Obra  Pia.  When  it 
is  remembered  that  the  bearing  arms  and  per- 
forming military  duty  as  volunteers,  is  esteemed 
an  honor  and  privilege,  and  is  not  allowed  to 
the  whites  of  Creole  birth,  except  to  a  few  who 
are  favored  by  the  government,  the  significance 
of  this  fact  may  be  appreciated.  The  Cuban 
slave-holders  are  more  impatient  under  this 
favoring  of  the  free  blacks,  than  under  almost 
any  other  act  of  the  government.  They  see  in 
it  an  attempt,  on  the  part  of  the  authorities,  to 
secure  the  sympathy  and  cooperation  of  the 
free  blacks,  in  case  of  a  revolutionary  move- 
ment,— to  set  race  against  race,  and  to  make 
the  free  blacks  familiar  with  military  duty, 
while  the  whites  are  growing  up  in  ignorance 
of  it.  In  point  of  civil  privileges,  the  free 
blacks  are  the  equals  of  the  whites.  In  courts 
of  law,  as  witnesses  or  parties,  no  difference 
is  known  ;  and  they  have  the  same  rights  as  to 
the  holding  of  lands  and  other  property.  As 
to  their  social  position,  I  have  not  the  means 
of  speaking.  I  should  think  it  quite  as  good 
as  it  is  in  New  England,  if  not  better. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  247 

So  far  as  to  the  position  of  the  blacks,  when 
free.  The  laws  also  directly  favor  emancipa- 
tion. Every  slave  has  a  right  to  go  to  a  mag- 
istrate and  have  himself  valued,  and  on  paying 
the  valuation,  to  receive  his  free  papers.  The 
valuation  is  made  by  three  assessors,  of  whom 
the  master  nominates  one  and  the  magistrate 
the  other  two.  The  slave  is  not  obliged  to  pay 
the  entire  valuation  at  once ;  but  may  pay  it  in 
instalments,  of  not  less  than  fifty  dollars  each. 
These  payments  are  not  made  as  mere  ad- 
vances of  money,  on  the  security  of  the  mas- 
ter's receipt,  but  are  part  purchases.  Each 
payment  makes  the  slave  an  owner  of  such  a 
portion  of  himself,  pro  parte  indivisd,  or  as 
the  Common  Law  would  say,  in  tenancy-in- 
common,  with  his  master.  If  the  valuation 
be  one  thousand  dollars,  and  he  pays  one  hun- 
dred dollars,  he  is  owned,  one  tenth  by  himself 
and  nine  tenths  by  his  master.  It  has  been 
said,  in  nearly  all  the  American  books  on  Cuba, 
that,  on  paying  a  share,  he  becomes  entitled 
to  a  corresponding  share  of  his  time  and  labor ; 
but,  from  the  best  information  I  can  get,  I  think 
this  is  a  mistake.     The   payment   affects   the 


248  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

proprietary  title,  but  not  the  usufruct.  Until 
all  is  paid,  the  master's  dominion  over  the 
slave  is  not  reduced,  as  respects  either  disci- 
pline, or  labor,  or  right  of  transfer;  but  if  the 
slave  is  sold,  or  goes  by  operation  of  law  to 
heirs  or  legatees  or  creditors,  they  take  only 
the  interest  not  paid  for,  subject  to  the  right  of 
future  payment  under  the  valuation. 

There  is  another  provision,  which,  at  first 
sight,  may  not  appear  very  important,  but 
which  is,  I  am  inclined  to  think,  the  best  prac- 
tical protection  the  slave  has  against  ill  treat- 
ment by  his  master:  that  is,  the  right  to  a 
compulsory  sale.  A  slave  may,  on  the  same 
process  of  valuation,  compel  his  master  to 
transfer  him  to  any  person  who  will  pay  the 
money.  For  this  purpose,  he  need  establish 
no  cause  of  complaint.  It  is  enough  if  he 
desires  to  be  transferred,  and  some  one  is  will- 
ing to  buy  him.  This  operates  as  a  check 
upon  the  master,  and  an  inducement  to  him 
to  remove  special  causes  of  dissatisfaction ; 
and  it  enables  the  better  class  of  slave-holders 
in  a  neighborhood,  if  cases  of  ill-usage  are 
known,  to  relieve  the  slave,  without  conten- 
tion or  pecuniary  loss. 


A  VACATION  VOYAGE.  249 

In  making  the  valuation,  whether  for  eman- 
cipation or  compulsory  transfer,  the  slave  is 
to  be  estimated  at  his  value  as  a  common 
laborer,  according  to  his  strength,  age,  and 
health.  If  he  knows  an  art  or  trade,  however 
much  that  may  add  to  his  value,  only  one 
hundred  doUars  can  be  added  to  the  estimate 
for  this  trade  or  art.  Thus  the  skill,  industry 
and  character  of  the  slave,  do  not  furnish  an 
obstacle  to  his  emancipation  or  transfer.  On 
the  contrary,  all  that  his  trade  or  art  adds 
to  his  value,  above  one  hundred  dollars,  is,  in 
fact,  a  capital  for  his  benefit. 

There  are  other  provisions  for  the  relief  of 
the  slave,  which,  although  they  may  make  even 
a  better  show  on  paper,  are  of  less  practical 
value.  On  complaint  and  proof  of  cruel 
treatment,  the  law  will  dissolve  the  relation 
between  master  and  slave.  No  slave  can  be 
flogged  with  more  than  twenty-five  lashes, 
b^  the  master's  authority.  If  his  offence  is 
thought  greater  than  that  punishment  will  suf- 
fice for,  the  public  authorities  must  be  called 
in.'  A  slave  mother  may  buy  the  freedom 
of  her  infant,  for  twenty-five  dollars.     If  slaves 


250  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

have  been  married  by  the  Church,  they  can- 
not be  separated  against  their  will ;  and  the 
mother  has  the  right  to  keep  her  nursing 
child.  Each  slave  is  entitled  to  his  time  on 
Sundays  and  all  other  holidays,  beyond  two 
hours  allowed  for  necessary  labor,  except  on 
sugar  estates  during  the  grinding  season. 
Every  slave  born  on  the  island  is  to  be  bap- 
tized and  instructed  in  the  Catholic  faith,  and 
to  receive  Christian  burial.  Formerly,  there 
were  provisions  requiring  religious  services  and 
instruction  on  each  plantation,  according  to 
its  size ;  but  I  believe  these  are  either  repealed, 
or  become  a  dead  letter.  There  are  also  pro- 
visions respecting  the  food,  clothing  and  treat- 
ment of  slaves  in  other  respects,  and  the  pro- 
viding of  a  sick  room  and  medicines,  &c. ; 
and  the  government  has  appointed  magis- 
trates, styled  Sindicos,  numerous  enough,  and 
living  in  all  localities,  whose  duty  it  is  to  at- 
tend to  the  petitions  and  complaints  of  slaves, 
and  to  the  measures  relating  to  their  sale, 
transfer  or  emancipation. 

As  to  the  enforcement  of  these  laws,  I  have 
little  or  no  personal  knowledge  to  offer ;   but 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  251 

some  things,  I  think,  I  may  treat  as  reason- 
ably sure,  from  my  own  observation,  and  from 
the  concurrent  testimony  of  books,  and  of  per- 
sons of  all  classes  with  whom  I  have  con- 
versed. 

The  rule  respecting  religion  is  so  far  ob- 
served as  this,  that  infants  are  baptized,  and 
all  receive  Christian  burial.  But  there  is  no 
enforcement  of  the  obligation  to  give  the  slaves 
religious  instruction,  or  to  allow  them  to  at- 
tend public  religious  service.  Most  of  those 
in  the  rural  districts  see  no  church  and  no 
priest,  from  baptism  to  burial.  If  they  do  re- 
ceive religious  instruction,  or  have  religious 
services  provided  for  them,  it  is  the  free  gift 
of  the  master. 

Marriage  by  the  Church  is  seldom  cele- 
brated. As  in  the  Roman  Church  marriage  is 
a  sacrament  and  indissoluble,  it  entails  great 
inconvenience  upon  the  master,  as  regards  sales 
or  mortgages,  and  is  a  restraint  on  the  negroes 
themselves,  to  which  it  is  not  always  easy  to 
reconcile  them.  Consequently,  marriages  are 
usually  performed  by  the  master  only,  and  of 
course,    carry   with    them   no  legal    rights  or 


252  TO   CUBA   AND    BACK. 

duties.  Even  this  imperfect  and  dissoluble 
connection  has  been  bat  little  attended  to. 
While  the  slave-trade  was  allowed,  the  plant- 
ers supplied  their  stock  with  bozales  (native 
Africans)  and  paid  little  attention,  even  on 
economic  principles,  to  the  improvement,  or, 
speaking  after  the  fashion  of  cattle-farms,  to 
the  increase  of  the  stock  on  the  plantation. 
Now  that  importation  is  more  difficult,  and 
labor  is  in  demand,  their  attention  is  more 
turned  to  their  own  stock,  and  they  are  begin- 
ning to  learn,  in  the  physiology  of  increase, 
that  canon  which  the  Everlasting  has  fixed 
against  promiscuous  intercourse. 

The  laws  respecting  valuation,  the  purchase 
of  freedom  at  once  or  by  instalments,  and  the 
compulsory  transfer,  I  know  to  be  in  active 
operation  in  the  towns,  and  on  plantations 
affording  easy  access  to  towns  or  magistrates. 
I  heard  frequent  complaints  from  slave-holders 
and  those  who  sympathized  with  them,  as  to 
the  operation  of  these  provisions.  A  lady  in 
Havana  had  a  slave  who  was  an  excellent 
cook ;  and  she  had  been  offered  $1700  for  him, 
and  refused  it.     He  applied  for  valuation  for 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  253 

the  purpose  of  transfer,  and  was  valued  at 
$1000  as  a  laborer,  which,  with  the  $100  for 
his  trade,  made  a  loss  to  the  owner  of  $600 ; 
and,  as  no  slave  can  be  subsequently  sold  for 
a  larger  sum  than  his  valuation,  this  provision 
gave  the  slave  a  capital  of  $600.  Another 
instance  was  of  a  planter  near  Matanzas,  who 
had  a  slave  taught  as  a  carpenter ;  but  after 
learning  his  trade,  the  slave  got  himself  trans- 
ferred to  a  master  in  the  city,  for  the  oppor- 
tunity of  working  out  his  freedom,  on  holidays 
and  in  extra  hours.  So  general  is  the  enforce- 
ment of  these  provisions,  that  it  is  said  to 
have  resulted  in  a  refusal  of  many  masters  to 
teach  their  slaves  any  art  or  trade,  and  in  the 
hiring  of  the  labor  of  artizans  of  all  sorts,  and 
the  confining  of  the  slaves  to  mere  manual 
labor.  I  heard  of  complaints  of  the  conduct 
of  individuals  who  were  charged  with  attempt- 
ing to  influence  the  credulous  and  too  ready 
slaves  to  agree  to  be  transferred  to  them,  either 
to  gratify  some  ill-will  against  the  owner,  or 
for  some  supposed  selfish  interest.  From  the 
frequency  of  this  tone  of  complaint  and  anec- 
dote, as  well  as  from  positive  assertions  on 


254  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

good  authority,  I  believe  these  provisions  to 
have  considerable  efficacy. 

As  to  the  practical  advantage  the  slaves  can 
get  from  these  provisions  in  remote  places ;  and 
as  to  the  amount  of  protection  they  get  any- 
where from  the  special  provisions  respecting 
punishment,  food,  clothing,  and  treatment  gen- 
erally, almost  everything  lies  in  the  region  of 
opinion.  There  is  no  end  to  statement  and 
anecdote  on  each  side.  If  one  cannot  get  a 
full  and  lengthened  personal  experience,  not 
only  as  the  guest  of  the  slave-holder,  but  as 
the  companion  of  the  local  magistrates,  of  the 
lower  officers  on  the  plantation,  of  slave-deal- 
ers and  slave-hunters,  and  of  the  emancipated 
slaves,  I  advise  him  to  shut  his  ears  to  mere 
anecdotes  and  general  statements,  and  to  trust 
to  reasonable  deductions  from  established  facts. 
The  established  facts  are,  that  one  race,  hav- 
ing all  power  in  its  hands,  holds  an  inferior 
race  in  slavery;  that  this  bondage  exists  in 
cities,  in  populous  neighborhoods,  and  in  re- 
mote districts ;  that  the  owners  are  human 
beings,  of  tropical  races,  and  the  slaves  are 
human  beings  just  emerging  from  barbarism ; 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  255 

and  that  no  small  part  of  this  power  is  exer- 
cised by  a  low-lived  and  low-minded  class  of 
intermediate  agents.  "What  is  likely  to  be  the 
effect  on  all  the  parties  to  this  system,  judging 
from  all  we  know  of  human  nature  ? 

If  persons  coming  from  the  North  are  cred- 
ulous enough  to  suppose  that  they  will  see 
chains  and  stripes  and  tracks  of  blood ;  and 
if,  taking  letters  to  the  best  class  of  slave- 
holders, seeing  their  way  of  life,  and  hearing 
their  dinner-table  anecdotes,  and  the  breakfast- 
table  talk  of  the  ladies,  they  find  no  outward 
signs  of  violence  or  corruption,  they  will  prob- 
ably, also,  be  credulous  enough  to  suppose 
they  have  seen  the  whole  of  slavery.  They 
do  not  know  that  that  large  plantation,  with 
its  smoking  chimneys,  about  which  they  hear 
nothing,  and  which  their  host  does  not  visit, 
has  passed  to  the  creditors  of  the  late  owner, 
who  is  a  bankrupt,  and  is  in  charge  of  a  man- 
ager, who  is  to  get  all  he  can  from  it  in  the 
shortest  time,  and  to  sell  off  the  slaves  as  he 
can,  having  no  interest,  moral  or  pecuniary,  in 
their  future.  They  do  not  know  that  that 
other  plantation,  belonging  to  the  young  man 


256  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

who  spends  half  his  time  in  Havana,  is  an 
abode  of  licentiousness  and  cruelty.  Neither 
do  they  know  that  the  tall  hounds  chained  at 
the  kennel  of  the  house  they  are  visiting,  are 
Cuban  bloodhounds,  trained  to  track  and  to 
seize.  They  do  not  know  that  the  barking 
last  night  was  a  pursuit  and  capture,  in  which 
all  the  white  men  on  the  place  took  part ;  and 
that,  for  the  week  past,  the  men  of  the  planta- 
tion have  been  a  committee  of  detective  and 
protective  police.  They  do  not  know  that  the 
ill-looking  man  who  was  there  yesterday,  and 
whom  the  ladies  did  not  like,  and  all  treated 
with  ill-disguised  aversion,  is  a  professed  hun- 
ter of  slaves.  They  have  never  seen  or  heard 
of  the  Sierra  del  Cristal,  the  mountain-range 
at  the  eastern  end  of  Cuba,  inhabited  by  run- 
aways, where  white  men  hardly  dare  to  go. 
Nor  do  they  know  that  those  young  ladies, 
when  little  children,  were  taken  to  the  city  in 
the  time  of  the  insurrection  in  the  Vuelta  de 
Arriba.  They  have  not  heard  the  story  of  that 
downcast-looking  girl,  the  now  incorrigibly 
riialignant  negro,  and  the  lying  mayoral.  In 
the  cities,  they  are  amused  by  the  flashy  dress- 


A  VACATION   VOYAGE.  257 

es,  indolence  and  good-humor  of  the  slaves, 
and  pleased  with  the  respectfulness  of  their 
manners,  and  hear  anecdotes  of  their  attach- 
ment to  their  masters,  and  how  they  so  dote 
upon  slavery  that  nothing  but  bad  advice 
can  entice  them  into  freedom;  and  are  told, 
too,  of  the  worse  condition  of  the  free  blacks. 
They  have  not  visited  the  slave-jails,  or  the 
whipping-posts  in  the  house  outside  the  walls, 
where  low  whites  do  the  flogging  of  the  city 
house-servants,  men  and  women,  at  so  many 
reals  a  head. 

But  the  reflecting  mind  soon  tires  of  the 
anecdotes  of  injustice,  cruelty  and  licentious- 
ness on  the  one  hand,  and  of  justice,  kindness 
and  mutual  attachment,  on  the  other.  You 
know  that  all  coexist ;  but  in  what  propor- 
tion you  can  only  conjecture.  You  know  what 
slavery  must  be,  in  its  effect  on  both  the  parties 
to  it.  You  seek  to  grapple  with  the  problem 
itself.  And,  stating  it  fairly,  it  is  this, — Shall 
the  industry  of  Cuba  go  on,  or  shall  the  island 
be  abandoned  to  a  state  of  nature  ?  If  the 
former,  and  if  the  whites  cannot  do  the  hard 
labor  in  that  climate,  and  the  blacks  can,  will 


258  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

the  seven  hundred  thousand  whites,  who  own 
all  the  land  and  improvements,  surrender  them 
to  the  blacks  and  leave  the  island,  or  will  they 
remain  ?  If  they  must  be  expected  to  remain, 
what  is  to  be  the  relation  of  the  two  races  ? 
The  blacks  must  do  the  hard  work,  or  it  will 
not  be  done.  Shall  it  be  the  enforced  labor  of 
slavery,  or  shall  the  experiment  of  free  labor  be 
tried  ?  Will  the  government  try  the  experi- 
ment, and  if  so,  on  what  terms  and  in  what 
manner?  If  something  is  not  done  by  the  gov- 
ernment, slavery  will  continue ;  for  a  successful 
insurrection  of  slaves  in  Cuba  is  impossible, 
and  manumissions  do  not  gain  upon  the  births 
and  importations. 

As  to  the  Coolie  labor,  I  do  not  know  that  I 
have  anything  to  add  to  what  I  have  already 
incidentally  stated.  The  Coolies  are  from 
China ;  and  there  is  no  law  of  China  regulating 
or  supervising  their  contracts  there,  or  their 
shipment,  or  making  any  provisions  for  their 
security.  Neither  are  there  any  specific  laws 
of  Cuba  regulating  their  delivery  here,  or  the 
relations  between  them  and  their  masters. 
The   Cuban   authorities   assume   them   to   be 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  259 

free  men,  making  voluntary  contracts,  and  do 
no  more.  That  they  are  kept  in  strict  con- 
finement until  sold,  and  then  kept  to  labor  by 
force,  there  is  no  doubt.  I  suppose  there  is 
as  little  doubt  that  the  form  of  a  contract  is 
gone  through  with,  which  binds  them  to  all 
labor  for  eight  years,  at  four  dollars  per  month 
and  their  board  and  two  suits  of  clothes  an- 
nually. It  is  not  yet  eight  years  since  their 
introduction ;  and  it  remains  to  be  decided 
what  this  contract  amounts  to.  That  they 
can  be  forced  into  a  servitude  for  life,  if  it  is 
for  the  interest  of  their  purchasers  to  force 
them  to  it,  and  thie  government  does  not  inter- 
fere energetically,  there  can  be  as  little  doubt. 
It  is  known  by  all,  I  suppose,  that  no  women 
or  children  are  imported ;  and  it  is  said  that 
they  do  not  amalgamate  with  the  people  of 
color.  The  tenure  is  so  uncertain  that  their 
master  has  little  motive  to  do  more  than  keep 
them  up  to  the  labor  point,  so  long  as  their 
labor  is  valuable,  and  to  neglect  them  utterly, 
when  it  ceases  to  be  so.  They  are  deprived 
of  all  the  sympathetic  and  humanizing  in- 
fluences and  protections  of  home,  family,  com- 


260  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

mon  language,  and  common  religion.  They 
are  idolaters ;  but  no  one  seems  enough  inter- 
ested in  them  to  undertake  their  conversion. 
They  are  taught  to  labor,  and  taught  nothing 
else.  Their  presence  in  Cuba  adds  another 
distressing  element  to  the  difficulties  of  the 
labor  question,  which  hangs,  like  a  black  cloud, 
over  all  the  islands  of  the  West  Indies. 

MATERIAL    RESOURCES.       EDUCATION. 

Cuba  contains  more  good  harbors  than  does 
any  part  of  the  United  States  south  of  Norfolk. 
Its  soil  is  very  rich,  and  there  are  no  large 
wastes  of  sand,  either  by  the  sea  or  in  the  in- 
terior. The  coral  rocks  bound  the  sea,  and  the 
grass  and  trees  come  down  to  the  coral  rocks. 
The  surface  of  the  country  is  diversified  by 
mountains,  hills  and  undulating  lands,  and  is 
very  well  wooded,  and  tolerably  well  watered. 
It  is  interesting  and  picturesque  to  the  eye, 
and  abounds  in  flowers,  trees  of  all  varieties, 
and  birds  of  rich  plumage,  though  not  of  rich 
notes.  It  has  mines  of  copper,  and  probably  of 
iron,  and  is  not  cursed  with  gold  or  silver  ore. 
There  is  no  anthracite,  but  probably  a  large 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  261 

amount  of  a  ver}'  soft,  bituminous  coal,  which 
can  be  used  for  manufactures.  It  has  also 
marble,  and  other  kinds  of  stone ;  and  the  hard 
woods,  as  mahogany,  cedar,  ebony,  iron-wood, 
lignum-vitae,  &c.,  are  in  abundance.  Mineral 
salt  is  to  be  found,  and  probably  in  sufficient 
quantities  for  the  use  of  the  island.  It  is  the 
boast  of  the  Cubans,  that  the  island  has  no 
wild  beasts  or  venomous  reptiles.  This  has 
been  so  often  repeated  by  tourists  and  his- 
torians, that  I  suppose  it  must  be  admitted  to 
be  true,  with  the  qualification  that  they  have 
the  scorpion,  and  tarantula,  and  nigua;  but 
they  say  that  the  bite  of  the  scorpion  and 
tarantula,  though  painful,  is  not  dangerous  to 
life.  The  nigua,  (sometimes  called  chigua, 
and  by  the  English  corrupted  into  jigger,)  is 
troublesome ;  and  if  it  be  permitted  to  lie  long 
under  the  flesh,  is  ineradicable,  and  makes  am- 
putation necessary.  With  these  exceptions, 
the  claim  to  freedom  from  wild  or  venomous 
animals  may  be  admitted.  Their  snakes  are 
harmless,  and  the  mosquitoes  no  worse  than 
those  of  New  England. 

As  to  the  climate,  I  have  no  doubt  that  in 


262  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 

the  interior,  especially  on  the  red  earth,  it  is 
healthy  and  delightful,  in  summer  as  well 
as  in  winter ;  but  on  the  river  borders,  in  the 
low  lands  of  black  earth,  and  on  the  savannas, 
intermittent  fever  and  fever-and-ague  prevail. 
The  cities  have  the  scourge  of  yellow  fever; 
and,  of  late  years,  also  the  cholera.  In  the 
cities,  I  suppose,  the  year  may  be  divided,  as 
to  sickness,  into  three  equal  portions :  four 
months  of  winter,  when  they  are  safe ;  four 
of  summer,  when  they  are  unsafe;  and  four 
of  spring  and  autumn,  when  they  are  pass- 
ing from  one  state  to  the  other.  There  are, 
indeed,  a  few  cases  of  vomito  in  the  course 
of  the  winter,  but  they  are  little  regarded, 
and  must  be  the  result  of  extreme  impru- 
dence. It  is  estimated  that  twenty-five  per 
cent,  of  the  soldiers  die  of  yellow  fever  the  first 
years  of  their  acclimation;  and  during  the 
year  of  the  cholera,  sixty  per  cent,  of  the 
newly-arrived  soldiers  died.  The  mean  tem- 
perature in  winter  is  70°,  and  in  summer  83°, 
Fahrenheit.  The  island  has  suffered  severely 
from  hurricanes,  although  they  are  not  so  fre- 
quent as  in  others  of  the  West  India  islands. 


A  VACATION   VOYAGE.  263 

They  have  violent  thunderstorms  in  summer, 
and  have  suffered  from  droughts  in  winter, 
though  usually  the  heavy  dews  keep  vegeta- 
tion green  through  the  dry  season. 

That  which  has  been  to  me,  personally,  most 
unexpected,  is  the  industry  of  the  island.  It 
seems  to  me  that,  allowing  for  the  heat  of 
noon  and  the  debilitating  effect  of  the  climate, 
the  industry  in  agriculture  and  trade  is  rather 
striking.  The  sugar  crop  is  enormous.  The 
annual  exportation  is  about  400,000  tons,  or 
about  2,000,000  boxes,  and  the  amount  con- 
sumed on  the  island  is  very  great,  not  only  in 
coffee  and  in  daily  cooking,  but  in  the  making 
of  preserves  and  sweetmeats,  which  are  a  con- 
siderable part  of  the  food  of  the  people.  There 
is  also  about  half  a  million  hogsheads  of  mo- 
lasses exported  annually.  Add  to  this,  the 
coffee,  tobacco  and  copper,  and  a  general  no- 
tion may  be  got  of  the  industry  and  produc- 
tions of  the  island.  Its  weak  point  is  the  want 
of  variety.  There  are  no  manufactures  of 
any  consequence ;  the  mineral  exports  are  not 
great;  and,  in  fact,  sugar  is  the  one  staple. 
All  Cuba  has  but  one  neck, — the  worst  wish 
of  the  tyrant. 


264  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

As  to  education,  I  have  no  doubt  that  a 
good  education  in  medicine,  and  a  respectable 
course  of  instruction  in  the  Roman  and  Span- 
ish law,  and  in  the  natural  sciences,  can  be  ob- 
tained at  the  University  of  Havana ;  and  that 
a  fair  collegiate  education,  after  the  manner  of 
the  Latin  races,  can  be  obtained  at  the  Jesuit 
College,  the  Seminario,  and  other  institutions 
at  Havana,  and  in  the  other  large  cities ;  and 
the  Sisters  of  the  Sacred  Heart  have  a  flour- 
ishing school  for  girls  at  Havana.  But  the 
general  elementary  education  of  the  people  is 
in  a  very  low  state.  The  scattered  life  of 
planters  is  unfavorable  to  public  day-schools, 
nay,  almost  inconsistent  with  their  existence. 
The  richer  inhabitants  send  their  children 
abroad,  or  to  Havana:  but  the  middle  and 
lower  classes  of  whites  cannot  do  this.  The 
tables  show  that  of  the  free  white  children, 
not  more  than  one  in  sixty-three  attend  any 
school,  while  in  the  British  West  India  islands, 
the  proportion  is  from  one  in  ten  to  one  in 
twenty.  As  to  the  state  of  education,  cul- 
ture and  literary  habits  among  the  upper 
classes,  my  limited   experience  gives   me   no 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  265 

opportunity  to  judge.  The  concurrent  testi- 
mony of  tourists  and  other  writers  on  Cuba  is, 
that  the  habits  of  the  Cuban  women  of  the 
upper  and  middle  classes  are  unintellectual. 

To  return  to  the  political  state  and  prospects 
of  Cuba.  As  for  those  persons  whose  political 
opinions  and  plans  are  not  regulated  by  moral 
principle,  it  may  be  safely  said,  that  whatever 
their  plans,  their  object  will  not  be  the  good  of 
Cuba,  but  their  own  advantage.  Of  those 
who  are  governed  by  principle,  each  man's 
expectation  or  plan  will  depend  upon  the  gen- 
eral opinion  he  entertains  respecting  the  na- 
ture of  men  and  of  society.  This  is  going 
back  a  good  way  for  a  test ;  but  I  am  con- 
vinced it  is  only  going  to  the  source  of  opinion 
and  action.  If  a  man  believes  that  human  na- 
ture in  an  unrestrained  course,  is  good,  and 
self-governing,  and  that  when  it  is  not  so,  there 
is  a  temporary  and  local  cause  to  be  assigned 
for  the  deviation ;  if  he  believes  that  men,  at 
least  in  civilized  society,  are  independent  be- 
ings, by  right  entitled  to,  and  by  nature  ca- 
pable of,  the  exercise  of  popular   self-govern- 


266  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

ment,  and  that  if  they  have  not  this  power  in 
exercise,  it  is  because  they  have  been  deprived 
of  it  by  somebody's  fraud  or  violence,  which 
ought  to  be  detected  and  remedied,  as  we 
abate  a  public  nuisance  in  the  highway ;  if  a 
man  thinks  that  overturning  a  throne  and 
erecting  a  constitution  will  answer  the  pur- 
pose ; — if  these  are  his  opinions  as  to  men  and 
society,  his  plan  for  Cuba,  and  for  every  other 
part  of  the  world,  may  be  simple.  No  wonder 
such  an  one  is  impatient  of  the  inactivity  of 
the  governed  masses,  and  is  in  a  constant  state 
of  surprise  that  the  fraud  and  violence  of  a  few 
should  always  prevail  over  the  rights  and  mer- 
its of  the  many — when  they  themselves  might 
ehd  their  thraldom  by  a  blow,  and  put  their 
oppressors  to  rest — by  a  bare  bodkin  ! 

But  if  the  history  of  the  world  and  the  obser- 
vation of  his  own  times  have  led  a  man  to  the 
opinion  that,  of  divine  right  and  human  neces- 
sity, government  of  some  sort  there  must  be, 
in  which  power  must  be  vested  somewhere, 
and  exercised  somehow ;  that  popular  self- 
government  is  rather  of  the  nature  of  a  faculty 
than  of  a  right ;  that  human  nature  is  so  con- 


A    VACATION   VOYAGE.  267 

stituted  that  the  actual  condition  of  civil  society 
in  any  place  and  nation,  is,  on  the  whole,  the 
fair  result  of  conflicting  forces  of  good  and 
evil — the  power  being  in  proportion  to  the  need 
of  power,  and  the  franchises  to  the  capacity  for 
using  franchises  ;  that  autocrats  and  oligarchs 
are  the  growth  of  the  soil ;  and  that  every 
people  has,  in  the  main,  and  in  the  long  run, 
a  government  as  good  as  it  deserves — If  such 
is  the  substance  of  the  belief  to  which  he  has 
been  led  or  forced,  he  will  look  gravely  upon 
the  future  of  such  a  people  as  the  Cubans, 
and  hesitate  as  to  the  invention  and  applica- 
tion of  remedies.  If  he  reflects  that  of  all  the 
nations  of  the  southern  races  in  North  and 
South  America,  from  Texas  to  Cape  Horn, 
the  Brazilians  alone,  who  have  a  constitutional 
monarchy,  are  in  a  state  of  order  and  progress ; 
and  if  he  further  reflects  that  Cuba,  as  a  royal 
province,  with  all  its  evils,  is  in  a  better  condi- 
tion than  nearly  all  the  Spanish  republican 
states, — he  may  well  be  slow  to  believe  that, 
with  their  complication  of  difliculties,  and 
causes  of  disorder  and  weakness, — with  their 
half  million  or  more  of  slaves  and  quarter  mil- 


268  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

lion  or  less  of  free  blacks,  with  their  Coolies, 
and  their  divided  and  hostile  races  of  whites, — 
their  Spanish  blood,  and  their  utter  want  of 
experience  in  the  discharge  of  any  public  du- 
ties, the  Cubans  will  work  out  successfully 
the  problem  of  self-government.  You  cannot 
reason  from  Massachusetts  to  Cuba.  When 
Massachusetts  entered  into  the  Revolution, 
she  had  had  one  hundred  and  fifty  years  of 
experience  in  popular  self-government ;  under 
a  system  in  which  the  exercise  of  this  power 
was  more  generally  diffused  among  the  people, 
and  extended  over  a  larger  class  of  subjects, 
and  more  decentralized,  than  had  ever  been 
known  before  in  any  part  of  the  world,  or  at 
any  period  of  the  world's  story.  She  had  been, 
all  along,  for  most  purposes,  an  independent 
republic,  with  an  obligation  to  the  British  Em- 
pire undefined  and  seldom  attempted  to  be  en- 
forced. The  thirteen  colonies  were  ships  fully 
armed  and  equipped,  officered  and  manned, 
with  long  sea  experience,  sailing  as  a  wing  of 
a  great  fleet,  under  the  Admiral's  fleet  signals. 
They  had  only  to  pass  secret  signals,  fall  out 
of  line,   haul   their  wind,  and    sail   off  as   a 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  269 

squadron  by  themselves ;  and  if  the  Admiral 
with  the  rest  of  the  fleet  made  chase  and 
gave  battle,  it  was  sailor  to  sailor  and  ship  to 
ship.  But  Cuba  has  neither  officers  trained 
to  the  quarter-deck,  nor  sailors  trained  to  the 
helm,  the  yard,  or  the  gun.  Nay,  the  ship  is 
not  built,  nor  the  keel  laid,  nor  is  the  timber 
grown,  from  which  the  keel  is  to  be  cut. 

The  natural  process  for  Cuba  is  an  ame- 
lioration of  her  institutions  under  Spanish 
auspices.  If  this  is  not  to  be  had,  or  if  the 
connection  with  Spain  is  dissolved  in  any 
way,  she  will  probably  be  substantially  under 
the  protection  of  some  other  power,  or  a  part 
of  another  empire.  Whatever  nation  may 
enter  upon  such  an  undertaking  as  this, 
should  take  a  bond  of  fate.  Beside  her  in- 
ternal danger  and  difficulties,  Cuba  is  impli- 
cated externally  with  every  cause  of  jealousy 
and  conflict.  She  has  been  called  the  key  to 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  But  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
cannot  be  locked.  Whoever  takes  her  is  more 
likely  to  find  in  her  a  key  to  Pandora's  box. 
Close  upon  her  is  the  great  island  of  Ja- 
maica, where   the   experiment   of   free    negro 


270  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

labor,  in  the  same  products,  is  on  trial.  Near 
to  her  is  Hayti,  where  the  experiment  of  ne- 
gro self-government  is  on  trial.  And  further 
off,  separated,  it  is  true,  by  the  great  Gulf 
Stream,  and  with  the  neighborhood  of  the  al- 
most uninhabited  and  uninhabitable  sea-coast 
of  Southern  Florida,  yet  near  enough  to  fur- 
nish some  cause  for  uneasiness,  are  the  slave- 
states  of  the  Great  Republic.  She  is  an 
island,  too ;  and  as  an  island,  whatever  power 
holds  or  protects  her,  must  maintain  on  the 
spot  a  sufficient  army  and  navy,  as  it  would 
not  do  to  rely  upon  being  able  to  throw  in 
troops  and  munitions  of  war,  after  notice 
of  need. 

As  to  the  wishes  of  the  Cubans  themselves, 
the  degree  of  reliance  they  place,  or  are  en- 
titled to  place,  on  each  other,  and  their  op- 
portunities and  capacity  for  organized  action 
of  any  kind,  I  have  already  set  down  all  I 
can  be  truly  said  to  know ;  and  there  is  no 
end  to  assertion  and  conjecture,  or  to  the 
conflicting  character  of  what  is  called  infor- 
mation, whether  received  through  men  or 
books. 


A  VACATION  VOYAGE.  271 


CHAPTER   XXIV. 

All  day  there  have  been  earnest  looks  to 
the  northwest,  for  the  smoke  of  the  Cahaw- 
ba.  We  are  willing  and  desirous  to  depart. 
Our  sights  are  seen,  our  business  done,  and 
our  trunks  packed.  While  we  are  sitting 
round  our  table  after  dinner,  George,  Mr. 
Miller's  servant,  comes  in,  with  a  bright  coun- 
tenance, and  says  "There  is  a  steamer  off." 
We  go  to  the  roof,  and  there,  far  in  the  N.  W., 
is  a  small  but  unmistakable  cloud  of  steamer's 
smoke,  just  in  the  course  the  Cahawba  would 
take.  "  Let  us  walk  down  to  the  Punta,  and 
see  her  come  in."  It  is  between  four  and  five 
o'clock,  and  a  pleasant  afternoon,  (there  has 
been  no  rain  or  sign  of  rain  in  Cuba  since 
we  first  saw  it — twelve  days  ago,)  and  we 
saunter  along,  keeping  in  the  shade,  and  sit 
down  on  the  boards  at  the  wharf,  in  front  of 


272  TO   CUBA   AND   BACK. 

the  Presidio,  near  to  where  politicians  are  gar- 
roted,  and  watch  the  progress  of  the  steamer, 
amusing  ourselves  at  the  same  time,  with  see- 
ing the  negroes  swimming  and  washing  horses 
in  the  shallow  water  off  the  bank.  A  Yankee 
flag  flies  from  the  signal-post  of  the  Morro, 
but  the  Punta  keeps  the  steamer  from  our 
sight.  It  draws  towards  six  o'clock,  and  no 
vessel  can  enter  after  dark.  We  begin  to  fear 
she  will  not  reach  the  point  in  season.  Her 
cloud  of  smoke  rises  over  the  Punta,  the  city 
clocks  strike  six,  the  Morro  strikes  six,  the 
trumpets  bray  out,  the  sun  is  down,  the  sig- 
nals on  the  Morro  are  lowering — "  She'll  miss 
it ! " — "  No — ^there  she  is ! " — and,  round  the 
Punta  comes  her  sharp  black  head,  and  then 
her  full  body,  her  toiling  engine  and  smoking 
chimney  and  peopled  decks,  and  flying  stars 
and  stripes — Good  luck  to  her!  and,  though 
the  signal  is  down,  she  pushes  on  and  passes 
the  forts  without  objection,  and  is  lost  among 
the  shipping. 

My  companions  are  so  enthusiastic  that  they 
go  on  board;  but  I  return  to  my  hotel  and 
take  a  volante,  and  make  my  last  calls,  and 


A   VACATION  VOYAGE.  273 

take  my  last  looks,  and  am  ready  to  leave  in 
the  morning. 

In  half  an  hour,  the  arrival  of  the  Cahawba 
is  known  over  all  Havana,  and  the  news  of 
the  loss  of  her  consort,  the  Black  Warrior, 
in  a  fog  off  New  York — passengers  and  crew, 
and  specie  safe.  My  companions  come  back. 
They  met  Capt.  Bullock  on  the  pier,  and 
took  tea  v^ith  him  in  La  Dominica.  He 
sails  at  two  o'clock  to-morrow. 

Wednesday^  March  2, 1859. — I  shall  not  see 
them  again,  but  there  they  will  be,  day  after 
day.  day  after  day, — how  long  ? — aye,  how 
long? — the  squalid,  degraded  chain-gang!  The 
horrible  prison ! — profaning  one  of  the  grandest 
of  sites,  where  city,  sea  and  shore  unite  as 
almost  nowhere  else  on  earth !  These  were 
my  thoughts  as,  in  the  pink  and  gray  dawn, 
I  walked  down  the  Paseo,  to  enjoy  my  last 
refreshing  in  the  rock-hewn  sea-baths. 

This  leave-taking  is  a  strange  process,  and 

has  strange  effects.     How  suddenly  a  little  of 

unnoticed    good    in   what    you    leave   behind 

comes  out,  and  touches  you,  in  a  moment  of 
12* 


274  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

tenderness !  And  how  much  of  the  evil  and 
disagreeable  seems  to  have  disappeared !  Le 
Grand,  after  all,  is  no  more  inattentive  and  in- 
tractable than  many  others  would  become  in 
his  place ;  and  he  does  keep  a  good  table,  and 
those  breakfasts  are  very  pretty.  Antonio  is 
no  hydropathist,  to  be  sure,  and  his  ear  dis- 
tinguishes the  voices  that  pay  best ;  yet  one 
pities  him  in  his  routine,  and  in  the  fear  he 
is  under,  being  a  native  of  Old  Spain,  that  his 
name  will  turn  up  in  the  conscription,  when  he 
will  have  to  shoulder  his  musket  for  five  years 
in  the  Cabaiia  and  Punta.  Nor  can  he  get  off 
the  island,  for  the  permit  will  be  refused  him, 
poor  fellow ! 

One  or  two  of  our  friends  are  to  remain 
here,  for  they  have  pulmonary  difficulties,  and 
prefer  to  avoid  the  North  in  March.  They 
look  a  little  sad  at  being  left  alone,  and 
talk  of  going  into  the  country  to  escape  the 
increasing  heat.  A  New  York  gentleman  has 
taken  a  great  fancy  to  the  volantes,  and  thinks 
that  a  costly  one,  with  two  horses,  and  silvered 
postilion  in  boots  and  spurs  and  bright  jacket, 
would  eclipse  any  equipage  in  the  Fifth  Ave- 
nue. 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  275 

When  you  come  to  leave,  you  find  that 
the  strange  and  picturesque  character  of  the 
city  has  interested  you  more  than  you  think; 
and  you  stare  out  of  your  carriage  to  read 
the  familiar  signs,  the  names  of  streets,  the 
Obra  Pia,  Lamparilla,  Mercaderes,  San  Igna- 
cio,  Obispo,  O'Reilly,  and  Officios,  and  the 
pretty  and  fantastic  names  of  the  shops.  You 
think  even  the  narrow  streets  have  their  ad- 
vantages, as  they  are  better  shaded,  and  the 
awnings  can  stretch  across  them,  though,  to  be 
sure,  they  keep  out  the  air.  No  city  has  finer 
avenues  than  the  Ysabel  and  the  Tacon ;  and 
the  palm-trees,  at  least,  we  shall  not  see  at  the 
North.  Here  is  La  Dominica.  It  is  a  pleas- 
ant place,  in  the  evening,  after  the  Retreta,  to 
take  your  tea  or  coffee  under  the  trees  by  the 
fountain  in  the  court-yard,  and  meet  the  Amer- 
icans and  English ; — the  only  public  place, 
except  the  theatre,  where  ladies  are  to  be 
seen  out  of  their  volantes.  Still,  we  are 
quite  ready  to  go ;  for  we  have  seen  all  we 
have  been  told  to  see  in  Havana,  and  it  is 
excessively  hot,  and  growing  hotter. 

But  no  one  can  leave  Cuba  without  a  per- 


276  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK, 

mit.  When  you  arrive,  the  vis^  of  your  pass- 
port is  not  enough,  but  you  must  pay  a  fee  for 
a  permit  to  land,  and  remain  in  the  island  ;  and 
when  you  wish  to  return,  you  must  pay  four 
dollars  to  get  back  your  passport,  with  a  per- 
mit to  leave.  The  custom-house  officials  were 
not  troublesome  in  respect  to  our  luggage, 
hardly  examining  it  at  all,  and,  I  must  admit, 
showed  no  signs  of  expecting  private  fees. 
Along  the  range  of  piers,  where  the  bows  of 
the  vessels  run  in,  and  on  which  the  labor  of 
this  great  commerce  is  performed,  there  runs  a 
high,  wide  roof,  covering  all  from  the  intense 
rays  of  the  sun.  Before  this  was  put  up,  they 
say  that  workmen  used  to  fall  dead  with  sun- 
strokes, on  the  wharves. 

On  board  the  Cahawba,  I  find  my  barrel 
of  oranges  from  Yglesia,  and  box  of  sweet- 
meats from  La  Dominica,  and  boxes  of  cigars 
from  Cabana's,  punctually  delivered.  There, 
once  more,  is  Bullock,  cheerful,  and  efficient ; 
Rodgers,  full  of  kindness  and  good-humor; 
and  sturdy,  trustworthy  Miller,  and  Porter, 
the  kindly  and  spirited;  and  the  pleased  face 
of    Henry,   the    captain's    steward;    and    the 


A  VACATION   VOYAGE.  277 

lamiliar  faces  of  the  other  stewards ;  and  my 
friend's  son,  who  is  well  and  very  glad  to  see 
me,  and  full  of  New  Orleans,  and  of  last  night, 
which  he  spent  on  shore  in  Havana.  All  are 
in  good  spirits,  for  a  short  sea  voyage  with  old 
friends  is  before  us ;  and  then — home  ! 

The  decks  are  loaded  and  piled  up  with 
oranges : — oranges  in  barrels  and  oranges  in 
crates,  j&lling  all  the  wings  and  gangways,  the 
barrels  cut  to  let  in  air,  and  the  crates  with 
bars  just  close  enough  to  keep  in  the  oranges. 
The  delays  from  want  of  lighters,  and  the  great 
amount  of  freight,  keep  us  through  the  day; 
and  it  is  nearly  sundown  before  we  get  under 
way.  All  day  the  fruit  boats  are  alongside, 
and  passengers  and  crew  lay  in  stocks  of  or- 
anges and  bananas  and  sapotes,  and  little 
boxes  of  sweetmeats.  At  length,  the  last  bar- 
rel is  on  board,  the  permits  and  passenger- 
lists  are  examined,  the  revenue  officers  leave 
us,  and  we  begin  to  heave  up  our  anchor. 

The  harbor  is  very  full  of  vessels,  and  the 
room  for  swinging  is  small.  A  British  mail- 
steamer,  and  a  Spanish  man-of-war,  and  sev- 
eral merchantmen,  are  close  upon  us.     Captain 


278  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

Bullock  takes  his  second  mate  aft,  and  they 
have  a  conference,  as  quietly  as  if  they  were 
arranging  a  funeral.  He  is  explaining  to  him 
his  plan  for  running  the  warps  and  swinging 
the  ship,  and  telling  him  beforehand  what  he 
is  to  do  in  this  case,  and  what  in  that,  and 
how  to  understand  his  signs,  so  that  no  orders, 
or  as  few  as  possible,  need  be  given  at  the  time 
of  action.  The  engine  moves,  the  warp  is 
hauled  upon,  the  anchor  tripped,  and  dropped 
again,  and  tripped  again,  the  ship  takes  the 
right  sheer,  clear  of  everything,  and  goes  hand- 
somely out  of  the  harbor,  the  star  and  stripes  at 
her  peak,  with  a  waving  of  hats  from  friends 
on  the  Punta  wharf.  The  western  sky  is  gor- 
geous with  the  setting  sun,  and  the  evening 
drums  and  trumpets  sound  from  the  encircling 
fortifications,  as  we  pass  the  Casa  Blanca,  the 
Cabana,  the  Punta,  and  the  Morro.  The  sky 
fades,  the  ship  rises  and  falls  in  the  heave  of 
the  sea,  the  lantern  of  the  Morro  gleams  over 
the  water,  and  the  dim  shores  of  Cuba  are 
hidden  from  our  sight. 

After  tea,  all  are   on   deck.      It  is  a  clear 
night,  and  no  night  or  day  has  been  else  than 


A    VACATION    VOYAGE.  279 

clear  at  sea  or  on  shore,  since  we  first  crossed 
the  Gulf  Stream,  on  our  passage  out.  The 
Southern  Cross  is  visible  in  the  south,  and 
the  North  Star  is  above  the  horizon  in  the 
north.  No  winter  climate  of  Cuba,  in  moun- 
tain or  on  plain, — the  climate  of  no  land,  can 
be  compared  with  the  ocean, — the  clear,  brac- 
ing, saline  air  of  ocean !  How  one  drinks  it 
in !  And,  then,  again,  the  rocking  cradle  that 
nurses  one  in  sleep !  Nothing  but  the  neces- 
sity of  sleep, — the  ultimate  necessity  of  self- 
preservation,  can  close  one's  eyes  upon  such  a 
night  as  this,  in  the  equinoctial  seas. 


^ 


280  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 


CHAPTER  XXV. 

Thursday^  March  3. — The  open  sea,  fine 
weather,  moderate  breeze,  and  awnings  spread, 
as  it  is  still  hot  in  the  sun.  The  young  gentle- 
man who  was  at  Mrs.  Almy's,  Mr.  G , 

survived  to  be  brought  on  board.  His  friends 
say,  that  after  one  day's  waiting,  if  the  Ca- 
hawba  had  not  arrived  Tuesday  night,  he 
would  not  have  lived  till  morning.  He  was 
brought  on  board  in  an  arm-chair.  The 
Purser,  though  a  stranger  to  him,  has  given 
up  his  room  to  him ;  and  the  second  mate, 
who  knows  his  family,  treats  him  like  a 
brother.  His  first  wish  being  accomplished, 
he  now  says  that  if  he  can  live  to  see  his 
home  and  to  receive  the  sacrament,  he  will 
be  content  to  meet  his  end,  which  he  knows 
is  soon  to  come. 

Friday^  March  4. — To-day,  the  sea  is  high 
and  the  vessel  rolls  and  pitches,  but  the  sky 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  281 

is  clear  and  the  air  delightful.  Awnings  still 
up.  Most  of  the  passengers  are  seasick,  and 
only  one  woman  comes  to  dinner. 

The  body  of  the  late  Chief  Justice  Eustis, 
of  Louisiana,  is  on  board,  about  to  be  taken 
to  his  family  tomb  in  Massachusetts.  I  wish 
we  could,  at  least  those  of  us  who  are  from 
New  England,  in  some  proper  way,  testify 
our  respect  for  the  memory  of  a  man  of 
such  learning  and  weight  of  character.  But 
everything  connected  with  the  removal  seems 
to  be  strictly  private.  The  jumble  of  life  has 
put  on  board  Sheppard,  the  man  who  trained 
Morrissey  for  the  famous  fight  with  Heenan. 
He  is  a  quiet,  well-behaved  man,  among  the 
passengers. 

Glorious  night.  "Walk  deck  with  Captain 
Bullock  until  eleven  o'clock.  There  is  not 
an  abuse  in  the  navy,  that  we  have  not  cor- 
rected, or  a  deficiency  that  we  have  not  sup- 
plied. We  have  meted  to  each  ship  and 
hero  in  the  war  of  1812,  with  strictest  justice, 
the  due  share  of  praise.  We  have  given 
much  better  names  to  the  new  steam  sloops- 
of-war,  taking  them   from  Indian  rivers   and 


282  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

lakes,  and  the  battle-fields  of  the  revolu- 
tionary war,  than  the  names  of  towns  where 
the  leading  politicians  of  the  government 
party  reside,  which  the  sycophancy  or  vanity 
of  those  in  office  has  selected. 

Saturday^  March  5. — Fine  breeze,  clear  cool 
weather,  fresh  blue  sea,  off  the  coast  of  North 
Carolina ;  but,  as  we  keep  in  the  Gulf  Stream, 
we  make  no  land.  We  are  in  the  highway 
of  the  commerce  of  all  the  central  part  of 
America,  yet,  as  before,  how  few  vessels  we 
see !     Only  one  in  three  days ! 

A  few  ladies  join  a  company  gathered  in 
the  captain's  state-room  this  evening,  where 
all,  who  can,  contribute  their  anecdotes  of  sea 
life,  of  storms  and  wrecks,  and  of  the  tradi- 
tions, notions,  and  superstitions  of  sailors,  and 
snatches  of  sea-songs — Tom  Bowline,  Captain 
Kid,  Bay  of  Biscay,  and  specimens  of  the  less 
classical,  but  more  genuine  songs  of  the  cap- 
stan and  falls. 

^nday^  March  6. — Cooler.  Out  of  the 
Gulf  Stream.  Awnings  taken  down,  clear 
sky,  clear  sea, — ^the  finest,  cheerfullest,  whole- 
somest  weather  in  the  world  !     Poor  G 


A   VACATION  VOYAGE.  283 

is  still  alive,  and  has  hopes  of  getting  in. 
We  expect  to  be  in  by  to-morrow  noon. 
The  sea  is  very  smooth,  and  nearly  all  are 
relieved  from  sea-sickness.  We  pass  a  few 
vessels  floating  up  the  Gulf  Stream,  with 
wind  and  current, — a  bark,  an  hermaphrodite 
brig,  and  a  schooner ;    but  no  vessel  of  size 

or  mark.     As  I  pass  G 's  room,  at  ten 

o'clock  to-night,  I  see  the  faithful  purser  and 
second  mate  sitting,  like  brothers,  by  his 
bedside,  relieving  the  young  man  who  has 
come  out  to  Havana  from  his  father's  count- 
ing-room, to  bring  him  home.  The  sea  is  still, 
and  all  is  favorable  to  the  prolonging  of  life ; 
yet  he  is  very  low,  and  wandering  in  his 
mind,  and  is  talking  of  getting  up  a  Sunday 
School. 

Monday^  March  7. — It  is  daybreak,  the 
lights  of  Barnegat  were  made  at  four  o'clock 
this  morning,  and  now  the  heights  of  Never- 
sink  are  visible ;  the  long  shore  of  New  Jersey 
is  open  on  our  lee ;  the  harbor  of  New  York 
is  but  four  or  five  hours  off,  where  the  ship 
may  still  her  pulse,  and  rest,  and  friends  meet 
friends.     But   death  has  visited  us   by  night. 


284  TO    CUBA   AND    BACK. 

G has  passed  away.     He  breathed  his 

last  before  midnight,  just  as  we  were  on  the 
point  of  sighting  the  long  wished  for  shore, — 
the  haven  where  he  would  be. 

So  mixed  and  heterogeneous  is  the  com- 
pany of  such  a  passenger  ship,  that  few  seem 
even  to  know  that  there  has  been  a  death, 
and  fewer  to  remember  it.  The  succession 
of  events,  the  shore,  the  sails,  the  pilot,  the 
news,  the  excitement  and  expectation,  and 
the  sights  of  home,  are  too   engrossing. 

On  the  low  sand-beach  of  Long  Island, 
are  the  bones  of  the  Black  Warrior,  our  con- 
sort. Far  in  the  eastern  horizon,  just  discern- 
ible, is  the  smoke  of  the  Europa,  due  from 
Liverpool.  The  water  far  out  to  sea,  twenty 
or  thirty  miles  from  the  harbor,  is  dotted  with 
little  boats,  fishing  for  the  all-consuming  mar- 
ket of  New  York ;  and  steam-tugs,  short  and 
low,  just  breathing  out  a  little  steam,  are 
^vatching,  far  out  at  sea,  their  chances  for  in- 
ward-bound vessels.  On  the  larboard  hand, 
are  the  twin  lights  of  Neversink.  We  leave 
them  astern,  and  are  abreast  of  the  low,  white 
spit  of  Sandy  Hook,  when  a  pilot  boat  comes 


A   VACATION  VOYAGE.  285 

bobbing  over  the  waves.  We  heave  to,  lower 
the  steps,  and  the  pilot  jumps  on  board.  In  a 
few  minutes,  the  news  is  over  the  ship — the 
Thirty  Millions  BUI  withdrawn  by  Mr.  Slidell, 
Congress  adjourned,  the  five  cent  postage  bill 
defeated,  and  the  Sickles  and  Key  tragedy. 
A  few  copies  of  New  York  papers  are  in  the 
hands  of  the  more  eager  passengers. 

No  harbor  has  a  more  beautiful  and  noble 
entrance  than  New  York.  The  Narrows,  Staten 
Island,  the  Heights  of  Brooklyn,  the  distant 
view  of  the  Hudson  River  Highlands,  the 
densely  populous  outskirts  in  all  directions, 
the  broad  bay  and  its  rich  tributaries,  on  the 
north  and  the  east, — and  then,  the  tall  spires 
and  lofty  warehouses  of  the  city,  and  the  long 
stretches,  north  and  east  and  south  and  west, 
of  the  close-packed  huUs  and  entangled  spars 
of  the  shipping. 

There  is  no  snow  to  be  seen  over  the  land- 
scape or  on  the  house-tops,  yet  the  leafless 
trees,  the  dry  grass,  the  thick  overcoats  and 
furs,  are  in  strange  contrast  with  the  palm-leaf 
hats,  white  linen  coats,  fluttering  awnings,  cov- 
eted shades,  and  the  sun-baked  harvests  of  five 
days  ago. 


286  TO    CUBA   AND   BACK. 

We  drew  in  to  our  dock  as  silently  and 
surely  as  everything  is  done  in  the  Cahawba. 
A  crowd  of  New  York  hack  men  is  gathered 
on  the  pier,  looking  as  if  they  had  stolen  their 
coaches  and  horses,  and  meant  to  steal  our 
luggage.  There  are  no  policemen  in  sight. 
Everybody  predicts  a  fight.  The  officers  of 
the  boat  say  that  the  police  are  of  no  use  if 
present,  for  their  indifference  and  non-interven- 
tion rather  encourage  the  fighters. 

For  a  few  minutes,  there  is  no  other  incon- 
venience than  noise  and  crowding  for  passen- 
gers and  luggage ;  but  soon  they  press  on  the 
decks, — are  ordered  off, — hang  back, — the  crew 
try  to  force  them  ashore, — ^then  comes  a  gath- 
ering about  the  gangway — "  I  can  fight  if  you 
can,"  says  a  quarter-master, — and  they  are  at 
it,  blow  for  blow !  As  soon  as  the  hackmen  on 
the  wharf  see  the  fight,  they  make  a  breach 
into  the  boat,  and  the  quarter-master  is  driven, 
with  blows  and  curses,  into  the  engine-room, — 
the  crew  rally,  and  Rodgers  jumps  down  into 
the  midst,  spreads  out  his  arms, — "  Away  with 
you  all,  out  of  the  ship ! "  Capt.  Bullock 
steps  down  from  the  wheel-house,  passengers 


A   VACATION   VOYAGE.  287 

gather  round,  and  the  hackmen  fall  back.  Still, 
a  few  resist,  and  one  of  them  is  knocked  over 
the  head  by  a  marlinespike,  falls  fainting,  on 
the  guards,  and  is  lifted  ashore  by  his  compan- 
ions. The  hackmen  are  slowly  but  firmly 
forced  ashore.  But  on  the  wharf,  and  leaning 
on  the  vessePs  rail,  they  openly  threaten  the 
lives  of  the  crew,  and  especially  of  the  man 
who  used  the  marlinespike,  if  they  catch  him 
on  shore — "We'll  wait  for  you  !  " — "  You  must 
come,  sooner  or  later  !  It  will  be  the  last  step 
you'll  take !  Your  time  is  up  !  "  etc.,  etc.  The 
officers  of  the  boat  are  used  to  this,  and  expect 
to  protect  ship  and  passengers  by  their  own 
force,  and  at  their  own  peril. 

We  had  been  talking  high  patriotism  to 
some  Cuban  passengers ;  and  all  the  compari- 
sons, hitherto,  had  been  favorable  to  our  coun- 
try,— the  style  of  the  vessels,  and  the  manner 
in  which  the  three  boats,  the  health-boat,  the 
revenue-boat,  and  the  news-boat,  discharged 
their  duties.  But  here  was  rather  a  counterset. 
The  strangers  saw  it  in  a  worse  light  than 
we  did.  We  knew  it  was  only  a  lawless  fight 
for  fares,  and  would  end  in  a  few  blows,  and 


288  TO   CUBA  AND   BACK. 

perhaps  the  loss  of  a  bag  or  trunk  or  two. 
But  in  their  eyes,  it  looked  like  an  insurrection 
of  the  lower  orders.  They  did  not  know 
where  it  would  end.  One  elderly  lady,  in 
particular,  with  great  varieties  of  luggage,  and 
speaking  no  English,  was  in  special  trepida- 
tion, and  could  not  be  persuaded  to  trust  her- 
self or  her  luggage  to  the  chances  of  the  conflict, 
which  she  was  sure  would  take  place  over  it. 

But  it  is  the  genius  of  our  people  to  get  out 
of  difficulties,  as  well  as  to  get  into  them.  The 
affair  soon  calms  down ;  the  crowd  thins  off", 
as  passengers  select  their  coachmen,  and  leave 
the  boat ;  and  in  an  hour  or  so  after  we  touch 
the  wharf,  the  decks  are  still,  the  engine  is 
breathing  out  its  last,  the  ship  has  done  its 
stint  in  the  commerce  of  the  world,  Bullock 
and  Rodgers  are  shaken  by  the  hand,  compli- 
mented and  bade  adieu  to  by  all,  and  our 
chance-gathered  household  of  the  last  five 
days,  not  to  meet  again  on  earth  or  sea, — is 
scattered  among  the  streets  of  the  great  city, 
to  the  snow-lined  hills  of  New  England,  and 
over  the  wide  world  of  the  great  West. 

THE    END. 


13:^=  Any  books  in  this  list  •will  be  sent  free  of  postage,  on  receipt 
of  price. 


Boston,  135  Washington  Street, 
Mat,  1859. 


A   LIST   OF   BOOKS 


PUBLISHED    BY 


TICKNOR    AND    FIELDS 


Sir  Walter  Scott. 

Illustrated  Household  Edition  of  the  Waver- 
LEY  Novels.  In  portable  size,  16mo.  form.  Now  Complete. 
Price  75  cents  a  volume. 

The  paper  is  of  fine  quality;  the  stereotype  plates  are  not  old 
ones  repaired,  the  type  having  been  cast  expressly  for  this  edi- 
tion. The  Novels  are  illustrated  with  capital  steel  plates  en- 
graved in  the  best  manner,  after  drawings  and  paintings  by  the 
most  eminent  artists,  among  whom  are  Birket  Foster,  Darley, 
Billings,  Landseer,  Harvey,  and  Faed.  This  Edition  contains 
all  the  latest  notes  and  corrections  of  the  author,  a  Glossary  and 
Index ;  and  some  curious  additions,  especially  in  "  Guy  Man- 
nering"  and  the  "Bride  of  Lammermoor;"  being  the  fullest 
edition  of  the  Novels  ever  published.  The  notes  are  at  the  foot 
of  the  page, — a  great  convenience  to  the  reader. 


Any  of  the  following  Novels  sold  separate. 


Waverley,  2  vols.  St.  Ronan's  "Well,  2  vols. 

Guy  Mannerixg.  2  vols.  Redgauntlet,  2  vols. 

The  Antiquary,  2  vols.  The  Betrothed,  )  o  _-,. 

Rob  Roy,  2  vols.  The  Higiiiand  Widow,    J  ^  ^"^^• 

Old  Mortality,  2  vols.  The  Talisman,  ] 

Black  Dwarf,  )  n  yoig  "^^o  Drovers, 

Legend  OF  Montrose,    )  "  My  Aunt  Margaret's  Mirror,  )- 2  vols. 

Heart  of  Mid  Lothian,  2  vols.  The  Tapestried  Chamber, 

Bride  op  Lammermoor,  2  vols.    The  Lairds  .Iock. 

IVANHOE,  2  vols.  Woodstock,  2  vols. 

The  Monastery,  2  vols.  The  Fair  Maid  of  Perth,  2  vols. 

The  Abbot,  2  vols.  Anne  of  Geierstein,  2  vols. 

Kenilworth,  2  vols.  Count  Roi^rt  op  Paris,  2  vols. 

The  Pirate,  2  vols.  The  Surgi^on's  Daughter, 

The  Fortunes  op  Nigel,  2  vols.  Castle  Dangerous,  J  2  vols. 

Peveril  op  the  Peak,  2  vols.     Index  and  Glossary. 

QUENTIN  DURWARD,  2  VOlS. 


ROR,  !■! 

'■  J 

,2 

[s. 
!v 

I 


2         A  LiSl  of  Books  Publifhed 
Thomas  De  Quincey. 

Confessions  op  an  English  Opium-Eater,  and  Sus- 

piRiA  DE  Profujjdis.    With  Portrait.    75  cents. 
Biographical  Essays.     75  cents. 
Miscellaneous  Essays.     75  cents. 
The  C^sars.     75' cents. 
Literary  Reminiscences.    2  vols.    $1.50. 
Narrative  and  Miscellaneous  Papers.   2  vols.  $1.50 
Essays  on  the  Poets,  &c.     1  vol.    16mo.     75  cents. 
Historical  and  Critical  Essays.    2  vols.    $1.50. 
Autobiographic  Sketches.     1  vol.     75  cents. 
Essays  on  Philosophical  Writers,  &c.    2  vols.  16mo. 

$1.50. 

Letters  to  a  Young  Man,  and  other  Papers.     1  vol. 

75  cents. 
Theological  Essays  and    other  Papers.      2  vols. 

$1.50. 

The  Note  Book.     1  vol.     75  cents. 

Memorials  and  other  Papers.     2  vols.  16mo.    $1.50. 

The  Avenger  and  other  Papers.    1  vol.    75  cents. 

Alfred  Tennyson. 

Poetical  Works.    With  Portrait.    2  vols.    Cloth.   $2.00. 

Pocket  Edition  of  Poems  Complete.     75  cents. 

The  Princess.    Cloth.    50  cents. 

In  Memoriam.     Cloth.     75  cents. 

Maud,  and  other  Poems.     Cloth.    50  cents. 

Charles  Reade. 

Peg  Woffington.    A  Novel.     75  cents. 

Christie  Johnstone.    A  Novel.     75  cents. 

Clouds  and  Sunshine.    A  Novel.     75  cents. 

'Never  too  late  to  mend.'     2  vols.    $1.50. 

White  Lies.    A  Novel.    1  vol.    $1.25. 

Propria  Qu^  Maribus  and  The  Box  Tunnel.    25  cts. 


by    TiCKNOR    AND    FlELDS.  S 

Henry  W.  Longfellow. 

Poetical  Works.    In  two  volumes.  16mo.  Boards.  $2.00. 
Pocket  Edition  of  Poetical  Works.    In  two  volumes. 

$1.75. 
Pocket  Edition  of  Prose  Works  Complete.    In  two 

volumes.    $1.75. 
The  Soxg  of  Hiawatha.    SI. 00. 
Evangeline  :  A  Tale  of  Acadie.     75  cents. 
The  Golden  Legend.    A  Poem.    $1.00. 
Hyperion.    A  Romance.    $1.00. 
Outre-Mer.     a  Pilgrimage.    $1.00. 
Kavanagh.    a  Tale.     75  cents. 
The    Courtship   of   Miles   Standish.     1  vol.     16mo. 

75  cents. 
Illustrated  editions  of  Evangeline,  Poems,  Hyperion, 
The  Golden  Legend,  and  Miles  Standish. 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes. 

Poems.    With  fine  Portrait.    Boards.   $1.00.   Cloth.  $1.12. 
AsTRiEA.    Fancy  paper.    25  cents. 


William  Howitt. 

Land,  Labor,  and  Gold.    2  vols.    $2.00. 

A  Boy's  Adventures  in  Australia.     75  cents. 


Charles  Kingsley. 

Two  Years  Ago.    A  New  Novel.    $1.25. 

Amyas  Leigh.     A  Novel      $1.25. 

Glaucus;  or,  the  Wonders  of  the  Shore.    50  cts. 

Poetical  Works.    75  cents. 

The  Heroes  ;  or,  Greek  Fairy  Tales.     75  cents. 

Andromeda  and  other  Poems.    50  cents. 

Sir  Walter  Raleigh  and  his  Time,  &c.    $1.25. 


4         A  Li§l  of  Books  Publifhed 
Nathaniel  Hawthorne. 

TwiCE-ToLD  Tales.     Two  volumes.    $1.50. 

The  Scarlet  Letter.     75  cents. 

The  House  of  the  Seven  Gables.    $1.00. 

The   Snow  Image,  and   other  Tales.     75  cents. 

The  Blithedale  Romance.     75  cents. 

Mosses  from  an  Old  Manse.    2  vols.    $1.50. 

True  Stories  from  History  and  Biography.   With 

four  fine  Engravings.     75  cents. 
A  Wonder-Book  for  Girls  and  Boys.     With  seven 

fine  Engravings.    75  cents. 
Tanglewood  Tales.    Another  "  Wonder-Book."    With 

Engravings.    88  cents. 

Barry  Cornwall. 

English  Songs  and  other  Small  Poems.    $1.00. 
Dramatic  Poems.    Just  published.    $1.00. 
Essays  and  Tales  in  Prose.    2  vols.    $1.50. 

James  Russell  Lowell. 

Complete  Poetical  Works.   In  Blue  and  Gold.   2  vols. 

$1.50. 

Poetical   Works.     2  vols.     16mo.     Cloth.    $1.50. 
Sir  Launfal.    New  Edition.     25  cents. 
A  Fable  for  Critics.    New  Edition.    50  cents. 
The  Biglow  Papers.    A  New  Edition.     63  cents. 

Coventry  Patmore. 

The  Angel  in  the  House.    Betrothal.  ^ 

"        "  "  "  Espousals.     75  cts.  each. 

Charles  Sumner. 

Orations  and  Speeches.    2  vols.    $2.50. 
Kecent  Speeches  and  Addresses.    $1.25. 


by   TiCKNOR    AND    FlELDS.  5 

John  G.  Whittier. 

Pocket  Edition  of  Poetical  'VYorks.    2  vols.    $1.50. 

Old  Portraits  and  Modern  Sketches.     75  cents. 

Margaret  Smith's  Journal.     75  cents. 

Songs  of  Labor,  and  other  Poems.    Boards.    50  cts. 

The  Chapel  of  the  Hermits.     Cloth.    50  cents. 

Literary  Recreations,  &c.     Cloth.    $1.00. 

The  Panorama,  and  other  Poems.    Cloth.    50  cents. 


Alexander  Smith. 

A  Life  Drama.     1  vol.     16mo.    50  cents. 
City  Poems.     1  vol.     16mo.    63  cents. 


Bayard  Taylor. 

Poems  of  Home  and  Travel.    Cloth.     75  cents.         , 
Poems  of  the  Orient.     Cloth.     75  cents. 

Edwin  P.  Whipple. 

Essays  and  Reviews.    2  vols.    $2.00. 
Lectures  on  Literature  and  Life.     63  cents. 
Washington  and  the  Revolution.    20  cents. 

George  S.   Hillard. 

Six  Months  in  Italy.    1  vol.    16mo.    $1.50. 

Dangers  and  Duties  of  the  Mercantile  Profes- 
sion.   25  cents. 

Selections  from  the  Writings  of  Walter  Savage 
Landor.    1  vol.    16mo     75  cents. 

Robert  Browning. 

Poetical  Works.    2  vols.    $2.00. 
Men  and  Women.    1  vol.    $1.00. 


6         A  Lia  of  Books  Publifhed 
Henry  Giles. 

Lectures,  Essays,  &c.    2  vols.    $1.50. 
Discourses  on  Life.     75  cents. 
Illustrations  of  Genius.    Cloth.    $1.00. 


William  Motherwell. 

Complete  Poetical  Works.    In  Blue  and  Gold.    1  vol. 

75  cents. 
Minstrelsy,  Anc.  and  Mod.    2  vols.    Boards.    $1.50. 


Capt.  Mayne  Reid. 

The  Plant  Hunters.    With  Plates.     75  cents. 

The  Desert  Home  :  or.  The  Adventures  of  a  Lost 

Family  in  the  Wilderness.    With  fine  Plates.    $1.00. 
The  Boy  Hunters.    With  fine  Plates.     75  cents. 
The  Young  Voyageurs  :   or,  The  Boy  Hunters  in 

THE  North.    With  Plates.    75  cents. 
The  Forest  Exiles.    With  fine  Plates.     75  cents. 
The  Bush  Boys.    With  fine  Plates.     75  cents. 
The  Young  Yagers.    With  fine  Plates.     75  cents. 
Ran  Away  to  Sea  :  An  Autobiography  for  Boys. 

With  fine  Plates.    75  cents. 


Goethe. 

WiLHELM    Meister.      Translated    by    Carlyle.    2  vols. 

$2.50. 

Faust.    Translated  by  Hayward.     75  cents. 
Faust.    Translated  by  Charles  T.  Brooks.    $1.00. 

Rev.  Charles  Lowell. 

Practical  Sermons.    1  vol.    12mo.    $1.25. 
Occasional  Sermons.    With  fine  Portrait.    $1.25. 


by   TiCKNOR    AND    FlELDS. 


Rev.  F.  W.  Robertson. 

Sermons. 

First  Series.     $1.00. 

u 

Second    "        $1.00. 

u 

Third       «         $1.00. 

i( 

Fourth    "         $1.00. 

Lectures  and  Addresses  on  Literary  and  Social 
Topics.    $1.00. 

R.  H.  Stoddard. 

Poems.     Cloth.    63  cents. 

Adventures  in  Fairy  Land.     75  cents. 

Songs  of  Summer.     75  cents. 

George  Lunt. 

Lyric  Poems,  &c.     Cloth.    63  cents. 

Julia.    A  Poem.    50  cents. 

Three  Eras  of  New  England.    $1.00. 

Philip  James  Bailey. 

The  Mystic,  and  other  Poems.    50  cents. 
The  Angel  World,  &c.    50  cents. 
The  Age,  a  Satire.    75  cents. 

Anna  Mary  Howitt. 

An  Art  Student  in  Munich.    $1.25. 
A  School  of  Life.     A  Story.     75  cents. 

Mary  Russell  Mitford. 

Our  Village.    Illustrated.    2  vols.    16mo.    $2.50. 
Atherton,  and  other  Stories.     1  vol.    16mo.    $1.25. 

Josiah  Phillips  Quincy. 

LVteria  :  A  Dramatic  Poem.    50  cents. 
Charicles  :  a  Dramatic  Poem.    50  cents. 


A  Lia  of  Books  Publifhed 


Grace  Greenwood. 

Greenwood  Leaves.  1st  &  2d  Series.     $1.25  each. 

Poetical  Works.    With  fine  Portrait.     75  cents. 

History  of  My  Pets.  With  six  fine  Engravings.  Scarlet 
cloth.    50  cents. 

Recollections  of  My  Childhood.  With  six  fine  En- 
gravings.   Scarlet  cloth.    50  cents. 

Haps  and  Mishaps  of  a  Tour  in  Europe.    $1.25. 

Merrie  England.     A  new  Juvenile.     75  cents. 

A  Forest  Tragedy,  and  other  Tales.    $1.00. 

Stories  and  Legends.     A  new  Juvenile.     75  cents. 


Mrs.  Crosland. 


Lydia  :  A  Woman's  Book.    Cloth.    75  cents. 
English  Tales  and  Sketches.     Cloth.    $1.00. 
Memorable  Women.    Illustrated.    $1.00. 


Mrs.  Jameson. 

Characteristics  of  Women.  Blue  and  Gold. 

Loves  of  the  Poets.  "  " 

Diary  of  an  Ennuy^e  "  " 

Sketches  of  Art,  &e.  "  " 

Studies  and  Stories.  "  " 

Italian  Painters.  "  " 

Mrs.  Mowatt. 

Autobiography  of  an  Actress.    $1.25. 
Plays.     Armand  and  Fashion.     50  cents. 
Mimic  Life.     1  vol.    $1.25. 
The  Twin  Roses.     1  vol.     75  cents. 


75  cents. 
75  cents. 
75  cents. 
75  cents. 
75  cents. 
75  cents. 


Mrs.   Howe. 

Passion  Flowers.     75  cents. 
Words  for  the  Hour.     75  cents. 
The  World's  Own.    50  cents. 


by   TiCKNOR    AND    FlELDS.  9 

Alice  Gary. 

Poems.     1  vol.    16mo.    $1.00. 

Clovernook  Children.     With  Plates.     75  cents. 

Mrs.  Eliza  B.  Lee. 

Memoir  OF  the  Buckminsters.    $1.25. 
Florence,  the  Parish  Orphan.    50  cents. 
Parthenia.     1  vol.     16  mo.     $1.00. 

Samuel  Smiles. 

Life  of  George  Stephenson  :  Engineer.    $1.00. 

Blanchard  Jerrold. 

Douglas  Jerrold's  Wit.     75  cents. 

Life  and  Letters  of  Douglas  Jerrold.    $1.00. 

Mrs.  Judson. 

Alderbrook.     By  Fanny  Forrester.     2  vols.     $1.75. 
The  Kathayan  Slave,  and  Other  Papers.    1  vol. 

63  cents. 
My  Two  Sisters:  a  Sketch  from  Memory.    50  cents. 

Trelawny. 

Recollections  of  Shelley  and  Byron.     75  cents. 

Charles  Sprague. 

Poetical  and  Prose  Writings.     With  fine  Portrait. 
Boards.    75  cents. 

Mrs.  Lawrence. 

Light  on  the  Dark  River:  or  Memoirs  of  Mrs. 
Hamlin.    1  vol.    16mo.    Cloth.    $1.00. 


lo       A  LiSl  of  Books  Publifhed 
G.  A.  Sala. 

A  Journey  due  North.    $1.00. 

Thomas  W.  Parsons. 

Poems.    $1.00. 

John  G.  Saxe. 

Poems.  With  Portrait.   Boards.   63  cents.   Cloth.   75  cents. 

Charles  T.  Brooks. 

German  Lyrics.  Translated.   1  vol.   16mo.  Cloth.  $1.00. 

Samuel  Bailey. 

Essays  on  the  Formation  of  Opinions  and  the 
Pursuit  of  Truth,    l  vol.    16mo.    $1.00. 

Tom  Brown. 

School  Days  at  Rugby.  By  An  Old  Boy.   1  vol.   16mo. 

$1.00. 

The  Scouring  of  the  White  Horse,  or  the  Long 
VACATION  Holiday  of  a  London  Clerk.  By  The  Author 
of  '  School  Days  at  Rughy.'     1  vol.     16mo.    $1.00. 

Leigh  Hunt. 

Poems.    Blue  and  Gold.     2  vols.    $1.50. 

.  Gerald  Massey. 

Poetical  Works.    Blue  and  Gold.    75  cents. 


C.  W.  Upham. 


John  C.  Fremont's  Life,  Explorations,  &c.    With  Il- 
lustrations.   75  cents. 


by   TiCKNOR    AND    FlELDS.  11 

W.  M.  Thackeray. 

Ballads.    1vol.    16mo.    75  cents,  v 

Charles  Mackay. 

Poems.    1  vol.    Cloth.    $1.00. 

Henry  Alford. 

Poems.    $1.25. 

Richard  Monckton  Milnes. 

Poems  of  Many  Years.    Boards.    75  cents. 

George  H.  Boker. 

Plays  and  Poems.    2  vols.    $2.00. 

Matthew  Arnold. 

Poems.    75  cents. 

W.  Edmondstoune  Aytoun. 

BoTHWELL.     75  cents. 
\ 

Mrs.  Rosa  V.  Johnson. 

Poems.    1  vol.    16mo.    $1.00. 

Henry  T.  Tuckerman. 

Poems.    Cloth.    75  cents. 

William  Mountford. 

Thorpe  :  A  Quiet  English  Town,  and  Human  Life 

THEREIN.     16mO.     $1.00. 


12       A  LiSl  of  Books  Publifhed 
James  G.  Percival. 

Poetical  Works.     2  vols.    Blue  and  Gold.    $1.75. 

John  Bowring. 

Matins  and  Vespers.    Blue  and  Gold.     75  cents. 

Yriarte. 

Fables.    Translated  by  G.  H.  Devereux.    63  cents. 

Phoebe  Gary. 

Poems  and  Parodies.    75  cents. 

Paul  H.  Hayne. 

Poems.     1  vol.     16mo.    63  cents. 

Mrs.  A.  C.  Lowell. 

Seed-Grain  for  Thought  and  Discussion.     2  vols. 

$1.75. 
Education  of  Girls.    25  cents. 

G.  H.  Lewes. 

The  Life  and  Works  of  Goethe.   2  v,ols.   16mo.  S2.50. 

Lieut.  Arnold. 

Oakfield.    a  Novel.    $1.00. 

Henry  D.  Thoreau. 

Walden  :  OR,  Life  in  the  Woods.   1vol.   16mo.  $1.00. 

Washington  Allston. 

MoNALDi,  A  Tale.     1  vol.     16mo.     75  cents. 

Professor  E.  T.  Channing. 

Lectures  on  Oratory  and  Rhetoric.    75  cents. 


by   TiCKNOR    AND    FlELDS.  13 

Dr.  Walter  Channing. 

A  Physician's  Vacation.    SI. 50. 

Mrs.  Horace  Mann. 

A  Physiological  Cookery  Book.    63  cents. 

'Arthur  P.  Stanley. 

Life  and  Correspondence  of  Dr.  Arnold. 

Christopher  Wordsworth. 

William  Wordsworth's  Biography.    2  vols.    $2.50. 

Henry  Taylor. 

Notes  from  Life.    By  the  Author  of  "  Philip  Van  Arte- 

velde."    1  vol.    16mo.    Cloth.    63  cents. 

Hufeland. 

Art  of  Prolonging  Life.     Edited  by  Erasmus  Wilson, 
1  vol.    16mo.    75  cents. 

Henry  Kingsley. 

Recollections  of  Geoffry  Hamlyn.    A  Novel. 

Dr.  John  C.  Warren. 

The  Preservation  of  Health,  &c.    1  vol.    38  cents. 

James  Prior. 

Life  of  Edmund  Burke.    2  vols.    $2.00. 

Joseph  T.  Buckingham. 

Personal  Memoirs  and  Recollections  of  Edito- 
rial LiFK.    With  Portrait.    2  vols.    16mo.    $1.50. 


14       A  LiSl  of  Books  Publifhed 
Bayle  St.  John. 

Village  Life  in  Egypt.     By  the  Author  of  "  Purple 
Tints  of  Paris."    2  vols.    16mo.    $1.25. 

Edmund  Quincy. 

Wensley  :  A  Story  without  a  Moral.    75  cents. 

Henry  Morley. 

Palissy  the  Potter.    By  the  Author  of  "  How  to  make 

Home  Unhealthy."    2  vols.    16mo.    $1.50. 

Goldsmith. 

The  Vicar  of  Wakefield.    Illustrated  Edition.   S3.00. 

C.  A.  Bartol. 

Church  and  Congregation.    $1.00. 

Mrs.  H.  G.  Otis. 

The  Barclays  of  Boston.    1  vol.    12mo.    $1.25. 

Horace  Mann. 

Thoughts  for  a  Young  Man.    25  cents. 

Addison. 

Sir    Roger    de    Coverley.     From    the    "  Spectator." 
75  cents. 

F.  W.  P.  Greenwood. 

gERMONS  OF  Consolation.    $1.00. 

S.  T.  Wallis. 

Spain,  her  Institutions,  Politics,  and  Public  Men. 

$1.00. 


by   TiCKNOR    AND    FlELDS.  15 

Theophilus    Parsons . 

A  Memoir  of  Chief  Justice  Theophilus  Parsons, 
WITH  Notices  of  some  of  his  Contempokaries.  By  his 
Son.    1  vol.    12mo.    $1.50. 


Dr.  William  E.  Coale. 

Hints  on  Health.    3d  Edition.    63  cents. 

Mrs.  Gaskell. 

Ruth.     A  Novel  by  the  Author  of  "  IVIary  Barton."   Cheap 

Edition.    38  cents. 

Lord   DufFerin. 

A  Yacht  Voyage  of  6,000  Miles.    $1.00. 

Fanny  Kemble. 

Poems.    Enlarged  Edition.    $1.00. 

Owen  Meredith. 

Poetical  Works.    Blue  and  Gold.     76  cents. 

Arago. 

Biographies    of    Distinguished    Scientific    Men. 

16mo.    2  vols.     $2.00. 

William    Smith. 

Thorndale,  or  the  Conflict  of  Opinions.    $1.25. 


R.  H.  Dana,  Jr. 


To  Cuba  and  Back,  a  Vacation  Voyage,  by  the  Author  of 
"  Two  Years  before  the  Mast."    75  cents. 


16       A  Lia  of  Books  Publifhed. 


The  Life  and  Times  of  Sir  Philip  Sidney.     1  vol. 

16mo.     $1.00. 
Ernest  Carroll,  or  Artist  Life  in  Italy.     1  vol. 

16mo.     88  cents. 
Christmas  Hours.     By  the  Author  of  "  The  Homeward 

Path,"  &c.     1  vol.     16mo.     50  cents. 
Memory  and  Hope.     Cloth.    $2.00. 

Thalatta  ;  A  Book  for  the  Seaside.     75  cents. 

Warreniana  ;  a  Companion  to  Rejected  Ad- 
dresses.   63  cents. 

Angel  Voices.    38  cents. 

The  Boston  Book.    $1.25. 

Memoir  of  Kobert  Wheaton.    1  vol.    $1.00. 

Labor  and  Love  :  A  Tale  of  English  Life.    50  cts. 

The  Solitary  of  Juan  Fernandez.  By  the  Author 
of  Picciola.    50  cents. 

In  Blue  and  Gold. 

Longfellow's  Poetical  Works.    2  vols.    $1.75. 

do.  Prose  Works.     2  vols.    $1.75. 

Tennyson's  Poetical  Works.     1  vol.     75  cents. 
Whittier's  Poetical  Works.     2  vols.    $1.50. 
Leigh  Hunt's  Poetical  Works.     2  vols.    $1.50. 
Gerald  Massey's  Poetical  Works.     1  vol.    75  cents. 
Mrs.  Jameson's  Characteristics  op  Women.   75  cts. 

do.  Diary  of  an  Ennuyee.    1  vol.  75  cts. 

do.  Loves  of  the  Poets.     1  vol.     75  cts. 

do.  Sketches  of  Art,  &c.     1  vol.     75  cts. 

do.  Studies  and  Stories.     1  vol.     75  cts. 

do.  Italian  Painters.     1  vol.     75  cents. 

Owen  Meredith's  Poems.     1  vol.     75  cents. 
Bo  wring's  Matins  and  Vespers.     1  vol.     75  cents. 
Lowell's  (J.  Russell)  Poetical  Works.  2  vols.  $1.50. 
Percival's  Poetical  Works.     2  vols.    $1.75. 
Motherwell's  Poems.    1  vol.    75  cents. 


(i^ 


^ 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY